*- Paops op

º:
a twº
-

///
* @1 7

A a 7 a s scº E N T 1A v E mi r as
 J–1–7–
-Pºetra. ( &zºna- Ga (6 a
JT
c. tº cſ cº- -

# X #J #

HUA-WEN-CHU-CHIEH
Chineſe

Language
Leſſonſ

CALIFOR NIA COLLEGE

IN CHINA
College of Chineſe Studieſ

126
P),
|| 2.5
E (o
P33

Copyright 1943 by
California College in China Foundation, Incorporated
704 South Spring Street, Los Angeles, California

Facsimile reprint by photolithography by Stanford University Press

Printed and bound in the United States of America
 | -
&

&
A.
* º
S (a

----
-
4s
º, */
CONTENTS
Peking, Sound Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frontispiece

Page
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V
Lesson I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Lesson II . . . . . . . . . . . -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3
Lesson III. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Lesson TV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Lesson V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Lesson VI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Lesson VII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Lesson VIII. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Lesson DX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Lesson X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Lesson XI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Lesson XII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Lesson XIII. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Lesson XIV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Lesson XV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Lesson XVI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Lesson XVII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Lesson XVIII. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Lesson XIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Lesson XX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Lesson XXI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Lesson XXII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Lesson XXIII. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Lesson XXIV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Lesson XXV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Lesson XXVI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Lesson XXVII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Lesson XXVIII. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Lesson XXIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Lesson XXX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Lesson XXXI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Lesson XXXII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Lesson XXXIII. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Lesson XXXIV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Lesson XXXV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

iii
Lesson XXXVI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Lesson XXXVII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Lesson XXXVIII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Lesson XXXIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Lesson XI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Lesson XLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Lesson XLII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Lesson XLIII. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Lesson XLIV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Lesson XLV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Lesson XLVI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Lesson XLVII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

Lesson XLVIII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Lesson XLIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Lesson L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Lesson LI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Lesson LII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2O7

Lesson LIII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

Lesson LIV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Lesson LV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Lesson LVI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Lesson LVII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Lesson LVIII. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Lesson LDX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Lesson LX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Lesson LXI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Lesson LXII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

Lesson LXIII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

Lesson LXIV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Lesson LXV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Lesson LXVI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Lesson LXVII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Lesson LXVIII. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Lesson LXD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Lesson LXX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

400 Characters for Writing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

List of Radicals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Numerical List of Radicals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inside back cover

iV
 INTRODUCTION
a primer of the national language of China, Kuo-yū. While
This text is
China has many dialects along the Southeast coast, the national language is
used throughout central, northern, and western China. Some 300,000,000 people
Speak Kuo-yü. No other language is spoken by such a large number. Spoken
Chinese has more users than has spoken English, French, German, Spanish,
or Russian. This language in the past has sometimes been called “Mandarin.”
These lessons are the result of three decades of teaching this material
to Americans in Peiping. The words and phrases used are those occurring
continually in daily conversation, and are met with on every page of printed
Chinese. This material may wellbe called “Basic Chinese.” With the oral,
aural, visual,and writing mastery of this material, a student is well on the
way toward fluency in Chinese.
The Sounds of any spoken language can be learned accurately only from
the mouths of teachers or from well-prepared phonograph records. Descrip
tions of the phonetics of a language, especially those telling how the sounds
are produced by the vocal organs, make careful attention in such study more
intelligent and effective. There are some forty different sounds in spoken
Chinese. All of these sounds differ from English sounds. Most students have
difficulty with only a dozen or so of the sounds, and instruction in pronuncia
tion should be largely centered on the difficult sounds.
“Foreign accent” in speaking a language refers chiefly, not to accent or
stress, but rather to the foreign sounds used instead of the correct sounds of
that language. Since the sounds of English and Chinese are not identical, though
many of them are similar, it is necessary for the student to form new habits
of Speech and to make every effort to acquire the correct Chinese sounds. This
cannot be done immediately. Time and much drill are necessary, but the re
sults justify the effort.
There are no inherentlydifficult sounds in any language. Sounds really
hard to pronounce would not survive. The difficulty comes from the fact that
the habits of speech in one language are bad for another language, and in
learning a new language it is necessary to form new habits. Habit-forming
takes time. The effort should be continued until the student is able to produce
the new Sounds without facial contortion. Such effort, when successful, makes
one’s speech acceptable to the native users of the new language. The use of the
eyes in carefully observing the teacher's face, lips, and tongue is important
in language study.
The student is advised to give careful heed to the aspirate mark
(*)

which
follows such stop consonants as ch, and ts. Where this indication
k,
p,
t,

is
 given the stop consonant is followed by a strong flow of breath. Where the
aspirate is not given, the stop consonant is entirely unaspirated and is also
not vocalized; that is, there is no vibration of the vocal cords. In transcribing
the romanization, never fail to indicate the aspirate mark when it is called for.
The following generalizations are helpful in indicating the organic basis
or normal pose in the speaking of Kuo-yü:
1. The lower jaw is held back.
2. The tongue position is more to the front than in English.
3. Aspirated consonants are more strongly aspirated than in English.
4. The unaspirated consonants have absolutely no breath and also no voice.
They consist of a double stop; the vocal cords are held together while the stop
is being made by the lips in p or by the tongue in tand k. Both stops are opened
at the same time and the vibration of the vocal cords for the vowel begins im
mediately.
5. The vocal organs are very tense.
6. To stress any word in a sentence the word is not given with more force
but all the elements of its “tone” are brought out more fully.
7. When a Pekingese hesitates for a word he cannot recall, he does not
say “er” as English-speaking people do but draws out the last syllable, says
“a,” or repeats some common phrase such as “che ko” or “na ko.” The
common use of “er” in English is due to the general laxness of the vocal
organs in Speaking that language; since in Chinese the vocal organs are not
lax, this sound Seldom occurs.
In English there are about 1,200 different syllables. In the national language
of China there are about 400 different syllables and, since Chinese words are
monosyllabic, this means there are many homophones, or words of identical
pronunciation. In actual use, many words are really made by combining two or
more of the monosyllabic words. Further variety is provided also by the four
tones of the national language.
~. The word “tone,” as applied to the Chinese language, is often misleading
because the first, second, third, and fourth tones differ not merely in pitch but
in length and force or stress as well. In the case of some syllables, especially
the diphthongs, there is a variation also in the vowel sound. This variation in
sound in some of the coastal dialects includes also a change in the final con
sonant. In actual use, probably only fifty per cent of the words in any given
sentence are spoken with all of the tonal elements. The others may be called
atonic.
The first tone is high, short, and level; the second tone is high, short, and
rising; the third tone begins at a slightly lower pitch than the first two, drops
somewhat, then rises, and is the longest of the four tones; the fourth tone be
gins at about the same pitch as the others, drops rapidly in pitch, and loses its
force as it nears the end. It is started with more force than any of the other
three tones and is next in length to the third tone.

Tone Graph

1 2 3 4.

The transcription of the vocabularies into English letters is in a form

called Wade romanization, named for the British official who prepared this
form of spelling. It is necessary to learn to use this accurately, including the
spelling as given, with the tone mark indicated for each character. Early
attempts at rewriting the romanization should be discouraged. This form of
romanization is used in most of the dictionaries and textbooks and has been
officially adopted.
The Chinese characters, or ideographs, give us one of the most beautiful
forms of writing the world has ever known. In China, good penmen are rated
as more artistic than are the painters. Dr. Herrlee Glessner Creel states:
“Nowadays there are about 3,000 characters that everyone in China and Japan
needs to know. A newspaper uses about 7,000 characters. In addition there
are thousands of characters which are used only rarely, like the thousands of
English words in an unabridged dictionary.” Each Chinese character is a
radical or includes a radical. There are 214 radicals in present-day Chinese.
These are arranged in a definite order and the indices of dictionaries are
arranged under these radicals. The radical usually suggests the meaning or
function of the character. That part of the character which is not the radical T
is the phonetic. The phonetic often suggests the sound of the character, but by
no means in all cases. There are some 888 phonetics in the Chinese language.
The student, as a definite task from the very first, should learn the radicals.
Individual procedures may differ, but probably the most efficient method is
to learn the radical in sequence with its number. The most frequently used
radicals should be learned first.
Such makers of dictionaries and writers of texts on the Chinese language
as H. A. Giles, S. Wells Williams, Ingram, Wilder, Wieger, and Creel present
material showing the history and development of thousands of characters,
some of which are pictographs, often now conventionalized, or combinations
of pictographs, and others are characters formed in other ways. Many of the

Vii
libraries in universities and cities of America include works by the authors
named which should be consulted when available.
Effective study of a language should begin with the use of the ear, then the
vocal organs, to be followed by the use of the eye and the hand. In other words,
we should hear, speak, then write, and, finally, read.
To master a language, memorizing is essential. The student is advised
to memorize one or more sentences from each of the lessons. It is not suffi
cient to learn individual words and grammatical rules and hope to combine the
two. The only Chinese we are sure is correct is the Chinese we have memorized,
During the study the student should pass to memorizing paragraphs and stories.
Such memorizing had best be done from the lips of a native speaker of Chinese
or from good phonograph records.
The grammatical relations of any language can be indicated in three ways
and three ways only. Words can be conjugated; they can be given different posi
tions in the sentence; or the grammatical relations can be indicated by auxiliary
words. Chinese has no conjugation or declension of words; the individual Chi
nese word remains unchanged. The grammatical tools of Chinese are, therefore,
change of position in the sentence and the use of auxiliary words such as prep

ositions or words indicating case, tense, or movement. The possible variations

in position in the sentence are not very numerous. The use of auxiliary words
is therefore the principal tool in Chinese grammar. Because of lack of conju
gation and declension, the statement is sometimes made that Chinese has no
grammar. This statement is an error. The necessary grammatical relationships
can be and are indicated in Chinese.
In order to write Chinese it is essential that the characters be formed in
the same order of strokes as that followed by Chinese teachers. The order of
strokes in writing will be found indicated by the small numbers at the sides of
the individual strokes in the section of the appendix presenting FOUR HUNDRED
CHARACTERS FOR WRITING. Under each of these characters, in parentheses,
the radical of the character with its number is shown. Knowing the number will
enable the student to find the character in his dictionary, where the radical in
dex presents characters according to the radicals and under each radical the
arrangement is according to the number of strokes in the character, only those
strokes not found in the radical being counted.
Because of the war emergency, many of the most important dictionaries,
most of which are published in Shanghai, cannot be purchased in America. For
tunately, such presses as those of Harvard, Yale, Columbia, the University of
Chicago, the University of California, and Stanford University have made re
prints of Chinese dictionaries and texts for the study of Chinese or have pub
lished new books in this field. The student is advised to purchase one or more
dictionaries as well as some of the other texts now available. Fenn's Chinese

Viii
English Pocket Dictionary has been issued by Harvard University Press and
should be secured. Mathews' Chinese-English Dictionary, also issued by the
Harvard University Press, is a larger volume and an invaluable aid.
A mastery of the Chinese language gives one access to more people than
does any other language, and since most of the best material in each of the
European languages has been translated into the other European languages,
the ability to use Chinese now opens up a greater wealth of important litera
ture than does the mastery of any other language. The Chinese have been print
ing books since more than five hundred years before the beginning of printing
in Europe. It has been truly stated that more books had been published in China
up to 1750 than in all the other languages combined. The Chinese are still a
hardy, virile, and creative people.
W. B. Pettus
California College in China
704 South Spring Street
Los Angeles, California

ix
 # 3C #J }
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

LESSON I # — #
In the Chinese text the characters on which tones are indicated are emphasized, and they

are pronounced with the

corresponding intonation. All the other characters are pronounced without
they were atonic.
any alteration of voice as if

# É)
My money.

=#:1 Your book.

H -

#(". His paper.

º Whose pen f

.
His pen.
{{!'
Our book.

Your money.

º This

:
is my book.

That is his money.

Whose paper is this?

#j This is his paper.

That is our paper.

:
That is your pen.

i
Whose book is that?
I That

i
is their book.

:
Which is his pen?

4
iº *# That is

What is this?
his pen.

*i
: . This
What

That
is (a)
is that?

is money.
pen.

Is this book yours (or not)?

* l
(It) is not mine; (it) is his.

: : #.
Is this (a) book (or not)?

This is paper; (it) is not a book.

 LESSON |
Vocabulary and notes.
With each new character there will be indicated in parenthesis the number of the radical as well

as the number of the phonetic character (according to Soothill's list of phonetics), if the phonetic more
or less coincides with the reading of the character.
In combinations of two and more characters the character on which the tone is bracketed is

emphasized.

In case there are several different meanings to a character, the particular meaning used in the text
is given in italics.

`s £ I;

&
(r.
(r. 62) me; my; our. ==

Y
S
wo" —
XE. che" 162) this.

3
słł shih" (r. 72) be; right; this; that.

to
—
tit

particle
#j (r. 106) many
of
A

uses.
–

N.

A *#3;
sign =
of

possessive che (*) shih”— this is.

*)
M

E
the case. (see lesson

S
-

is
XV: grammatical section).
\}; (r. 163) (Read which?

—
mn” that na”
`- £ffj wo(*) ti'—my; mine. what?)

is.
ch'ien” ma(*) shih”— that
*}}}}}
(...)-cooper
ph.
coin; money.

is?
H. which

*)
nºt shih”

– –
#}}º
-

|s

ni" (r. you; thou.

9)
–

-->
ſR shen" (r. 99) very. (Read shen” what?)
ſº – your;
va, interrogative

(r.

an
--- yours. ma' (or mo') 200)

-
mi

(*) ti'—
ºn

r
-

ſºft'ſ =}}
-

particle.
(r. 73) book; letter; write.
Hº
to

shu"
–

## shen(*) mo" What?

–
3

when(*)
{j
-

(r.
9)

he; she; his; her; another.

—

*> t'a" spoken (*)

A.

Note lang":age
In

the shen
mo' pronounced shih (*) ma", and
is

is
-
t’a

ti"

(") his; her; hers.

{{J}{j in
often written
{F}(ſ): thing)

a
(,

stead of
#ć chil' ...)-ºper
-

ph. 348
p" (r. no; nor.
MK

1)
—

"(.. *::)-who
*

fift (In Peking dialect

#4Słł (*) or
so

shih pu% shih"—is not?

it
\

(The usual way,

as

pronounced shei?) most the student

^º will see, form questions).

to

piº (r. 118)—the camel's hair brush used

#fff:ffj2ſº mi(*) pu” shih”— (it)

by

pencil. shihº
tº

is
as

the Chinese pen;

a

º
"(... )-a yours
or

not?
ſ"] plural used

- 2ſº
sign
of

the
ph. 635 pm (*) shih" not so; no.
–
is
it
|

for persons. Note B. pw emphasized and

is
ſº

when
£ſ"]
wo

(*) we; us: word,

–

men" when before 4th tone

is

is
it

it
a

pronounced the 2nd tone.

in
wo

ti'

(*) our; ours.

iſºſ"|{{j men'

2ſºff'ſ
–

pu

(*) shih" wo" ti'— (it) not

is

your, yours (plural)

ti"
mi

Å;|"|{{j (*) men'

–

mine.

these lessons italics English translations indicate that the word

In

in

text but the meaning

it.

does not occur the Chinese involved

in

in
), is

More often words are enclosed parentheses, for the same

in

purpose.
2
 w

Hi
X
w.
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh
LESSON - ==

||

It
#

iſ:
Whose book this?

is
{{!!

#
i ſºj. This book his.

is
J.
-
º?
..I

Do you want (a) book

or
not?

-
º

do
not want (a) book; want (a) pen.
y

I
I
4.

ÉJ. his book his.

is
76.5.4.3.

#J. That book yours.

is
i

* you this book; (I) you that

do
MS give give
|f

not
ſ

I
book.

8. Whose paper this?

is
This paper his.

is

Z
10 #;"

s
Which money yours? Which money his?

is

is
ſ||
:

==
#;" 11. This money mine; that morey his.
is

is
12. 12. They are not speaking; am speaking.
I

13. #. 13. Do not talk.

14. 14. (Will)

or

you write not?

15. 15. pen; (will)

no
%

have not write.

5

16. 16.
do

What you want

to

do?

17. 17. want (a) book.

to

read
I

18. 18. (will)

he

(a) book
or

read not?

19. 19. He (will) not read.

2 0. 20.
he

What does say?

21. 21.
no

He says (he) has book.

22. 22. Have you books

or

not?

23. 23. We have books.

24. #;" 24.

no

|}|{? He has book, what has (he)?

25. 25. He has paper; (a) pen.

he

has
 LESSON ||
Vocabulary and notes

£ – to want;

*}: $3
ywo" (r. 146) (r. 40)

to
to desire. write.

—
hsieh"

—. i* (r. 1)-a; an; one; the whole. tzu?

tº-

(i.
character, written words.
pen" (r. 75) – the root; the origin. A clas
AK
$ºf: hsiel,” tzu (*) write.

to
–
sifier of
lesson XI;
books, documents,

grammatical section)
etc. (see
ſRºſs'; ni” haieh" tºu (*) pu" haieh"—

– this
hº
- will you write

or
cheſ”) it pen” shu' book. not?

# A&#
lº

B.
(also: che (*) Note spoken language present

In
the the

na (*) iº pen" shu" – that

+
tense very often takes place

of
#3–-A&# the future

(also: na (*) pen”, tense.

#SAR#

*;
shw".) yu" (r. 74) be;

to

to
—
have.
Žff
# kei" (r. 120) to give; to; for. (In the writ not;

7%
(r. 85) not; die. (Also

to
–
onei”
ten language read chi") see lesson XVIII;
read mo, mu”.)

*
*
grammatical section).
(*) hºne. not;

vu

to
–
meiº not

is
a piece.
$375
||| ko" (r. 9) A classifier of persons
no.
or things.
Žižj
vu
(*)

or
met” yu"

–
there there

is

is
che (*)ko” this; this one.
#iſſil not?
(Also
#—ſºil che (*) i” ko")
Note C. In similar constructions the ºp
na(*) ko” that; that one.

| Złf
ject
or

subject after the first

-*
stands

.
(Also: na (*) i” ko")

|||
-
na (*) ko” which? which one?
ſuffixiºſi tº
yº
he
ºne mº"

or
has any money not?
(Also: ma (*) i” ko")
Žíjiùºff yu" shu (") mei" yu"—are

iſ: shuo' (r. 149) —to speak; to talk; to scold.

there, any

or
books not:

iߺftāſ;
iñ hua" (r. 149) — words; talk; speech.
ſ:
9)

(r. do; make; be;

to

to

to

to
—

tso" act
shuo' hua (*) to speak; to talk.
(Also written
as

{{)
–
2ſ,

pu” Yao(*) shuo' hua" don't talk.

As 61)—to think; read;
(r.

nien” recite.
to

to

Note A.
2ſº This common way Atº
of
is
a

nien" shu(*) —to read book; study.

to

forbidding. ###
a

}
 # 3 #0 ºf
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh
LESSON || | # = #
y #” ! .
(When) you speak, I understand.
ſ
AS" i. 2. (When) he speaks, I do not understand.
3.
º ſº #" 3. (When) I speak, do you understand or not?

I
ſº
ŽS : (When) you speak, we understand all.

:
He gives me three books.

: # .
I thank him.

I want your pen. (Will) you give

(it
to
me)?

(will) not give (it).

I

£R ſº have (some) money. Do you

want (it)

or
I

º
not?
4
10. ſº É)

:
10. not want your money.
do

We

:
| 1. 11.

* *
Please give me this book.

12. This book not good. (will) give you that

is

};" book.

:
I
13. 13. Those two books are both good.

i:
14. 14. They good deal
of

have money.
a

º
15. H11 15. good deal
We
of

also have money.

a

iºº
16. 16. They can speak good(deal) many words.
a

-- 4
17. p w.
: 17. Can you write
or

not?

18. :#:. 18. can write little.

a

.
I

i
19. É 19. good many characters.
He can write

º
a

20. #; ÉÉ 20. He can read; also can read.

:
I

21. E" 21. He has three pens (and) two books.

:: :
s
22. 22.
do

How many sheets paper

of

you want?
23.
23. Please give me two sheets
of

paper.
 paper good

Fij
24.

or
# jiā

of
#|{
Are these two sheets not?
24. {{* Zſs lifº

;
25. good; the other (one)

—
lif. One sheet bad (not

is

is
25. ##"; AS'
good).
£R

MS
X? 26. Do you want paper?
j,
26.
§
{{*

27. §' # º'. Thank you. not want (paper).

do
Z[S 27.

I
ż,
ż
Hj

ſº
Mill

28. 28. How many books has he?

29. {ſ' # 25. 29. (He) has few (books).

a
Vocabulary and notes.

i -
nin” (r. 61)—you, respectful silent,

as

as
of
form are well erh. Thus

in
e
a

pronounced tie”-rh;
ſR tien”-erh" han”-

is

|.
erh” pronounced hi.”- rh.

is
3.

(r.

tung" 61). —to understand.

(r.

75
(ph. 27) chihº branch; twig.
)—a

A
a
\ph. 539
twº (r. 163)—all; the whole number; the
classifier things,

as
pens,

of
slender

{
capital.
pencils, arrows, etc.
(In Peking colloquial pronounced tow').

'

i.
–
--a

—
unany? some;

(r.
san' (sa") (r. 1)—three. chi” 52) how much? how

f
#
several.

(,
hsieh" (r. 149) —to thank.

## (*) hºleh"—thanks; you; chang'

)–:
thank
to

hsieh leaf; shee';

to
a
;
ph. 353
thank.
stretch; tables, chairs, paper,

of
classifier
a
-##3, ch'ing
ch'ino” -
iii;
-

request; to invite;
...”)—o documents, etc.
(.

ph. 82
please. ch' ing” –
H;

- nin” kei (*) wo" please

ºf

*
(
#####4%
lif hao" (r. 38)—good; very. (Read hao”—to give me
.

like;
be

to) B. When two or three 3rd tone char

to

addicted Note

tiang" (r. 11)—two; both; pair; ounce;

an
Wi

acters Conne together, the emphasized

a

tael. 3rd fone word changed

1.
character before
a

is
a

(r. —a little; some; few.

7)

hsieh' into the 2nd tone.

(*)a many. (*) wo," but not kei (*) wo",

lif

good kei because

Ut.

hoo”-hsieh
#4%
wo also 3rd tone.
is

yeh" (r. 5)—also; likewise; and; even.

yº chi(*) pen", but not yu" chi (*)
Žíſ
É
ĀK
be

(r. 130) able; can.

to
–

fiš mºnº-

§ *
pen”, because pen also 3rd tone.
is

*-*
(r.

tien” 86) particle; do:; point;

a

ſlºfjä; 4:1;
*
*
*

spot; light.
to
a

many books has he?

erh” (r. 10) son; child; particle
–a

5d.
Žiž
yu

used forming substantives and adverbs. (*) chi" pen" (he) has some books.
–
in

MS

XII, C. two phrases ean

In

in

(see lesson grammatical section). Note these the

(pronounced
#

i°-tien"—erh” (*) ing depends logical

of

iatie on the
—-ºff
|
it.

little; some. emphasis; the 1st phrase the emphasis

in

erh
–a

Note 4. When pronouncing words com on “how many” (#);in the 2nd
is

(Zij)
on

bined with
jū. erh”, final phrase the emphasis 'has'
m

the and
is
i
6
 #

#J
3C

#
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

LESSON IV

#
Hº

UI.
These two pens (are) alike.

.
##".

:
#.
ſ" —
Those three books (are) not alike.
º *

:
ſº
Are our language (lit. words) and your
4
#2 language alike?

Not all alike.

at
eat. am eating).

(I
I
:24.

- drinking tea.)
He drinks tea. (He
6

is
He does not eat. (He not eating.)

is
º

---

do

not drink tea. am not drinking tea.)

(I
I

-
f

|Z Do you want you want

do
eat, (or)
9

to

drink

to
tea?
fji

10. |Z
do

do
(and)
to

not (want) eat, also not

I

I
(want) drink tea.
to

11. Do you eat this food?

12. This food do not eat.

I
2

13. We cannot eat your food.

14. Our food (is) good eat; (our) (is) also

to

tea

good drink.
to
.

15.
Your
do

language (lit. words) not understand

I

completely.
:

16. little,
do

16 understand (and) not understand

a
.

good deal.
a

-
17.
AS Can you write these characters
§%
É

17.
or
É

not?
É
É
 I
Éj

|
18. MS Ží ñé' 18. cannot write (them) all. There are some

I
can write, and there are some cannot write.

I
19. #;" # $3, #;" 19. Which characters can (you) write, (and) which

(you) not write?

ii
characters can

20. śā’ 20. These four characters (I) can write.

i
fié
#;" #: (I)

six
21. 7S' 21. Those five (or) characters cannot write.

£3.
#" #, #' #
§

22. 22. books (and) how many pens have

H

How many

#! you?

#, Žs'
H.

#
#

As

23,
H.

23. have five books (and) six pens.

I
#.
#
#
—
##

#
£3;

24. *#". 24. Please, give me pen.

a
£,
Zſs
#f

25. #” flé' 25.

no
H

have good pen; (1) cannot give you.

I
#
3.

Vocabulary and notes

*
by
75 4th word, pronounced
r.

tone
a

is
it
kind; sort;
#

fashion.
)-

ph. 151
(

with 2nd tone.

—É yang(*)—the (Also: —ſ; i(*) ko"—a; an; one

be
same; alike. but not ko”,
i"

tº
—ſº Cause
||| 4th tone.
is

yang(*)
º'

–-É
V,
pu (*) yang”; unlike; different. (see lesson note A)
2ſ

*(
iº

ſº - to
r.

30
eat.
yang (*) pu' yang"-the
—#2ſs—É ph. 298
i”

i”
or

or

same not? alike not?

written
(Also IBA)
all

tou(*) pu' yang”— not

at
i'

#52ſs—-É
4.

fiji ſan
alike; quite different.
(##
–

rice; food

in
boiled
A. often used Peking col
in

Note
is

#|| general; meal.

a

loquial give strong

to

emphasis
to

ſºft ch'ih' fan(*) eat rice; take any meal.

to

to

- the negative.
*,
ſº
ho'

drink;
to
*

shout.
to
)

woº (*) ko" ch'ien” ph. 239

#—{{l}#####|
(
i

tou" met” yu” have not single cash.

3; ch'a” (r. 140)-tea; the tea plant.
a
I

"'
fift
ºf

{{#####—#53%
ti" hua (*) iº-tie (*) -rh"
ſlºš ho" ch'a(*)—to drink tea.

jifſº
shuo' wo”
(*) ch'ih"—good eat.
to

hao
pu" tung” all -
at

tou" don't understand

I

jīfſ; hao(*) ho'-good drink.

to
he

what says.

B. With following
#jášš
ti'

yu° (*) haieh”—there

ZH

Note no character meng are

–i.

lst tone. But when-i followed (I) write.

is

is

(characters) which can

 Note C. In this case
#j with the verb
###||{#.
ma(*) chi” * tzu" - which char

forms a kind of adjectival clause: acters?

“There are those which”. “There

(Compare lesson III, note B)
are those who....”.”
(r. 31)—four.
Similar examples Jú ssu"

#jlifſº Hi

7)
(r.
yu" ti'hao (*) ch'ih"—there is wu" five.

–
ZH
which (is) good to eat.

#jāśā;
that
yu" ti" neng (*) shuo' hua.” →
/N liu" (r. 12)—six.
ZH
– there are those who can
speak.
 # 3: £J #

Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

LESSON V ;

H.,
H.

#” What day to-day?

of
the week

is
it
L-4
To-day Saturday.

is
A
\
.
Hi”. Yesterday was Friday.

: :: 4.
- To-morrow Sunday.

is
ſ:
i
How many days has (lit. is) week?

a
ſi;
|

week has seven days.

A
n (F ſ|| #: days (during) you study’

do
How many week

a
#2
* 3.
ſ"

we
(During)

we
week study five days (lit.

a
I'í ſº read five days' books),

do
(and) two days we

not study.
- -
};" Kj (you) study, (and)

do

on
On which five days

* -
--
which two days
do
(you) not study?

: —
? 4

10. , 10. Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday

*
(and)
;

I
ſi; ſº Friday we study.

º -
4
#:
4.
11.
ſ"

11.

:ſ : :
y
do

Saturday and Sunday we not study.

Wk' 12. You are foreigners, (and) we are Chinese.

.
-
#

:
Eyj 13. (The) Chinese language you cannot speak,

W k' (but) the foreign language you can speak.

:
ii=t-r

I
14. 14. can speak (thé) Chinese language, (but) (1)
I

4.
cannot speak (the) foreign language.
15. |Z H1' Every day
do

or

you eat Chinese food foreign

: : : ſº
4.

:
food?
16.
Wk" Every day we eat foreign food.
 ſº

El
Sometimes (we) eat Chinese food.

[ſº
17. Hº Hî Hi' fiſi. 17.

H;
(by) your

{{j

ż
§ "

JV ºf
ſº? 18. What time watch?

is
18.

it
(By)
19.

19. my watch half past eight.

#
34
*E.

is
it
#9
{&

##| (By)

#
#3

JL
ten minutes past nine.
||
20. -Hº 20. that clock

is
it
Æ. ||
#

an
How
–

many quarters
ºf
21. #|? 21. has hour?
ºff

##"
;

||
#
— —

22. 3||. 22. An hour has four quarters.

#|

#'
#;
-i- -i- H #| #|

23. Mº'? 23. How many minutes has quarter?

a
ºr,
24.

Hi'
# + +
–

Hi

minutes,

an
24. quarter fifteen half hour

P.
has

A
# E 5]-. has thirty minutes.

2: £i'.
£i —

Sixty minutes are

ºff

an
25. 25. hour.
4)

–
Ju'
I.

ºff

26. Twenty four hours are day.

26.
ſã

a
}{".

Vocabulary and notes

9)

now; the present time. bright; clear; intelligent.

A- chin' (r. ming” (r. 72)
BH

—
—

God; day.
}: t'ien' (r. 37) heaven; sky;
–

B}}< mino")-t'ien-to-morrow,

A-Jº

jū
BH

chin(*)-t'ien' to-day.

BH
–

minu(?)-jiº.
H

(Also:
55),
chin(*)-jih
(Also:
A-H
ºn
Bjjjāſūl
1

4
-

A-52
ſ
)

minoſ”-rh, mino(*)-r-ko')
;1

rh (1) rh -ko.”
#

Chi chi(*)-rh-ko") chi(*) t'ien' how many days?

A-5Eſºl
-

–
-

-
(; *

ji: liº
;-)- —ſiliº
(r. FF

ph.
ceremony; politeness; "-ko" liº-paid)—a week.

offering. -L ch'i' 1)-seven.

# #; Hijº na()
five

pai" (r. 64) worship; pay respect.

to

to
–

ru'

'iºn'—which days'
li”-pai (*)
#Fij}< na(?) tian' 'ien'-which
i; ñº.

worship; Sunday,
FE

to

week.
two days'

PE; li”-pai” (*) day

i. #—- li°-pai‘-i(*) Monday.
of
–

chi what the

--
week?
(r. 7.) two.
–

erh"
jºfE
25

tº-pai-liu()-saniday.
jº liº-pai"-erh (*)
-

Tuesday.
:E

ſºft
(r. 72) yesterday; lately; recently.
–

tso"
HE li°-pai”-8wn (1)–Wednesday.
HE

tºº)-dien’-yesterly,
JE

tso (*)-jih”
jº JEJL) li°-pai'--su (*) –Thursday.
jº

(Also: tso°-rh,
|ME
H

HE
wai” (r. 36) out side; foreign.
–

Wi-
HEjūſºiº)-2'-ko").
“(
r.

31
Eº

jºjä-H. Country;
)-

li°-pai”-wu (*) Friday. state.

a

a
–

ph. 333
11
Wi-E: wai (*) kuo" – a foreign country.
7\# *P
pa" tien ' pan" - half past

eight
JV jen” (r. 9)-a man; a person.
Wi-Ej)\ wai(*)-kuo'-jen”-a foreigner.
jL

(r. (r.
chiv" 5)—nine.
chung (*) (r. 2.) -the middle; central; inner.
Hı

—
fen' divide;

to
18) part;
– the 3). minute.

a
H E. chung (*) -kuo" Middle Kingdom;
jL#+% chiuº tien” shih (*) fen'—ten min
China.
utes past nine.
chung (*)-kuo'-jen”-a Chinese.
Hi E. M
H Pº # chung (*) -kuo”-hua” – the Chinese —## i(*)
hour.
tien”-chung" —one o'clock, one

language.
A.—i'

by
Note when followed 1st, 2nd
Wi-Eſlā; wai(*)-kuo' hua"— foreign language,
or 3rd words pronounced
jºk
tone with

is
t'ien'-t'ien (*) – every day; daily. 4th tone.

(*) chang' chih"

H Bºlíſ: chung (*) -kuo"fan" — Chinese food.
—##. —JN i(*) jen”.

i
—AKH; (*) pen” shu".

i
fan”— foreign food.

*(;-º-,
wai(*)-kuo"
Wi-Bºlíſ:
(Compare lesson IV, note B)
we -)-time; -

(; #5)--
hour, season.
is

B.
expressions indicating
#)-time Note When

in
ph. 46
time, hours,

or
after minutes quarters
ſ hou"
expect; to wait.
follow, used for hours:

is
|Éſ; shih (*)-hou”—time.
—###-5). it tien” shih (*) fen"—ten minutes
past one.
vu(*) shih”-hou"—sometimes.
ZH #4%
Eigh pan"
ºf

san" tien” half past

–
# piao" (r. 145) – a watch; to manifest.
three.

###H#ſº shen (*) -ma' shih” -how" – what When only hours are mentioned both

time? when? what time is it? tien” and tien”-chung (*) are used.

/\ (r. --- Ełºś

/\;
pa" 12) — eight. san(*) tien”
or

san(*) tien"
chung".
pa’ tien(*)-eight o'clock;
(see mote B below) + shih” (r. 24)—ten.

3] k'o'-(r.
18)-time; a quarter of an hour. +Hi shih”-wu (*)—fifteen.

*E Fan' (r. 24)—half. E+ san (*)-shih”—thirty.

# chung"
( I.
r.
: )--
167
bell; a clock. -
25+
+]/[]
liu (*)-shih"—sixty.

erh"-shih”-ssu (*)—twenty four.

12
 ºff
## 3C #0

Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

LESSON VI

7;
#

#
ſº # *: say (that) (on) Sunday (you)

do
ZS 1. You not study.
What do you do?

º
{}:

go
iè

go
We church. (lit. we

to

to
#: church

to
:
worship).

What have you come China for?

to
ii
We come China study the Chinese

to

to
have

:
language.

you study Chinese (lit. the Chinese

do
Where
.
g à º2 language)?
:
#" We study Chinese the school.

in
:
:

*
ZP

How many students are there (in) this school?

*

: —" TH There are more than two hundred students

The
this school.

students all are foreigners.

(in)

10.
: 10. Are your foreigners?
or

teachers Chinese
iT
11. 11. (Among) our teachers (there are) many Chinese
and few foreigners.

i
a
:

:
12. Are foreign coun
of

12. schools kind

in

there this

:
* tries?

13. foreign countries there also are (schools

In

E.º 13.
of

this kind).

º:
14. 14. Where were you last year?.

:
15. 15. Last year was abroad.
I

16. 16. When did you come China?

to

É‘J º

i- : : i : :
17. 17. cane here (on) the 2nd day (of)
of

October
I

this year.

18. 18. How many months has year?

a

4.
19. 19.
A

year has twelvé months.

20. – ſì Jì Hj ż' /P K? 20. How many days has montn?

a
–

:
Jì H =' + R, 21. month has 30 days and some have 31 days.

A
21. #|
tly

+
E

JV. K.
—'

ºf
22. February has 28 days and sometimes 29 days.

+
ſºft{{
=

R.K.
22.
}}

i
-
JL"

T.

29 H.
+H

H
---
4E
What (lit. how many) year this year:
#
23. 23.

is
=A A

3%' AE?

jL
Jº Jº Jī Ji + 4E

—
24. This year 1939.

H.
24.

is
H
JL 4E.
Jj?
As

Āk Jik

25. 25. What month the current month’

is
##"

26. As
;
-t;" J.J. 26. The current month July.

is
;

;üº What day to-day?

of
27. 27. the month
A

is
it
To-day
AE-

-H

28. #! 28. 10th day.

H

the

is
.

Vocabular y and notes

#3;
ma
jih" (r. 72)—the

li”
sun; day. (*) where? (Also ma"rh)

–
#350
H

jºff lièpai°-jih (*)—Sunday. (*) -l,” where?

na
tsai'
H

ŽE}}}}|{
(r. 18)—to come; to; (Also tsa"-na (*)-rh).
go;
TÉ#35E
to

to

tao" reach
£||
arrive at; to. ...,4
#
to

hsiao
(;

)--
school house.
pn.
º:
;
t'ang" (r. 32) hall; temple; mansion. ;
-

Å,
a

hsiel,”-hsiao (*) school.

ñºf Eº: li°-pai’ ang (*) church; chapel.

Al gº ºn. –a
lsieh'-t'ano
tº

ang(*)

(3
a

)
to
go

away; past.
3: ch'ii” (r. 28)—to go; An (r. 36) –many; much; more; very.
to

£
to'

auxiliary direction, les

of

verb (see. Peking colloquial

4.

3.
often
In

Note

is
son xx, grammatical section). “how” or, “how
in

of

used the sense

ſ:iº lº-pai(*) —to worship. much.”

FE

tso"

£J&
to'

ta(*) how big? how old?

–

lar” (r. 9) come; nearly.

to
—

2K
An auxiliary jºš - how
of

verb direction (see. lesson to' Ph ch'ien (*) much

3

xx, grammatical section.) money?

4'; #}; do 3%; yuan (*)

(#
to'

na' what (are you how yiran"

–
–

tso" she m(*) far?

-

ing? what for? far: remote.)

–

im *
Zy

hsieh” (r. 39) study; (r. 42) few; much; less; owe.
Mºſ

learn;
to
—
to

to

to
—

shao" not

itate.
(') shao” how how many:
£2.5
to

much?
a

Mºrf, |º]iſ: hsieh" chung'-kuo"

to
—

hua
')

great deal.
(

study the Chinese language.

£2);
IB.

with
ºff

Note put before

73
at;
(r.

in; dwell;
be

32)
to

alive.
to

tsai"
•
-

“not many’’ ‘‘not much’’:

•
*

WE means:

"(.-.
j:

{{{f £29;ſ nº o'-shao" shu' not

–

within;
vº

inside
is viv
y

is
a
x

ph. )—in
-

827
many books; there are not
(Also written
#) many books.

14
AE sheng' (r. 100) — to bear; to be born; life; -
---
A
erh(*) yieh" February.

–
raW.

– a pupil; a student. EJ} san(*) wineh" March.

–
hsieh (*) -sheng'
***E When period

of
to
used indicate the
Fi pai” (po") (r. 106) – hundred; many; all.
time always

it.
before

J}
has
{{|
T.Fi ?: erh"pai° to(*)-more than two hun
sau (*) ko” yieh" four months.

–
dred. |||||}|JH
(') — those. (*) kW yieh'
Hiſ]

wu
na”-hsieh five months.
#31%

Ji

–
#: hsien' (r. 10) – before; former; early .
+JH shih” yieh" erh(*) jih” October

–
H
£/E hsien (*) wheng' – a teacher.

.
A style of 2nd.
address applicable to all educated per *-*.
= Hiſ che (*)-li"—here.

*
XE
SOns.

jº
#
(Also che"—rh)

# #}}###ve()
yang" ti'hsüeh”-hsiao'

#|| chi(*) ko" how many? (Used for corn

–
a school of this kind.
paratively small numbers).
TÉy}} tsai" wai (*) kuo" – in foreign coun

T. ch'ien' (r. 24) thousand.

—
tries; abroad.

a
4E
njen” (r. 51) — year. pen (*) yieh" present month; the

–
the
AKJH
#4E.
ch’ī; (*) niem” – last year. current month.

chi (*, vieh"—which

{########3;&#j win” when (*) -ma' #J} month?

- when In
ſº.
“how many

of
shih”-hout lai” ti did you come? Note the sense

#||JH
ſºj

.Note C. In this case joined months.” chi(*) ko" yieh".

to

verb
said.
is

the past tense.

2k indicates
w

Similar examples.
# it)?
jū

chi”-rh what day of month (is

–

the
ti'

#########j* hua” shui (*) shuo'

ch'i (*) yieh" July.
–

.*
who said these words?
–

ch”,
-L
jº,
Note. F. like
—

before 4th

a
{ij}'};}{}:{{j” tso(*) t?ien' ch'i' ti” pronounced
word
in
tone the 2nd
is
,

/\
he left yesterday.
tone pºt"- “eight” also follows this
.

(see lesson XV, grammatical section)

rule.
.

A-4E chim (') niem” this year.

º'
–

men

LIM), ºver
tº

yieh" (r. 74) the moon; month.

JH

ch'i(•) jih'-seven days.

H

(*) yieh"-the month; October.

L

shih 10th

j\JJ
of

of

D. Used month
in

Aote the sense

a

pit”) uncº-August.
Jj

year joined
of

the number
to

the
is

p:(*) lo' yieh' eight months.

J)

the month without any classifier. JVMWil

15
 #

ſº
iſ
3
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh
LESSON VII £

#
+
g
i
£: 1. You say that there are over two hundred stu
HE, your

all
Are they

in
dents school. men

students?
4.
HE Not all (they) are male students. There are

:i
also female students.
-
i:
:
#
3.
Which

or
are more men women students? (lit.
* are men students many, are women students

many.)
3.I

(There are) many men students (but) (there

are) also not few women students.

a
:

Are there this school also junior students’

in
;º :

There are no junior students; all are adult

4
(lit. big) students.
:

We are all adults here; there are no children.

s
ii -
%
*Y

/] Nº. Children cannot study

in
this school.

-**
§ Could you speak Chinese language
F]]

ÉÉ formerly?
|

4.

10. 10. Formerly was foreign country could not

in
a
I

speak Chinese language.

11. 11. Now China,

to

have come must study

I

Chinese language.
:f
i:
2

12. 12. Where will you go later?

13. ſº ME 13. Later we also shall (stay)

in

China.

14. 14. How many children have you?

15. 15. have two sons and daughter.

a
I
:

16. at =#:1
TH 16. At present are they also studying?
EE?
16
 +
& #

all
They

ſº
17. are studying primary school.
ſib

in
HE
#|
17. /].”

a
:#; #.
ſº. ſº. ſº.
## #

# #
18. 18. Who this gentleman’

is
##"?

#:
£
É)
19. HE. 19. This gentleman my teacher.

is
£

25
3"
H.
How many pupils has that teacher?

H.
20. 20.
Å. H.2
&

75
#:
39
ſih

21. &". 21. He has not many pupils (lit. his pupils not
#; many.)
#: f.;

5’
#

#
ſº
Æ.

22. Are all teachers your school men teachers?

of
22.
ºf
HE

(lit. (in) your school are all men teachers?)

3:

tº
#
33
fl.

23. TS’ HE; 23. Not all are men teachers, there are also women
# Ží

Ír" #: HE. teachers.

H;
HE 7% #E

£7
ºf

24. ##" 24. What time now?

is
it
fig

#’,
#: #:

MS
H

no
25. ##". 25. have watch; (and) cannot tell.
I
26. 3k’ ºf 26. Has the teacher come?
ſ

#,

AS
Ét

K
ÉÉ #:

HE

27. says (that) to-day

he
27. The teacher cannot come.
3K’.

Vocabulary and notes

Mî vei" (r. 9)-position; place;
£
(r.

seat.
A

tº'ung”, 60) follow; from; by.

to
a

obey;

to
j
of

classifier persons used respectfully.

(r. 18) place.

or
ch'ien” before time
in
-
5

(r. 102)-male;
*śj
man” masculine.
ts'ung”-ch'ien (*) formerly.
944:
–

man(*)hsüeh"-sheng"
—

male student
a

ir # hsien.” 96
r.

ni" (r. 38) woman; daughter; female. appear; now;

to

at
–a

ph.
(

865
)

frđºf: nii (*) haüeh”-sheng' female student present time.

a

/Is 42) -small; trifling;

(r.

mean; hsien’-tsai (*) now; present.

haiao"
##E
at
–

-
a

junior.
pu' neng (*) pu" haüeh”
Jº >{{#-F# cannot
–
(r.
ta"

big; large;
an

37) great; adult.

but study; impossible not study.
to
is
it

J&M ta(*).jen”-a big man; an adult. Honored

(r. 60) after; behind.
–

hou"
£%
sir,-used
as

respect.
of

term
in

letters
is a

honorary title #2k hou (*)-lai”– afterwards; hereafter; later.

an
In

official language
given certain grades
of

officials.
to

child,
53%-f. nan (*)-hai’tzu"—a male son.
a

#
(r.

hai" 39)—a child.

frí%+ nii (*) hai" child,
–

tºu" female
a
a

+ (r. 39) son; child. particle

A

tºu"
a

daughter.
form nouns (see. XII,
to

used less.
A.

In

daughter
of

Note the sense also

is
it

grammatical section)

hai (*)-tzu"—a child.

said
frížjū. nii (*)-ha’rh
###.
2],4}} haiwo(*) heileh”-hsiao" primary
–

/Jºž-f.
a

haivo"hai (*)-tzu"—a child.

school.
(Also Asížja hiao" haſ')-rh) liao'-(la')
T

(r.

6)—finished: fixed.
17
 ##

#J

#
3C
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh
LESSON VIII #

#
JV
ſº 1. How are you, teacher’

#" Fº am) well. How are you?

(I
2
3. We are also well.

.
º
Now we (want to) ask you some

4.
characters.

(you)

do
Please tell me which characters not

understand.

We

to
read any

of
do not know how these three
!

characters.
w
d

One read ni", another jih", and the other li’.

is
*

Thank you, teacher; now we know.

ſ:F Do you know that character?

i:
º

z-º

do
10. 10, (We) know that character, (but) not know

which tone is.

it

11. 11. That character 2nd tone.

is
:

12. 12. Please teacher, tell (us) how many tones have

Chinese words.

i:-
.
:

13. 13. There are four tones; the 1st. tone, the 2nd
º

tone, the 3rd tone (and) the 4th tone.

% º 14. will now read little; please listen.

}

14.
%

U-4
;

I
w

4'R
{
ſº
j,

15. You correctly, (but)

j,

15. read the characters the

Ž

*Cº."

tones (are) wrong.

|º j. Do you
fiſ

16. {{j 16. study Chinese well?

ſº
iſ

AS

17. 3% 17. cannot tell that. Please ask my teacher.

;
#
§

I
º
(19
#!
 #',

{j
18.

#
§

}.

H.

H.
18. don't know who your teacher;

is
cannot ask

I
fl.

#, H,
ſill MS

MS
£ # Hl
fiſſi’, ##" him.
19.

#
#

WE

He

so

so
speaks, the voice

he
19. speaks low (lit.
/j", H.

MS
#j H.
small) (that) don't hear.

I
#,
#
#

ſº

#!

say
20. 22. Do you hear, teacher, what (lit. the words

I
{}

Hä

MS
ºl,

H.” which say)?

I
Jº,
21.

Wig
##
#
#
§
{{J

so
21. Your voice big) (that)

is
hear all.
loudſlit.

l
#'
# #

4}

H.

/
#'
3:

–
ſ;

ſº
22. Please, teacher, look whether
ºf: E

22. write characters

I
iſ:
#f
flº)

MS
£5

well or not.
3;

if,
HL
§

AS
#9

23. You write characters (both) badly and wrongly.

#:

23.

AS ##".
/ſ,
24.

};
3

;
||

||
#:

24.

so
He writes characters small (that) cannot

I
MS
fi £; ºf

H.". see.
H #

#
(#:

{:
#9

11

25. 25. Can you see the characters write?

I
AS H.”
Wig
{{j
§

#
ºf:
(R

26. Jºº.

so
26. You write characters big (that) can see

I
#:
ºf

#5" {} ºl. (them) all.

Vocabulary and notes

p
§
lif

are you well? how you

do

min’ hao(*)
-

A. When expression

do? How are you?

Note the
ºil 3'í
stands the affirmative form, the
in

(r.
to

wen' 30) ask; examine.

to
–
|#

emphasis aiways on -
is

}]]
#||*}: ch,” ko" tºu (*) some characters;
–

£%iljā
a

wo” chih (*)-tao'

few characters. (compare lesson III,
{ijſ!")}]]}} t'a' men' chih (*)-tao"
note C)
But when the form negative, the
is

#; (r. 30)—to tell; inform; an

to
to

kao"

Sri
on

nounce. emphasis
is

#ºſºlji
pu'
wo'

fift s” (r. 149) tell; inform. chih-tao()

to

to
—

ſºiljøi
p'
ta'

()

tell;
ſillſ"]
to

kao(*) su"— inform.

to

###ſ; men' chi'-tao

{R}}lji'ſ filji
chi'
(r.

"

know; perceive.
(')-tº"
to

nº

#II chih" 111)

to
–

º;
tao' (r. 162) road; way; reason; speak. chih'—too (*)
Bă
to
–

(*)-ma'-how
to

-- men' shen (*) read?

46;
:

Hiščí chih-(*)tao" know.

to
–

2ſºilää put chih'—two (*) know; (I) # sheng' (r. 128) sound; voice; tone; noise;
to

not
–

jºi

speak; (also written

to

to

don't know. state

).

19
## # win" (r. 180) sound; tone; news.

—
chi(*) sheng"—which tone? how many

tones? sheng(*)-yin' in

—
sound; voice; tone;
- ###
†—ff;
As nien (*) i”
ien(*) i nien"— to read a little.
-
tonation.
B. In colloquial Chinese verb is To

(r.
Note the
Jä, chien" 147)—to see; perceive.

to
cften doubled with—i" between or
An auxiliary

to
endure. verb added the
without —-i" in order to indicate
perception.

of
verbs
duration of the action.
ask. (see. lesson XXXI, grammatical section)
wen(*) i” wen”
H] —[H] |-w t’ing(*)-chien"—to
inquire. #H. hear.

to
HIH wºn() wºn' ſ #7ſ, t’ing, pu' chien(*)—to

be
unable

to
H.
a
#—ift shuo (*) i* have
ºwn-w hear; not hear.

to
...}.
little talk.
shuo(*) shuo' ma(*)-mo' Y-such; this way;

in
ſ

#### #3%
# #};
(r.

t’īng 128)—to hear; listen; to obey.

to

tui" (r. 41)—opposite; answer;

##2],

so
to

agree;
to

na”-mo' haiao(*) small.

–
#}
correct.
succeed.
60)—to get; obtain;

to
te”(r.

to
4:#
(Also written xf) An auxiliary verb expressing completion
twiſº)-you
ti"

*}:{{###
tzu" ni” nien" XXII.

an
of
action. (see lesson
read characters correctly.
grammatical tei”-ought;
section). Read
C.
an an

expressing
in

Note sentence
If

opinion general way there must.

in

is
a

adjunct answering
##Jº cheº-mo' ta(*)-so big; high.

so
#
adverbial
question: “How? what way?",
In

the

te”

—
t’īng (1)

be
chien"

to

to
H.

usually able
verb combined with the
is

hear;
#j

hear.
to

ti" and
in

particle translated the

is

# K'an' (r. 109) look;

to
to
—

present tense. see.

{ijäjäjFFEláššf t’a" shuo' chung"

#—# look;
i'

Fan(•) k'an"—to

to
have
iſ

a
he

kuo' hua" hao (*) look.

—

take
a

speaks Chinese well.

Pan" pu'
{{#jºſë to
-
chien(*) unable see:
#2R
H.

mi” haieh" ti" tºw” pu"

invisible.
tui (*) you write char
–

see; visible.
te”

chien’-able
#4}}. K'an(*)
to

acters wrongly.

20
 # 3: #| |}
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh
LESSON IX #

ju,
#
#”
;

1.
Who this lady?

is
: :
This lady

2.
teacher our school.

in
is
a
3.
How many lady

in
teachers are there this

º school?

eight lady teachers.

4.
There

or
are seven

:
4

Are they all married women?

5
º
4.
* Not all; there are girls and there are married
women.

i
(*)niang",

ku
Please, tell me which (woman)
7.

is
which (woman) tai(*)-t'ai".

is
º
4.
(lit. having
8.

married husband)
A

woman

is
:
- t’ai(*)-t'ai"; (lit. having

an
unmarried not
I-
husband) woman ku(*)-niang”.
4 is
are those two foreign young ladies?
9.

Who
º

4.

i
10. They (lit. is)
of
are that students our school.

ÉÉ 11. Can they speak Chinese?

.

: 12. They came not many days (ago);

(4)
they cannot

::
(lit.
all

- speak little (they)

at

even
a

cannot speak).
:

go

At what time you

do

13. each day school?

to

14. (We go) quarter

to

school nine.
to

at
a
:

What time do you leave school?

*

15.
4.

|
;

16. At four o'clock (we leave school.)

i ii
#"
Žiš

all

17. Do you have your (lit. eat) the

at

meals
school?

£
º
;

(We)
all
do

WH 18. not have our meals the school;

at

5k" jä there are some (students) (who) have their

|AE. meals outside.
 * * * *
º
19. Do eat Chinese food the school?

at
students
10 º' E #

ſli
Hi' Ed
No, eat foreign food.

El
Åſkº 20. students
*
*

*
*

*
*
2.

21. Sometimes they eat Chinese food outside.

He
ſº

ſº.
ſº

ºf
IZ. is
iſ

ºwl
Hi' fiſi.

Jº
ſº.
#

#9
22. Where this lady's husband’
K
K
22. 3C'

is
}} #2

At
J.” foreign country.

he
23. present
{l,

in
E.J. the time
{E
Wk'

is
ME

a
------
£
:

£|| JEl He (will) come here next year.

Vocabulary and notes

scholar; officer;

an
t’ai"(r. 37)—large; shih" (r. 33)

—
great; excessive;
J& too.

a
Jºk -- soldier.
'ai (*) f'ai”
—

t’ai(*)-t'ai"—an lady; lady;

-

old
-

fri: nñ(*)-shih"—a girl;

of
woman the

a
married woman.

jūſī KJK che (*) wei" t'a"-t'ai"—this lady.

educated class.

jº:/E ºf: jih (*)-tzºſ" day.

—
mň

H H

a
(*) hajen'-sheng'—a lady-teacher.

-º-; +2ſ
jih" twº pu' (*) many

to

–
lº; not
3.
ku"

-
irl:
)-

aternal aunt: girl;

a
;
ºn

70: J-Paterna days; recently.

*(
maiden.
a

(*)-rl, Jeh” pu' meng”

—#5ūtū’ſsièiº"

t;
jū r.
...) mother;- any shuo'-not be speak all.
to

to

at
able
a

ph. 361

3.
emphasis
Note B.
til gives here strong

a
W Oman.
to

(*)-niang”—miss; girl; young lady. the negation expressed.

iſſillſ;
ku

Similar eramples
fr)\ (*).jen”—a woman;
mi

wife.
a

ko"
jen” yeh" me.”
£
(*)
—-ſºil JN41732;&
;
(r.

chang' 1)—a length (10

of

measure
lai”-nobody has come.
Chinesc feet).

jč fu' man; fill-ſºft|1734; ko”

"'
(r. 37)—a husband; any (')
a

'

working man. hsiel,” -sheng’ yeh" me.” yu°-he has not

£J& hand. chang (*)-fu'—an eminent person; hus single pupil.

a

An
go

1)-up; upon; on;

(r.

up.
to

shang"
–

Jºkſijär)\!”
H.

chang(*)-fu'
ti'

miº
Žf

auxiliary verb expressing motion

to

verbs
º

jºn”—“a having husband woman";

a

upwards.
married woman.
|-}} wn,
school;
to
(*)

go
–

hºw
to
fºy

to

with the verb

Ží
In

Note this case

.
.
.

enter upon one's studies.

forms participle.
a

(r.

below; descend; inferior.

1)

hsia'
to
T

Similar era mples

An auxiliary expressing
yº
to

Žišš ſºj)\
verb verbs
ti'

ch'ien (*) jen”—a hav

motion downwards.
ing money man; rich man.
a

jśſºj)\ hsia' hºch (*)

–

come from
&

to
—

(*) jen” out

T.
sh
to

hua the
tº

school; return home from school.

speaking man; the man who speaks.
22
jä t’ou” (r. 181)—the head; the top; the chief.
Wi. jã wai (*) tow” outside.

A particle used to form nouns and :4 ......'ſ 4\ – "....?

TÉ%-j tsajº wai(*)-t'ow without.

|-
adverbs.

£ jã li (*)-t'ou.” within;
#j)\ jen(*) people.

ti'
vu" there are some
ZH
Ājā
-- *-*z-

y
:4 ºf

2
8
tsai" liſ")-t'ou in. IV,
TÉ (Compare lesson note C.)

23
 3: #J

ºff
##

Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

-
LESSON

#
+
X
##

#;" is #? 1. Where are you going?

2. am going

to
*}. the school.

I
#j 3. What kind school (lit. which school?)is your

of
school?

i
:
#) £: # Our school the Chinese Language School.

is
2

Å. Å.

i ;
What do you learn

in
the school?
4

rfi

# 4. We learn

to
speak, write and read Chinese (lit.
1.
.
#
º

to
we learn speak the Chinese language,

to
to
write Chinese characters and read Chinese

books).
5:

£:
T

you
do

do
What every day (after you) have
2

f
finished studying?
º

(We) little (some) foreign books (and)

H #.

read
a

-
3.

- study little Chinese etiquette.

a

===
III" Teacher, tell me please, thing
what

is
this
:

called.
:

10. Do you not know this thing? This pen.

#.:

is
a
4.
8

11. Do you know the Chinese name this thing?.

of

(or, -what
º

this thing called Chinese?)

in
is
4.

Yesterday you (lit. teacher) told me. This is

I

clock.
a
:

13.
§

Where have you heard this expression?

)
?
4

14. 14. have heard (it) outside.

fiWi.É)

I
º 4

15. 15. The meaning this expression After

of

bad.
is
do

- wards not use (lit. say) (it).

16. }: 16. With what
do

you write?
i

17.
:

17. We write with pens.

i
i

18.
H

E}} 18. Do you understand this sentence?

19. #
Él

H: 19. don't understand; please, teacher, tell me.

I

4.
#;
* * * * * * * *
20. your lessons there

In
this sentence.

is
&;

I. II;
# ſº

5: HR
Hº)

K
21. 5: ÉfBH ## # 21. We have too many lessons (lit. our lessons too

#.

£#
many); have

no
R Éf #: &
#3, (them) all.

to
time read

I
5:
3’

At
T.

no

to
tell you.

H.
22. 22. present have time

I
£R.

#
#4
#;"

+
HE
23. 23. To-morrow the class-room (will)

in
tell you.

I
£R ſil.

# #
HE

24. 3k’ H”

or
24. Has the teacher come
ſ
not?

I' A-
Mill
ż; #

K
fill

25. 3k’. 25. He has not come. He says (that) today he has
ż

53. no time.

Vocabulary and notes

#3;{ na(*)-li”— where (are you go
fºëT
_H.

Ahang" nien" wan(*) la' —to finish reading.

ing)?

Eß H chung'-kuo' li(*) –Chinese ceremon

(Also:
Bºliº
na(*}rh.) ies; etiquette; Chinese
hano' Chinese
call; order;
IIH chiao'-(r. 30)—to
to

name;
to

politeness; rules Chinese society.

of
to Cause.
#|Hj ch'ing" wen(*) –may ask; please tell

I
4, 4.

mino”(r. 30)—a name; title. me

a

+. ming(*)-tzu"—a name. JR tung" (r. 75)—the east.

(r.

hsi'- 146)—the west.

Wii
£,

ſułłł
}:

ºning”-tzu"
+. chiao" shen (*)-mo'
JR
Wii

tung (*)-hsil-east and west; thing; things.

a
what called?
is
it

{RMSHlišš n° put (*)

Ilhříº
(Also: chih' tao ma"—do
*)

chiao" shen (*).mc

you not know?
hua’-(r. 140)—flowers; elegant; brilliant;
Note A. As independent interrogative
China.
particle
§

always
at
used the end
is

3: wen” (r. 67)—literature; writing; refined;

of

the sentence.
civil service.
Similar examples.
#3: hua” wen(*)—the Chinese language.
"RÉE.5a);
–
ni” tsar" che (*) -rh -ma”

are you here?

of

#3:#### hua”wen”hsüeh”hsiao(*)—school
}%

he

t’a' lai(*) la' ma"—has

T

the Chinese language. {{2k come?

*:::
JC *( 40 -a
r.

an

Mij chii" (r. 30) sentence; phrase;

a

finish; An
to

end.
ph. 389 )—to expression.
auxiliary verb
of an action.
denoting the completion
āſījā; che" chil" hua(*)—this sentence; this
expression.
liao"-(la") (r. 6)—finished; fixed; com #4.Jāfīf;
T

to

che" chil" hua" ni" tsai' na(*)

plete. An auxiliary
to

verb denote
#Sºft H.ſºj li" ('ing' chien" ti" — where
-

the completion
of

an action.
have you heard this express

*% nien" wan (*) —to finish reading;

to

ion?

finish studying. VI,

C)

(Compare lesson note

# i" (r. 61) –meaning; purpose; motive;
T. Kung' (r. 48) work; work.

to
intention.
T5: kung (*)-fu"—leisure; time; work.

§ ssu"
I
(r. 61) – to - - -
think; to consider.
-
auditory.

an
k’o" t”ang (*) —a

#j
classroom;

§H
###
i(*)ssu" – meaning; will; intention. -sheng' lai” la' mei?
* JUN £4:3K hsien"

ſ
yung" use; to employ; yu"—has the teacher come?
(r. 101) — to to

{j
Note B. form questions

to
used

§
is
need; by; with.
mostly when question refers

to
H pai” (r. 106) – white; clear; in vain.
the the

past.
ming (*)-pai"—to understand.
H Similar examples.

flººr ##
BH

ta'
ºriº ºn(*)

la'
kung" r.
J})

19 :*-
( Th. TST )— merit; work -

(;
yu"—has

he
mei" finished

# k'04
;-)-. task; exercise;
writing?

a
$H ſillºff
ph.
min” chien(*) la' tºa'

ſ
lesson. yu"—have you seen
mei"

×3
.*
t’ai" to(*)—too much; too many. him?

26
 ## 3:
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

LESSON XI # -H — #
Section I Dialogues

# # ș*§º – & ? • ■ –
ù ģ= & ?# ■ ģ
!'
№ !! #
\} # Ķ ? - ? # # Ķ
{c
?$
# și Ķ * * 1 # % ķ
!
º $€ × № ~ *
+ ?
1
Ē șº Ķ ±
£ Ē ț¢ Ķ + # $ № ~ #
s - *# •# ## *
----•

ſk
æ ± ģ # $
.*
ER
≠
ļ
Ķ # # + º
Π\,)
№ ± ķ# # # # # # # &
− ņ# # ? 1 # # ~
№
1 *
ſ
$3
1 # # $ #
\\ # #
#
*º §
@
¶
Æ
&
± # *
• # +
& # #
& # ER
§?
# E
?$
&& ¡¿ ÄR
+ §# * -
€ - @ *
¶ £ –£
ÅR
$8 $
{<
Ēķ #1º§&
27
 Vocabulary and notes
£|#3; - £12, ſ2F2; la' pu"

liº
we (*) where you tro” ch'ih"

—
tºo" are

-
T
going? shoo(*)la' have eaten much.

—
I
#
(Also t;4
par

na
(*)-(e)wh)

(#
£|##$5. two'
;-)-order; series.

A
ph. 2497
{{

maiº (r. 154) buy, purchase.

to

to
– ticle used form ordinal numbers.

to
{{}{Wii;

go
ºnai" tung (')hsi' ch'it'
#+7;

to
to
—

t;"
liv (*)

–
shih” the 16th.
go something;
to
buy things; buy
to

to
(r.

£
do; make;

be
87) (Read

to

to

to
--
wei"
go shopping.

£ºf
for, because of).

--
wei"
#)

ch'u' (r. 18)—to begin; first; the com

at

(*)-

on
why? what

–
wei" shen ma"
mencement.

(i. *–)-
account?
|# chie'' step:
p; suits:
stairs;
£ (r. hair, feathers.
a

82)

—
a
- ph. 318 mao”
)

## mao(*) pi" brush; Chinese pen.

–
hair

a
degree rank.
in

ch', yin' (r. 31). —cause; reason; of.

B;
(*)—first steps. because
#J|# chieh
'

#3:#||};

of.
ch'u' chieh (*)
hºrn" wen" –First Blſº yºn(')\re?”— because;

on
account

Steps the Chinese Language.

§ (r.
in

ch'ien' 167) (metal).

–
lead

£HÉj
ti"

tsai" na(*)-li” muai" where

–

pencil.
ŽE}}}
§3% ch'ien(*) prº lead

–
a
have you boſight (it)?
(Compare lesson VI. 16)
§: chiu" (r. 43)—to
then; only: even.
come to; consequently,

;-)
(; (;
#

ºnai"
solid cake); black.
§

(r. -ink (may

be
sell. mo" 32)
to

ph. 863
7k

shui” (r. 85) water.

–

ma” 30
º

interrogative par
ph. 143 )-an (*)—ink, (fluld ink).
ticle: final particle.
#7k mo" shui
a

£25;
pi" pen;
an
—

#7kºff mo(*) shºwi' ink steel

a
to(*) shao" ch'ien”—how much money?
pe n.
what the price:
is

na” (r. 64)—to take; lay hold of.

to

k'nai" (r. 32) bit; price; lump.

A
-

B}
a

money, land, etc.

(Also written
#)
of

classifier

Hiß na(*) ch'ir"- take away.

wn

to

(*) k'itai" ch'ien”—five dollars. *##:

Note B.
In

this case sc rves as an

$#5 £25;} nin’ nien" la' (*) #:
to
ſ

auxiliary
*
to

shºw” k'o' la' many

–

how lessons have

yung" wan(*) finish using.
JH%
to
-

you read?

(j-i})—o put;
A.

spoken particle kn"

#
In

Note Chinese the place.

to

when indicating the past tense,

ſ

# stop. particle
(r.

pa” 122) desist;

A
to

to
–

repeated
of

often for the sake

is

having meanings. Sign imperative.

of

euphony. several

£# £4: majº la' C.

#
In

wo” luto" Note the given case denotes

a
ſ
ſ

28
la'

bought many. invitation,

an
or

hsieh (*) have suggeestion

-I
 ‘Sinilar ezanples
—£ £# i (*) mao" to ch'ien" — more than
nin” ho" ch'a(*) pa" – will you

§
§ll}}### 10 cents; ten odd cents.

drink tea? Please, drink some tea.

t’ung"
( #–)
ph. 580
copper; brass.

§+
wo" ºnen' nien" shºw (*)
#|*|##### t’ung” tºu(*)—a piece of copper money,
pa"-let us read. - a copper.

—£3# i(*) mad” ch'ien” — a ten cent piece, (In Peking colloquial said
§5-5.
l',
(Compare lesson note A) t’ung” tºu (*)-(e)nh)

Translation
Where did you go?
1.

buy something.
2.

went
to
I

What did you (lit. what (is) all you have bought?)
3.

buy?

(of)
4.

have only bought copy First Steps Chinese.

in
a
I

did you buy

5.

Where (it)?
the College
6.

of
In

Chinese Studies.
copy (do they) sell
7.

How much for?

it
a

copy.
8.

Five dollars
a

that book have you read?

9.

How many lessons (of)

10. have read up the 16th lesson.
to
I

11. Who wrote these few Chinese characters?

12. wrote (them).

I

Why you not write with

do

13. Chinese pen?

a

pen, and pencil. (i) only

no

an
14. Because have Chinese have no lead have
I

ink pen
it,

Chinese pen there. Take when you need (lit.

of

15. the time need).

at

have
a
I

(When) (it) where (shall put (it)?

I)

16. have finished using

I

17. Please, you will put (it) here.

18. At how much apiece did you buy your pen for?

19. Ten odd cents.

20. And (your) pencil?

21. Twenty six coppers.

Section II Grammatical
syllables
or

Separate words Chinese language inflected either terminal

in

in

the are never

in

their suffixes; preserving always the same

be

The
or

form. word part

of

same can either one another

speech sentence, depending upon arrangement meaning

or

or
of

of

element order words

or

the the the

of the sentence.

29
 Though having no suffixes nor terminal syllables, the Chinese spoken language is nevertheless

its
all
expressions,

its
very rich in meaning very having disposal many

at
of
shades and exact

in
is
for these purposes.

be
resources clear that these resources must quite different from those which

It
is
purpose, and

be
languages

of
flexible for would small use therefore
in

to

to
are used the same resort

it
grammatical definitions European languages for the study the Chinese language.

of

of
the

spoken language

its

of
Those which the Chinese uses for structure consist:

1)
resources the

arrangement of sentence; 2) the change reading

of
order words

in
or

of

of
the the the same character
3)

supplementary

be
its

tone; the speech

of

of
whole words introduced

in
to
and and series the

in
a

prepositions, auxiliary verbs, interrogative, causal, final, etc. particles, give the
of

form

in

to
order sentence

necessary proportion and shading.

supplementary words always remain such,

as
also necessary
to

of
note that some such
It
is

-
no

having separate meaning; but others (the majority) have their independent and often very dissimilar
only occasionally

as
meanings introduced auxiliaries sentence.

in
and are the

Thus, study grammar spoken language study

of

of

of
Chinese

in
the the the fact the the

is
speech, syntax, requires acquaintance mention
of

e.

structure the the and detailed with the above

i.

a
auxiliary particles
ed

as

as

well with those characters which change their reading and tone.

will, ex

by
grammatical
In

present
of

of
the sections the course the student means detailed

planations and numerous examples, become gradually acquainted with the most important auxiliary particles and

the Chinese spoken language.

of

other elements

Classifiers
spoken Chinese, numerals and demonstrative pronouns (jä che,"
#; na,"
#4% che (*) haieh",
In

re

;
“which”,
#54; na(*)
#5 na(*)-and the expression “how many”, when
haieh", the expression
-

is
it
#
by

joined special particles (also

to

presented by
of

are substantives means called Classifiers

chi")
called Numeratives):

Eſil (*)

—
–

(*) ko" yieh" months. ch'ien" this

sun three
#4%||## che haieh" ko"
F.

“)
money.
puzkit;
- - pen' ºw-four books. (*)-sheng
nº' haiel,"
#5utſºlſ#Aft
+TIPſºf:
ko" haileh

jāſījāAE
•+ !he (* (') haien"-sheno'—thi
wei' haien"-sheng'—this
i'

che
—those students.
teacher.
—

#52}{#; ºvu(*) pen" shu” which book?

2.” – - -
na

--
4

(*) ko” jen”—that

#3|J&
*

inan. chi (*) ko" yieh"

#|||}} how many months?
-

The words:
Jº jih.-a njen”—a year,
É

t’ien" day. day, sui" year and some others

—

–
H
a

4E.
all

weight, dimension and distance

do
as

as

of

well measures not use classifiers:

#$3&
na(*) t”ien"—that day.
fiš wu (*) suit-five years (of age).

→ san (*) jih”— three days.

JL1R ssu (*) ch'ih”—four feet.
H

Fj4E liang (*) nien" two years. liu (*) liang”-six ounces.
—

307sH
*
 There are more than fifty classifiers, and every one of them is joined to a certain class of things.

Sometimes several particles are used for the same class.

A table of the most common classifiers together with examples of their application is given below.

There is no necessity at all to memorize the table. By means of gradual acquaintance with the

spoken Chinese the will easily master the classifiers. The table below will only
structure of student

serve him for reference.

Table of Classifiers

-
The following are the most common classifiers:

ko"-a piece. A general classifier of Eijäß san' ch'ien (*) three

–
k"wai4
{{l
persons or things. dollars.

—fº (*) piece

of
k”uai" land.

i”
i(*) ko” jen”— one person.

ti

–a
—ſºl JV
p.”—to grasp.

of
classifier knives

#.

A
ch'i (*) ko" tºu"—seven char
-L||*#. chairs, fans, etc.
acters.
JJ-f. pa” tao(*)-tzu.” knife.

—
—#.

i"

a
wei" — position; place. A classifier of
Mºf
####. ma” pa" chair

–
(*}{zu that

*
persons.
(Also ####j-ſº nº chang'

iſ
"}{zu")

Hºſº/E sºn (') wei' haien"-sheng'—

t’iao”—a branch. classifier long

of
A
three teachers.
and slender things.
pen'-the root; the origin. A classi
ho(*) river.

--
t'iao”

i°
—-ſ:#iſſ

a
fier of books, documents, etc. -

—ſºft

yń
i" t”iao” (*)—a fish.
Fij

liang (*) pcºn” shºt'

ASH; two books.
—

dog.
—ſºft) jao” kou (*)

–
tº
i"

a
i(*) chang'
an

pen” account.
–

—-A&# space between things. classifier

—

A
|H|

chien"
a

of rooms or houses.

-
affairs,
an

chien’-
of

item. ciassifier
A

{}:
clothes, etc.
-Élſłł-f. chien"wu (')-tzu"—a room.
i°

documents,

{{# chien' (‘)—an affair. j? place. classifier of

A

houses.
i"

shih (). so"

1

–
a

ſºng*-
#ft}}+ chi (*) how

–
so" tzu"
an

—ſh;3CHF chien" went”) shu” of.

—
i”

many houses?
ficial document.

—ſº:
temples
of

tso"—a classifier
A

seat.
chien" i(*)-shang'—a piece Jº:
i”

and graves.
clothing.
of

tso" miao(*)—a temple.

i”

# clas
—jäß
A
to

chang" extend; stretch.

to
-

tso" fen (*) grave.

i”

-
–a

tables, paper, documents,

of

sifier
[]
of

mouth. classifier
A

k’ow the
etc. words, bells, persons.
chi(*) chang" cho'-tzu"—how tao(*) sword.
JJ
LI Ll

i"

k'ow"
—-
§
#######.
–a

many tables? (')—a

k'ow” chung bell.
—-
i°

chang' chih (*)—a

[IJA people.
of

sheet
+, ch'i' k'ow” jen (*)—seven
i"

—###6
paper.
([] k'ou" used when counting
is

k'nai"-a clod; lump.

of

classifier people living

or
A

in

house
iń.
a

money, land, etc. family).

31
•.
13.
Jä t’on”—a head. A classifier of mules,
—iBH i" liang" ch'e(*)-a cart.
oxen and donkeys. 19. kuan”- a reed; a tube. A classifier of

—jäß-f. i" t'ou” lo[*)-tzu"—a mule. tubular things;

Ejäß san" t'ou’lú(*) – three donkeys.

—## i° kwan" pi(*)—a pen.

Uſ:
p'i' – one of a pair. A classifier of 20.
# tao"-a road. A classifier of streets,

horses. rivers, bridges, etc.

—UE}; i° p'i' ma(*)—a horse. —##j i°tao” chieh (*)—a street.

pi *-a classifier of bolts of cloth, —jääſ i" tao" ho(*)—a river. (compare
RE
silk, etc. N. 8)
-* WEZſti i' p'i 'pu(*) – a bolt of cloth.
21.
# k'o"—a classifier of trees.

i" p'i i" k'o' shu(*)—a tree.

—REß-f. "ch'ou (*)tzu"—a bolt —###
of silk. 22.
# ken"—the root. A classifier of sticks.

16. poles, masts, ropes, etc.

Jä shan"—a fan. A classifier of doors,

windows, screens, etc. —### i" ken" kun(*)-tzu"—a stick.

i°.
—Häſ"; i’ shan” men (*) – a door. —#####.
ken" sheng(*)-tzu"—a rope.

# Fi ken' chn (*}tzu"—a post

or
i"
—Hä i° shan' ch'uang (*)-hu"—a —####f-
window. pillar.

17.
4; – a classifier 23.
Jä ting”—the top. classifier

of
chih' of oxen, sheep, fowls, hats and

limbs, ship, sedan-chairs.

etc.
ting" mao (*)-tzu"-a hat.
—£4. – an —ſſiſ#-f.
i"
i" chill' niu (*) ox.

—ſiń-f. ting” chiao(*)tzu"—a sedan

i"
(Also
—jäAH i" tou” niu(?)
chair.
—4:# * chih' ſang (*)—a sheep.
24. Jij feng"—to seal up.

of
A classifier letters

—££. i" chihº show (*) – a hand. and parcels.

18.
#j lfany"—a classifier of carts etc.
Pijäſä liang” feng' hsin (*)-two letters.

32
 # 3:
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

LESSON I. Hº

-H.
XII #

Section Dialogues

— –§ šā #< #<
I
º #<* *- ºg
ģ ſº & tº £ ģ !! $ # # šį №
# & § # H Ķ # # šī #
# § € # š • #
# ¶ £ #
# H HK #
# #K Ķ @ *• § HK
Ē-
# ã # # # $3 Ķ § #– €
* * š. #
(-
# § # # # $ #
º
·§
Hº
# → # # # # # ± # --
* k
№
§
#ſ
-I

# # # $8 șº ģ se #
± # # H ț¢ Ķ # #
# Ģ # # # #K £ ķR • g. … #
* Ģ #
!
# # ſe- € – + ~ &, ~
± Ķ #
ĶE @ ?
& ºg £ $4
1 # #
s
+
£ + ~
și + --

33
 Vocabulary and notes.

H. tsao" (r. 72)—morning; early; soon. ŽKijã pen (*) li”-pai"—this week.

ran” (r. 24)—half. ŽKjiºfížS pen” li”-pai-lin (*)-next Satur

*E
day; this week Saturday.
2P K pam' tien (*) – half a day; a long time.

#T5: (*)-fu'

no
mei kung (1) time.

—
have
H2E}: tsao (*) pan" :'ien' – morning; before
Note B. often only
#

of
Instead
noon . $375
# *( r. 72 used.

is
morning.
ph. 355 )-dawn; Similar examples.

łż)\ jen (*) people.

no
there are

–
(*) ch'en”-morning. meiº
H.H. tsao

money.
(r. 72)-noon; midday.

no
ch'ien (*)—there
Hil

mei"
###

is
shang"

Tišjā it. hsia" li”-pai"—next week.

(r.

24) noon; time from 11

to
wu"

1
Tiºjäjºk

-
o'clock. pai" liu (*)

liº
haia" Saturday

-
-
shang (*)
Hil4. wu"—noon. next week.

(In Peking colloquial pronounced

(r. 85)—to
iſ: entreat; ask;

to
ch'iw” seek.

to
Ahang (*)-hº)
# ken' 157

(#
the heel;
lſº

(r. 72)—evening; follow:

to
wan” late. ph. 359

T
)
wan (*) pan" then" time after noon. with.
–

B%2F%
É_H. wan (*)
shang"—in evening; night. jīfºſsif hao(*) pu" hao”—is good? will

it

it
at

the
-
do
you like
Ejiºff shang (*)4) liº

it?
pai"—
lººk pai‘—last do?
h

week
#
-

chin” (r. 120) tight; urgent.

-
–
-
Ejiºffix paiº-liu (*)
liº. paiºliu
—La shang" liº, (*)
–—

last Satur
*

yao°-chin(*)—important: urgent.
day. £5%*
impor
#### yao'-chin(*)

–
ti'
shih” an
na

£3k (*) lai”—to bring.

tant affair.
##3;&#j#### woº ma” lan” "ma"
tº

no” wo" chiwº pºt” wen(*)

pen” shu(*)—the book ###2RF)
ſ

la" then will not ask.

have brought.
I
which
I

an abbrevia
C.

is
In

Note. this case

tºien(*)—these few days. #5
###5 che" chi"
expressions:

#. – (*)
of

tion na
#
the
(r. 6)—affair;

*(
shih" business.
ma" or na(*) thus,
#}}##
# r. 61
passions;
)-

the the
ph. then,
in

82 that case.

feelings; disposition; facts; Similar eramples.

affairs.

## (*) ###|ſ na" chiuº shih (*) la'—then

is
it

shih ch'ing”—an affair; business.

a

all right; then

let

be

k'an (*) not looked; so.

it
-

mei" have have

$375
not read; have not seen. #2ſ, JHäftſ ma" chiw”
(*) la'
pu% yung" shuo
then
—

no
is

A.
it

Note usually indicates that the

}% talk.
to

use

the past tense.

£2ſ, pu" wen(*)
|}}}

la' will not ask.

in

verb
—
is

wo°
ſ

Similar eramples. joined

Note D. combined with
2ſ, and
ſ
he

t'a" me?” (w" has not come.

{ij}'}}<
–

verb denotes categorical negation

in to
a

#733; ch'it' did not go.

—

wo” mei"
future.
I

the

34
 Similar examples.
(r. 64)—to seek, look for.
#: chao"

{{2|S3K ſ t'n' pu" lai(*)la' – he will not

###2k chao (*) wo" lai”—to come and find me;
conne ( former v he had the intenti
ntention to come to my place.
of coming). -
Wiś3:#

to"

—
liang (*) tien” chung" more

AST2
pu" ch'ih (*) la'—I will not eat
ſ

-
than two o'clock; after two
in ore. o'clock.

go Translation
Where did you yesterday
l.

before noon?

(I)
2.

went school.
go to
do

What time you

3.

school?
to
y

Eight o'clock the morning.

4.

in

you) come out from school?

do

(And when
5.

-
6. At noon.
go

go
Do you not go?)
7.

(lit.

or
the afternoon? late half day
in

We do; (but) the evening we not go.

do
8.

in

Have you finished reading the book brought (to you) last Saturday?
9.

10. These few days have been busy (lit. had affairs); have not read (it).
I

11. Have you time next Saturday?

I
you
no

12. have time. Next week Saturday have time. Have any business
I

(with me)?

13. want ask you about little

to

matter.
a
I
-

What (lit. what it’) First tell it), will (lit. good
it?

14. me (about you? not).

or
business
is

is

important affair. (I) comes, you shall

an

15. cannot first speak (about it). When the time

It
is

know (it).
In

Note. both cases indicates the future tense.

ſ
In

will not What time will you come

to

16. that case ask. see me?

I

17. After two o'clock.

Section
Grammatical II
Particles used to form substantives.
e

Chinese written language which designate without

In

the characters substantives are used alone

º

by

any supplements. spoken language special particles

of

But words this kind are often followed

in

the

The most important these particles are:

as

of

individualize them substantives.

to
;

jã

+. tzu" son,
5. er,” chid, t’ow” the head,
Jä ch'u' place.
a
a

These particles being added other words lose their own meaning:
to
.

35
 H jã
jih(*)-t'ou”—the sun,
#i-f. cho(*)-tzu"—a table.

#j+ i(*)-tzu" –a chair,

Mijä shih (*)-t'ou"—a stone.

###.
ha;(*)-tzu"—a child.
#jä tui (*)-t'ou”—an opponent.
yang(*)-tzu"—kind; mu(*)-t'ou”—wood; timber.
#-F. sort.
ŽKjä
jºb. mii"-(e) rh—a daughter.
j#fff; hao(*)-ch'u'—advantage.

fº
ning"-(e)rh—a name.
445t. JHB; yung(*)-ch'u'-use; service.

tzu’-(e)rh—a character. i(*)-ch'u'—benefit.

*#52
#ift, cho'-(e) rh - a table.
## hai(*)-ch'u'— harm.

*
the
In the Northern dialect or can be added ad libitum to many substantives. But
+. 5E
explain that, speaking diminutives, preferable For in

to
append

of
Chinese when 5E.

is
it
Zlºčijū. haico” (*)
stance; table
#i-f. cho(*)-tzu"or
#5. cho'-(e)rh; but small table called cho

is
a

a
ming"-(e)rh ming(*)-(e)rh—a
(e) rh. ming(*)-tzu"or name; but 2I-4, hsiao" smal

5è.
44–? 445. –
name, pet name. a
a

and

is
\Vith exception not numerous cases, the meaning particles

of
+.
of

the these the

5d.
more often. The Northerners
be

quite the the North heard even make

in

is

same. must noted that

It

5E

jū
this particle. very seldom.
an

In

prevails,
+
of

Southern

and
excessive use the heard

is
dialect

jū-f.

–
Combined, two particles mean: erh(*)-tzu"—a son; t:u4(e)rh

5d.
=f
these small

a
grain; seed; egg.
Besides marking nouns, the particle
5. also used forming adverbs of place and time:
in
is

#5. che"-(e) rh—here. Hijjº ch'ie (n)*-(e) rh-day before yesterday,

#35E
na"-(e) rh—there, (Also jJ& ch'ien" tien')

A-5E chi(n)'-(e) day, how"-(e)rh day to-morrow.

rh

to
–

#5d. after

ming"-(e) morrow. (Also

#5 (*)-t'ien')
rh

to
–

how
BH5.
jä

particle t'ou,” said, this particle forming

be

As for the also used compound

in

must
is
it

place:
of

adverbs

----a - ºn,”
»;

(3) 'o...? ...e; —

li(*)-t'ou” inside. Hijjā
;

ch'ien (*)-t'ou.”—before.
-
\

#9.
Wi-jii wai (*) -t'ou” outside.
{#ſſi how (*)-t'ou?—behind.
jºi

adjective means: preceding; past; first.

an

As As substantive means: the head:

it
a

jñ&E t'ou (*) nien”— last year. jä5t. t'ou’-(e) rh—a head; chief.
a

jäß (*) t'ien' day before; 4Ejſijd. niem" t”om(*)-(e) beginning

rh
of

the
at
—

tº

t'ou one
a

the past days. the year; the crops.

jºi—ſºl (*) ko"— the first. #Ejſije ch'," tou’-(e)rh first; the begin'
at
–

t'ou
i”

jä—-Jº first day. ning. ch'i"

to
—

t'ou (*) t'ien'—the rise

(#5 up)
i'

36
 # 3

ºff
#1

Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

LESSON #

-i
XIII

E
§ + -
Section Dialogues

ſº £ ** * * Iš * *
* tā = * * * $
HK
€
šā HK
tº Ē. ©
# Ķ Ę
*<*Ē
*& * * * *
± º* # * * $
&$
ĒĶĘ * 5 #** # # *
Ģ ĶĘ *& * < # * # # El *
Ģ ĶĘ # xã # * # # ſ #
Ģ ºĘ
Ģ Ķģ
*& * # = # # jiſ #
± * #*# # # #
Ķ Ķ ** − #- * # # 5 #
ĶĶĶ × < ºg * # # E #
E ķ & ± – <** # é *
& + * ≠ ſº ºg E • $ º *
·
m}

5 & − # $* # № #
& și * × și s ± # # 2 #
&-

& º ſº 3 se < + # # × #
&&ģ g g ºg g #. #. ſq #|
37
 Vocabulary and notes

it (')

—
t'iao" hu”-t’ung"

(r.
154)—dear; vali able; honorable;
kuei' Eſ:##|ſii) san the 3rd

“your”. alley.
hsing" (r. 38)—family name; surname. kuei" kuo (*)—your country; your
#: #|ſ.

is
what

kuei hsing(*)—what your name? country?

is
###:
pi* kuo (*) my country.

–
pi* (r. 66) mean; vile; unworthy; “my.”
–
fift fift|Ed

#
pi* heing (*)—my name. (r. 123) beautiful; excellent.

– –
mei"

(Also ſºjº: chien' heing(*))

#Ed (*) United States America.

of
me: kuo"

#
)-.
fu" 53
r.

t"
palace; (r. 32)—the earth; the ground; place.
J#f house;

a
a

a
ph.
19
(

jj
fang' (r. 70)-square; region; quarter.

a
prefecture.

fu (*) shang"—your mansion; your re #bjj (*) fang" place; territory;

—
Jäf

ti

a
a
-
H.

sidence. country.
fu

; r.
(*) shang"—where your chn"
:-)

9
min"
is

to
{º}{f_H. {{: —to dwell; stop;

to
(
you
do

place
of
-

residence? where

iłł
live? cease. An auxiliary verb.

# 135)—a cottage; shed; humble;

(r.

§:
she" kuei' haiao (*) —your school.
a

“my”
pi* hsiao (*) my school.

–
(*)—my home.
#Tº she' haia

jº
#

p'ai” (r. 91) tablet,

–
board.
)—a

32
r.

ch'eng”
city wall; wall
#
a

ph.
r.
347 low” 75
(

upper story; tower.

a
ph. 790
(

ed town.

Jújº, (') ch'eng”—the western city, one

§§ p’ai” low” memorial arch.
of

hai
–a

Peking.
of

the divisons tung' p'ai (*)

sºn' Eastern

-
low”
(r. 75)—a branch; section; }{WL}}##
an

t’iao"
a

{# Peking.

in
Four Memorial Arches, -
item. long and slender
of

classifier
A

(r. north; northern.

dt pei” 21)
–

things.
jāſ;
1st

(r. 130)—blindly; recklessly. t'ou (*) tºao" the alley.

–
#}}

hu” How?
--
f) the first;
(r.

Why? alley. ch'u' 18) begin; first.

to

at
—

(In this meaning abbreviated from ch'ih" pu" lai(*) taste,

is
it

to

one's
ſø2ſ2k. not
–

{j hu”— narrow street, alley.)

a

food.
—
of
as;

t’ung" (r. 30)—united;

Jºk
with.
ſil

the same
t'ien' (') every day.
—

tºien
t'ang,” narrow street. (In this meaning
A

it

{j ming(*) tºien' chien’- to

I'il

t’ung"—a narrow see you

abbreviated from
J}}{H.
is

morrow; good day;

au

alley) revoir.
an

street;

Translation
What your name? (lit. your honorable surname?)
1.

is

My (lit. humble) Chang. What yours?

2.

is

name
is

My Where your residence?

3.

Ch'ien.
is
is

name
alley. your
in)

My home What
is

western city, 3rd

4.

(lit. humble hut

in

in

the the
is

is

country? (lit. your honorable country?)

38
 5. My (lit. humble) country is the United States of America.

6. Your present residence is at what place?

7. I am living in the school.

8. What is your school?

9. It is Hua Wen Hsieh Hsiao.

10. Where (is it)? (lit. at what place?)
ll. My school is in the first alley north of the Eastern Four Memorial Arches.
12. Are the students of your school Chinese or foreigners ?

There (They)

all
13. are no Chinese (students). are foreigners.

And the teachers, are they also

all
14. foreigners?
15. No, (among the teachers) foreigners (are) few, (and) Chinese (are) many.
In

you eat Chinese food

do

16. the school foreign food

or

:
17. We foreign food, because, have newly China,
as

eat arrived

in
we Chinese food

to
not

is
Our taste.
go

18. Do you out every day:

19. No, (it is) only
(#) day wanted buy few things.
to

because
to

a
I

20. Yes (lit. good). See you to-morrow!

Section II Grammatical
DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS
# che" and
#; ma".
The demonstrative pronouns Sà che" and }; na” correspond ‘‘that";
to
our “this” and

#|| (')
#,

ko" jen”
N

this man;
che
ASH;
–

ma(*) pen’ shº'

ji
that book.
--

To the plural
#;
by

indicate che" and few; some.

Jº

ma” are followed

–

hsieh'

jiutſºl)\ che' haiel,' ko".jen(*) these people. shºw(*)

–

}}|Sutſºliº;
m

hisich'
tº

ko"

–
those
-
(or jen(*))
N

che' haieh' books, (or

### }}|{{#
ma" haieh" shºw('')
#;

# che" and ma” combined with form adverbs

of

erh” place
5d.
:

#53 (e) here;

rh

che" na" (e)

–

rh

there.
–

#35E
#; *a* pronounced the 3rd tone instead interrogative:
of

an
in

the 4th becomes

EXAMPLES OF #; ma. WITH THE 4th AND 3rd TONES.

#;

ſºil

||
#|

n.ſ.)-to- maſs)-loº
Y

£—-ſºl maſ') º' #-ſºl was)

to

that
W

–
what which:
y

— };
#

na() maſ’)
;

'

#50. na(*)-(c) (2)

there,
rh

where?
–

ma”
rh
–

J#350
(*)-(e)y.” -ti"
na
ma

of

place?
–

}%ff'ſ (‘)-(e)n+1-ti" that place. }}}}|{{j what? what

–
of

from where?

39
 # che" and
#; na" are sometimes combined with the verb
#: shih", as well with the in

º
terrogative particle (no"),
}: ma" and in such combinations they have the following meaning:

##

tº
– this

is;
cheſ") shih" now; this time.
######## che" shihº chao(*) t'a'

***** if: ).
ch'i."—I am going now

to
him.
##

is;
ma(*) shih"
#####
that that time.

ti'
t’a(1) pi"—that

is
*Y -an, -

7
na (*)-ma

1
where did you go that time? #3%
–

##/I-

so
che"-ºma" haiao(*) small.

–
#####,
tº
che" shih” wo(*) this

–
shºw"
my book.
is

so
na”-ma' ta(*) big.

–
#}}#}<
# che" also combined with the particle
§: chin"
is

and their combination means: immediately:

once; just now, indicating that the
at

going happen very soon:

to
action
is

{ijiāśºk t'a' che' chiuº lai(*)

he
will come immediately.
–

#### wo" che” chin" c'hii (*) will go

—

at
once.
I

(One also can say: {ij}ºk t'a' chiuº lai(*);

###: wo" chiuº ch'i (*)
EXAMPLES OF USING THE PRONOUNS
ã che" AND
#5
na".

#. #,
MS

#5, #3,
18

J& — 10
14

:
lif. {#| #;"
16 12 —
i
i
i
4.

:
9

|
5
|

{
4

:*

2
§

13 ſyſ;
:

4
 Vocabulary
## T mei" yu(*)la'-there is none. usual reply of Chinese, when some

£R}; ni" k'an (*) - you see; in your opinion; thing pleasant; flattering is said to

him)
to your mind.
che (*)-ma' yang"-(e) rh-thus; in
2FJ&#f
pu" ta(*) hao” – not very good. ####5.
this way.

#35E #) # mn(*)-(e)rh-ti'hua"—what sort of

#}}#4%; na" ma' haieh" ch'ien (*) – so much

talk? nothing of the kind. (The money.

Translation
- Where are you going now? 1 l. About which (man) do you ask?

What is this thing? (lit. this is what thing?) 12. To your mind which one is better?

That is not mine. 13. What sort of talk!

Such a small one I do not want. 14. Things of this place (lit. of here) are good.

Is there such a big one or not? 15. Things of that place are not very good.

Such a big one at present there is none (left). 16. I am going at once.

all
From where are you? (lit. you are of 17. This way (is) also right.

where man?) 18. These books are mine.

8- I am not from here. 19. Where did those people go to?

so
Are there people there or not? 20. How should have much money?

I
10. What is that man doing?

41
 # |#

Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

LESSON XIV # -i- iſ:

J[]
Section Dialogues
I

§ 1 § E–
ES
HK
^
** Ē
# # # # --
$ *
# *
№ śå §§ <-
10

-
# K Ķ # ·Ē
4º-

i/
Eſą
$
##
# Ģ
# *Ē
Ģ šį # № TF H< №
Ģ + ģ Ķ $ HK # H ++ EĶ
Ķ Ķ $
-
Ķ
Ķ ķ * *
Ķ- #.
Ķ ķ $ Ķ
ķ º$ Ķ ± *
# Ģ

------
ſą: A-
*
#$

#3
<

ſ
\\- mR Ģ $
Ģ $
Ķ €
* ? Ķ ± + *•
ķį ≠ & *
$4
K Ģ

*# -≤ *
№ # # #
Ķ £
==
&
=
ſą

*
ſą: º€ ± -
º×#± *
# ≥ * #:: &- #
#

× # ·§
#+ HK
& # £
× # − -- *
ſą $3 !!
& & № © š- : +
& *
§ × # ± *§
tº ® tº && ×
§§ ? ± #5 && #3

42
 Vocabulary and notes
F]
(r.
door;
Żóż

an
169) entrance; class; i(')

—
men shang' dress; clothes.

–
profession.
a

3#
ch'uan" (r. 116) put on; dress;

to
–

to

to
ſu!!" chilo' (*)—to knock door.

at
men

a
bore.

# pro
§:#
(r.

162)—to enter;

the
chin'

is;
make chiu (') shih'—it

to
just; same; that

is
gress. namely.

in;
#2K

in!
(r.

9)
item; one;

an
chin(*)-lai”—to come piece,

a,
chien' an.

—
come {}:

of a
classifier clothes, documents,

in,

A
ch'ing” chin(*)-la”-pa"—come affairs,
####2kää etc.
please.

(r.
ſº
ch'ang" 168)—long; length. (Read chang,”
Éy

(r.

169)—to con
to

kuan' shut; close;

to
grow; extend)

-
to

to
cern.

#j
ch'ang (*)-ti" long one.

– –
Fº

a
Wr ten
§B})
1'

(Also

(r,
%j short; low;
# twan’ 111) shorten.

to
(r.

(chocº) 123) become; cause;

to

to

chº”
–

put; place; An auxiliary %iff, tuan (*)-ti'—a short one.

to

order.
to

to

verb indicating state or continued tº'o" (r. 167) mistake; wrong; fault.

to
a

$#

a
action.
(Also
written
£) 2ſ.{#
pi* tº'o (*)—it wrong; so;

is
not

is

it
Hºffſ), quite right; all right.
FH

men” kuan(*)-cho” ma"—the door

####j (*)-t'ou.”-ti” which inside;

–
closed; li that

is
bolted.
is

is

Note A. that which under; inner.

º

particle

is
final
is

here used
a

#.

pa” o6
4
r.

euphonic take; grasp; sign

to
for round off the

A
(
to

reason ph. 312 )—to

of

close the sentence.

the objective
of

case.
impolite; off;
be

#2SMH: tui" mº (*)—to to' (r. 130)—to put off.

to
chu take
Aft
I

your debt; my fault. (One

£T 3k
in

clo
is

am
it

to

(*) haia“ i.a.”—to take off (of

can also say
#2Siłł twi' pu' ch'i(?))
thes).
#ſº (*)-(I) (it) you; for you;
§:#
I,
ke,” nim give
to

H,

chin' k'an (*) chien".

ſ T

alºv min”
•lºw
yout.
to

-then you will see.

(r.

k'qi' B.
B}

169)-to open; begin. Note

to

here indicates the future tense

£3k:###ſº
as

wo° lai” k'an (*)-k'an" nin” often does.

—

it
I

allºw
upon you; Similar examples.
to

came wait
I

came to see you. £#2SH) "ro" chim” pu" wen(*) la!—then

ſ

t’ing' To will not ask.

###
be

shuo(') hear say, etc. -

—

I
I

HH 2TNA
J}}{{i}>{S3K
ming” t'ien' tº pu' la: (*)
=

obedient.
ſ

la' will come to

H;

he not
ch” (r.
go

out;
to

17) out;
to

take to
morrow.
produce. An auxiliary verb.
+ fº erh(*) k'nai" twelve dollars.
–

shih”
go

Hiſ" h'u' men (*)

(*)—to
in

out.
.
t

Hi/}
wn

(*) fem' five minutes; fire cents.

–
(r.

3ć 145)—clothes.
*

men

/\##4). pu' mao” (*) fen'— eighty five

#

shang' (r. 145) clothes.

Cents.

43
 Translation
1. Who is knocking at the door?

2. (It is) I.
3. Please come in.

4. Your door is bolted. (or shut.)

5. Excuse me; I will open it for you.
6. How are you?

7. (I am) well. How are you?

8. (I am also) well.
9. Did you not go to school to day?

10. To-day is Saturday, (and) there are no lessons in (our) school. I have a little time
and (I) came to see you.

11. Thank you so much. Yesterday I went to your residence, (but) I heard that you were out.

12. I am indebted to you. I went to buy (some) clothes.

13. Are these clothes you are wearing now, the same ones you bought yesterday?

14. Yes, this long (coat) outside and a short one under it (lit. inside) both are.
all

15. This long one right; but that which bad,

or
is one inside, whether good
is

is
it

I
Cannot see.

16. will take off the long one, and then you will see.
I

(For) clothing how much money (did you give)?

of

17. these two articles

18. Twelve dollars and 85 cents.

19. Not much, not much. Tomorrow also will go and buy two.
I

Section Grammatical
II

Negatives
There are many negatives Chinese spoken language. The commonly pr’
in

the most used are

2K
mei".
#

pu"
or

and present future

to

stands before the verb indicate the

2K tense. It
pu'
to
negative immediately joined adjectives;
to

must be noted that the verbs and but

2K
is
by

nouns, pronouns joined shih". As for adverbs there

of

numerals verb
#:
is

and means the

is
it

no definite rule for their combination with pu", pu", joined immediately,
of

2ſ, them 2ſ,

- to

some
is
by

joined
to

shih";
of

some means
#:
is
it

{{Pſi; t'a' pit” shuo (*) —he does not tell pu" (') not much.
to

253%
(or speak),
2F2; pu
(8

8hao
ao( not few'.
*

pu" ch'ang(*) not long.

)

2ſ.{{
–

pu" tsao(*) not early.

–

2Kiif pu" had (*)—not good. 2KH'.

44.
2S+/k pu (*) sh;h" ahu,” — is not water.
2ſº-ſºl pm (*) shih” san' ko" – is not three.

pu (*) shih” I. mi (*) shih” tsa7+ che” (e) rh —

2f}## wo"— is not
2ſ.{###5d. is not here.
pu(*) shih" ming” t'ien' to

–
pu (*) shih” ni"

ti"
2K3#fff;#j not yours. 2^{k}}}º not

is
–
is
morrow.
§

stands only before the verb, attaching the meaning the past tense:

of
to
mei"

it
{{1}{2k
t’a'mei” lai(*)—he did not come.
£&# wo” mei" ch'i (*)—I did not go.

|
There which, independently used only

of
are verbs the tense, are with certain negatives. For
instance the verbs
}: shih” and yw", the former being used only with pu", the latter

TS
ZH
only with
§

mei", this 7% meaning

in

to
and case

of
mei" does not attach the verb the the

past tense:

jāſºpf Hºffjºhe'ko' pººl “”ti- # 5.7%

JN
ºf

we
(-)r jen()

–
che' me"
this not mine. there nobody here.
is

is
|

left”, we
we have say: “there say:
## ſu(*) la'.
to
If

none mei”

T
is
wu
of

often only
Instead
#75 mei" (*) me?” used:
is
}%

ºne" jen(*)—there are people. money,

#3

no
ch'ien(*)
no
N

–
mei" there

is
}}}}}

contrary, instead
On nei” sometimes
§7H
}%

vu (*)
of

the meiº used:

is
{j}}{2k
tº

not

we've lai()—he
did

come.
EXAMPLES OF USING THE NEGATIVES AND %
2S

#.
12

JN.
Hi H.

f.

2'S

ºp.
ft)
14

Hº"
7
:
$3.

ºf

|ºl
:

3k. JV
:
ft)

#!
13
.

§3.
:

+j.
£

Mºl 3k’
ğ'
|
i
I
ſ
º

#
}%

AE. 3K.
ſº #

o
15

2.É. 75.
l

:
:

—- º:
4
5
 Vocabulary

: (r.
40) house; family.
Žiš chia (') the house;

liº
home.

at
–
in
chia"

–a

a
Translation
not my teacher.

9.
He good He

is
not man.
is

His money (a) little. There are no people

in
not 10. the house.
is
he

He says, will not come.

he
11. Did come?
Why will you not tell? (or speak)?
12. He did not come.
Are you here five people?
13. did not say that. (or those words.)

I
There are not five people.
14. How many pupils has he?
(If) not five people, how many are there
your teacher 15. He has not even one pupil.
he

or
Is

not?

46
 # X.

|#
#)

Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

;
LESSON XV

H.;
+
H.
Section Dialogues

I
ſ Jj.

#
#: , 13 2ſ,

|
#j

§j
\{ } {: fil

6
# fi £, it'

#:
3
ſ

Jij
ſty

}#, 2ſ,
0
|

–
{{j
}

flºp

i
#
#j {|| £||

||{

}}i
{{j

Hi'
+, if
#'
2ſ.
jū ſº

.
+ lif;
i
# \{

14

}}'
/

=ſ*, 2/S £]
#! #. #;
#2K

#: |||
§
:

£ jč
 Vocabulary and notes
pi;-)-a
-'.[1; cho! T.
#i ..!..]
( #–)- table. #13. ho(*) ch'i' friendly feeling; goodwill;

–
-
£)
affable; courteous.
written
(Also
#iº “ng”

–
(*) etiquette;

to
understand

li
É i” (r. 75) a chair.

§ (; ;- -a *
polite.

be
to
y
p’u’
shop; a store.
§h 117

r.
up;

to
stand
ph.

(
720

-
to
)
( Also written #j) stop.

#### i' p'u (*)—a ſurniture store. ch'iº

(i. 156

r.
cho'
#:

/
get up; com

to

to
311

)
hsi (*) ssu p'ai’-low”—Western
WHDH}}# mence

.
–a

*
Four Memorial Arches, locality in
Peking.
##3% chan(‘) ch'i" lat”—to stand up; stand

de
pei" (r. 21) - north; northern.
#—#|Tººk

*
r
#; chieh" (r. 144)—a street.
chang”- kuei

ti"
chin' men(*) chin'

tº
#j}{ chieh" tung(*) – on

la'
the east side of the chan (*) ch'i' lai” Immediately

I
street. entered the door, the shopman got up
— joined

A.
verb means: “as

to
Note
{{Uſ"|{{j}{Wikišjit-Fit

it

a
"a men
- as”, “immediately”;
kuei (*) pu” kuei 4–

in
tung'-hsi' soon and these
ti'

ti'

muti"
principal usually
in
cases the clause
or

are their things sold dear not?

the particle
§:

be
found.

to
chiwº

is
4)

(See the present lesson, gram. section,

Such structure used to show that

is
(60) —very; extremely.
a

hen”
two actions happened immediately one
º

chien.”
154_
r.

low; cheap.
)–

mean; after another, and that the scoond

ph. 332
(

are
of

action the result the first.

(r. 64)—the
is

chang" palm
to

hand;
of

the
º

control; superintend. Similar examples

to

# *( _r. fill-āftāśBHH t’a'

i'
shuo()
75

)--

shop counter;
a

- ph. 862
wo" chiu' ming(*)-pai" la'—As

he
as
soon

ºššj
box; wardrobe. spoke understood.
a

chang"-kuei (*)
ti"

the manager
of
–

£—|#|{ij}:#####2
a

wen(')
r
**

shop (lit. counter); shopman.

(*) su" wo" la'—immediately
a

t'a' chiu' kao

30
r.

he

asked, told me.

peaceful; har
#

ph. 510 )-mild:

*(

(r. sit;
to

32)
-

tso" seat.
a

mony. A}}
ch'ing” tso (*) please take seat.
#4%
–
(r.

ch'i' 84) air; breath; vapour; temper;

#.
## yo
()

is;

be;
if.

ange shih"--if should

T.

it

it

Translation
The you said that shop buy (some)
to

day yesterday you were going

1.

furniture
to

before
a

things. Did you buy?

(Yes,
2.

I)

bought.
all

did you buy.”

3.

What

48
 4. I bought a table and six chairs.

5. Where is this shop? (lit. this shop is at what place?)

6. To the north from the Western Four Memorial Arches, on the east (side) of the
Street,

7. Are their things sold dear or not?

8. Not dear, very cheap.

9. Is the shopman courteous or not?

his
10. He is very friendly in speech and very polite. (lit. (He) speaks very courteously and

the man understands etiquette.)

go

11. When did you (there)?

As
The shop.

as
12. day before yesterday afternoon went soon

to
that entered

I
I
up

shopman stood “Please, sir, you want

do
said: What buy?

to
the and take seat.

a
Please have look.”
a

Do you consider (lit.

or
13. his furniture tables, chairs) good not?

14. All right. When finished looking bought table and six chairs. ever you want

If
a
I

I
go
(lit. any thing) just his shop buy!
to

buy some furniture

to

to
Section II Grammatical
THE PARTICLE
#j
til
#j

The particle importance Chinese spoken

ti'

great language
of

in

in
the and used the
is

is
following ways:

sign the possessive

of
1.

As case:
a

shu(*)—my book. ſRūj; ch'ien (*)—your moncy.

ti'

ti'

#### wo° ni"

To
2.

adjectives when they are used place

of
in

in

indicate the sentence substantives:

yu(*) la'-there more good ones.

ti'

no

###j}:{{j hao” mei" are

ſ

yao(*)-I
do

#}{2}\#j#2S3;
ti"

che" ma" haiao" wo" pu" not want such small ones.

To
3.

indicate relative clause:

a

####j #fff;#2ſºft hua" ni” tung (°) pu" tung"—do you understand
ti'

wo" shuo' what

say (lit. words which speak)?

:

ti' I

{bſ"|Effjíříºſ."pſºiáſz, t’a' men' ch'ih' fan (‘) pu' meng(*) ch'il." we

—

wo" men'

cannot eat the food which they eat.

#j

ti'
by

adjunct, the verb usually followed

4.

and
an

When
in

the sentence there adverbial

is

is
By

opinion judgment
or

the present
of

of

kind
in

in

translated tense. means this structure

is

#j
by

be

general way expressed. (The phrase ended may considered relative clause
is

a
a

modifying the noun, the following adverb becoming adjective.)

an
#j

by

In used only for the sake euphony and can replaced

be

te”:
of

these cases
4}
is

ww-he
ti"

chung' kuo" hua" hen(*) Chinese very well.

{{###j Bºšířášf t’a shuo' speaks
H.

very good.
he

The Chinese which speaks

is

chung' kno” tzu" hao” k'an (*)—you write Chinese characters

ti"

Bjä:### ni" haieh"

+

{R}}#}
beautifully, which you write are beautiful.
or

the Chinese characters

49
 The particle #j following immediately after
# yu" forms a kind of adjective clause:

There are those which. . . . , there are those who. . .

ºf Miężā;# yu°

ti'
jem" hen(*) yú” ch'ien”—there are persons who are very rich.
75
Mā ājjižſºſºk yu° fan" pu' lai (*) my

tº
wo" ch'ih' food which

to
–
there not

is

is
relish.
Sometimes
#j joined the past tense, completion

of
the verb

in
to
the sentence indicates the

an act
:

#####|#583&#j

ti"
wo" ch'i (*) nien” tao" che’-(e)th lai” came here last year.

–I
H+:#jù wan(*)-He

ti"

ti'
{{2|{{{j t'a' lai” tsao(*)ch'it' came early and went back late.

#j
7. Combined with repeated adjective the particle forms compound adverb:

a
a

(# nanº-slow)
go
####, (') slowly: slowly:
ti'

man”-man
-

{k+kfj k'uan"-k'uai (") ti'-quickly; make haste k'uai"—quick

(+k

).
Note. consisting repeated adjectives the second syllable emphasized
In

combinations
of

and

is
mostly pronounced with the first tone.
is

#j

particle
8.

The occupation, profession;

to

also used indicate

is

####, nien" shu(l)ti"—a scholar

#F#,
ti"

k'an' (*) gate keeper

—

men
a

50
 EXAMPLES OF THE USE OF THE PARTICLE #j tº 1

*f;

2ſ.
(R.'

#. if,

itſ AS
A.##:J-"-:

12

10
: --
§

‘ī;
14 2ſ,
ſº
:

i
%
ſ
*

i
1.

i ſ!
w

:
º
2ſ,
2

-a
lif,
i
i
2

1
l

2
|
9

3
1

{t}
l

‘ī;

:
s

...

#||
i
i
º
:
#j

til iſ: flé

Vocabulary

chi(*) shih”—when? what time? k'wal' (r. 61) fast; quick; soon; shortly.
#H#
-

{ſt
jih' twº pit" (')—recently; not
to

lifjúſūj
El

+2 S3. (c),
itſ

ti"

hºw”-hao() diligently.
—
h

long ago.
(r.

tºo” 156) walk: go.

to

to

ZE
–

hsi"(r. 120) fine; small; delicate.

#!
—

en
#|"|{{j in'- (*) ti'—a gate-keeper.
k'

men
hsith (')-(e) ti'—carefully;
rh

#H#H5uffy
si

ſ:{{Yāſīj
ti'

tºo' mai(?)-nui'
-

- merchant
a

in inutely
Inute IV.

51
 Translation
I have not much money. (my money is not much)

Whose is this thing?

I want big ones; small ones I do not want.

Of this big size at present there are none left.

: (##): small

all
In my opinion ones are also right. (without fault)

The things sold that shop all are very dear.

in

The gentleman who came this morning my teacher.

=
is
The paper which you gave me yesterday have used all up.

I
. He studies the Chinese language very well.
10. writes good?)
he

he
(Are
or
Does write Chinese characters well not? the Chinese characters which
all

right (quite well).

he
He writes also (What writes not bad.)

is
12. Sometimes (lit. there are times when) eat Chinese food.
I

13. There are characters which are very difficult (lit. very bad) write.

to
\\hen did you come
to

1 +. Chida?
15. not long ago (lit. The days my coming (are) not many.)
of

came
I

16. Where did you buy this book?

17. Who has written these characters?

18. You should look carefully!

19. You go quickly
20. You must study diligently!

21. He my gate-keeper.
is

22. This man merchant.

is
a

52
-
 # X. |;
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

LESSON XVI # + 7: #

|
Section I Dialogues

#
º
#, Éji # # F # º ––
E № # # $4 !!
§ śń šā $4
#5
§
1
|

< # # # # tº
§ ?º
UR FE
# $a #| № # $ šā ff.
#1 # EE F = # K. Ē # ¤│ < §.
ºg # Ę # $ #
1
№ III # ~
№ # e #
? —
---- ==---=

# › # '# # §
# # № # $ # # # § # •
$ # $ ¶ # # §
# ! ſº #
º
ț¢
#
* #
$ #
º ?
–c.
# +
# ~
#
#
¡¿ # €
# £
£ ± ſº # $ $3 $¢ # —
$ śg £ # •
ſ
© ≠ ſº № &
Ę ≤ ! º ? și gå ? §§
ºg

–
#.
&# £ ! ſą și ºg £ € §

53
 Vocabulary and notes

;
(;
#fff;

*
tsao (*)

W,
fan”—breakfast.

ph
216 )-milk.
Ty hsin' (r. 61)—the heart; mind; affections.
jj-f. na, (*)-tzu" milk.

—
#,C) tien (*)-hsin' – pastry; cakes; confection

(; ;
kotº (r. 36) enough.

–
{j}
erv'.

f; - -
Also ri
written A.

l
,
o4 - 4.
hunger.
.#
)-hungry.
# hu" (r. 33) pot any kind.

of
–a
tly.
at my
ŽE:### tsai" wo(*)che" li”—here
ºf
## (*) ch'a" hºw tea pot.

-a
(; ;
cºa' hº(*)
place.

## lºſſ. ha,” ya” (*) na'

–
hao” hsieh

iſ
ſå wan"
)--

basin; cup -
>
a
•
*

ph. 272 there still very much.

is
XII,
# (Compare lesson note A)
(r.

hai" 162) still; yet; even; also; and;

–

y
j}}
k',” 85

r.
more. long for.

to
ph. 239 )-thirº

(
return; repay).
to

(Read huan”
to
–

# yeh" 149

r.
(r. 60) must; must of tree.
be

a
)-lea
te” —

tei"
*# ph. 10

(
succeed;
to

(Read get; have;

to
–

ch'.” "...eh(*)—tea; tea leaves.

to

*
ready).
aw
*
be
to

£#jíſ: very much;

til
(*) very
;

to
hen
(;

# t’ang”
sugar; candy.
-

ph. 723 many.

pai" tºang (*) sugar.
fift; fan" te(*) la' ready.
–

food
H}#

is
ſ

Translation
Have you had your breakfast?
1.

the morning
2.

No. only ate some cakes, hungry.

In

and now am little

a
I

I
3.

Eat here my place.

in

Thank you.
4.

will first cup

of

take tea.
a
I

What tea will you drink?

5

(If
6.

will drink (some) Chinese tea. you) drink foreign tea also necessary put sugar
to
is
it
I

and milk (in

).
it

All right.
7.

Take (lit. give you) cup enough (for you) there

of

this tea. not in

If

is
is
it
I

that tea-pot still

(#) very nuch.

thirsty. will) cup,

(#)
8.

very will
(I

be

am not drink one and (that)

I

enough.

(lit.
9.

you drink this tea good

do

How you like this tea

or

not)?
10. (It is) very good. Where did you buy this tea? (This tea yours where was bought?)
of

it

11. vicinity (lit. at)

In

Four Memorial
of

the the Eastern Arches.

go

12. To-morrow will also buy (lit. buy) (some

to

this tea.)
of
I

13. You need not buy

it.

have very much here. Please take some away (to drink).
I

Thank
so

14. you much.

go

15.
us

Now food ready; take our meal.

to

let
is
 Section II (Grammatical)
THE PARTICLE
# pa"

It
# pa' particle is used in the
The particle is a final of great expressiveness.

following ways:

1. To express a command:
1,
Prs nº8 - 2:...
f.4 *—orn!
ch'i (*) pa"—go!
£R3:#
ni” shuo (*) pa"-speak
ſRāśā |

To express a suggestion or invitation:

*# (ºf S ch'ing”
9° nin” chin(*) lai” pa”
pa"—please
— in.
come in
#####3;&#

ºlºšič nin” hoº ch'a(*) pa"—drink some tea.

To express a surmise coupled with doubt:

t’ai yu (*) pa"—perhaps he has.

{tlſ|{{#
t’a pu' lai(*) pa"—probably he will not come.
{}^2|&#
To express a peremptory decision:

chiu' shi' (*) pa"—let it be so.

####
|jſkáč sui” ni(*) pa"—as you like.

suiº follow; accord with.

to

to
ºff

# coupled particle When the combination

#T
T

Sometimes with the

is

no

about
(*) all

right
it

pa(*) la', enough more

:
is
it
;

read means
,
is

it

la', pu' yung" shuo(*)-la'-it enough, don't speak more

#
p

2[SJHājī
is
:
ſ
ſ º

about it!

When pa" liao (*) passably tolerably sufficient'y

#

read means:
;
is

it

;
ſ

can do
,

til

he

t'ai hsieh" hai" pa" lino(*) writes passably.

–

{ll'ÉÉ);###
ſ

#
to

stop finish
to
as

Used verb means:

;
a

strike, -of workmen.

go

stop working;
on

#T.
to

pºt" kung (*)

to
–

strike, -of students.

go

pa" ko(*) stop studying;

on
to

to
–

####

55
 Examples of using the particle
# pa"

T. o
Sæ
1

. : º
ſº

t
f o
ſR

:
4.
: o

: BH

}: : #
#.
i iii
ſR
o £R

º i
JHji yung" fan (*) - to take a meal.
# pan" (r. 160) — to manage; to do; to
Tº Rij

vil"(r. 173)—rain.
transact.
vil-
Fij

hsia” rain; rains.

to

it

£ É
-
sui” 170) follow; comply with.
to

to
—
r.

(r. 156) walk: go.

to

to
–

tson"

Translation
Go Then
(#) way.
1.

and tell him. 10. let us do this

it

this away. not go

3. 2.

he

Take
or

as

11. Let him go likes.

Get out 12. enough, go!
It
is
!

to
it)

4. your meal. 13. All right, we will talk (about again

to

Please come

5. Please take seat here. morrow.

a

go. (or, The Chinese

9. 8. 7. 6.

Let
us

14. He speaks Chinese passably.

will rain.
he

Perhaps that speaks still will do.)

it

go

on

Probably not come to-day.

he

will 15. To-morrow (the) workmen will

Perhaps you know this strike.
character.

56
 H; 3: #J pà

Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

LESSON XVII # ++ HE

$§#K f + # f * • # -
Section Dialogues

* J
1

=$ # & + ≤
w$ # -
#'
ſ § și &
$ # ſą § ſê # § Ê J # +
2èŘ € º+
HR *^
+ №.

*
*
ſą: &á
#
$ ÞI # – # # ¶ T § # # –
—
<-
śå

* $ * # ? – # ¡¿ §© $ # «r

*
* $ ſą # ģ # $ # $ #
#ā
$#Ģ$Ķ#$#® # –ä
№.
HK
šķ
##
№

*
ģ€ # Ģ £ § € J # # º →
$#Ģ€ķ# #Ń e →
¢â
ſg
£ • # # ſº * •
##

£ #4 Ķ ä # $
¥ in Ķ → # ¥
$1º#º#
-$ § # ºr ± §
# ¶ și * HK +
J
¢≤$*#№
£∞$±##
#
# ¿ #
#1 ±R ÄR HK ®
$ ºg
¡ €│R

© º $ + –
JJ śg = §
## ##
# # $¢ $
# £€§£4#
#0.

® ſą $ HK $
in ä $ &á € = și # † § + × 1
№. → k ſą £ !!! ș #4 # € +
57
% ſ
 Vocabulary and notes.

§ hsieh' (r. 76) to stop; to rest.

*
*
{RTſAKł########|}|{##
§—-ºk hsieh (') iº hajeh' — to rest a while. pu” uto(*) ken' t”a' shºro’ che" ko" shih"

# taai" (r. 13) – again; once more; then ch'ing”— However, don't speak with him

§ about this affair.

(r.

lei" 120)—to implicate: embarrass;

to
4:#: sheng' tºu(*) new words lesson.

in
-
tiresome; be

a
tired.
to

interjection displeasure.
J:ſ erh" (r. 128) the ear.
an

of
ho' here

—
–

is

UK,
(r.

Hſ
be
to
30) may; can; able.
–

to”
k'o"
(r. 75)

3&

or
of
cluster flowers fruit.

- a
£iſ kš wo” k'o" t'ai (*) lei" la'—I am
ſ

erh (*)-to”—the ear.

JH.3%
too tired indeed.

§§ (r. 109) the eye.

—
Men”
Tiſ
an

Note Here k'o' abbreviation

is
.
.

# rhina”
1ng -

r.
109
expression
of

—
the k'o" shih": the eye.

of
)-pupi
ńſ

ph. 82

(
enough really must be
It

sure
;

yen(*)-ching"—the eyes.
noted that Peking colloquial ex ###
in

this

pression with this meaning mostly

Jº pi* (r. 209)—the nose.
is

form
(HJ) §-f.
in

used the abbreviated

pi(*)-t:” the nose.

–
When used the unabbreviated
in

ºpen" (r. hear;

#

169)—to smell.

to
form
fiſä, (*) shih'
in

k'o means

“but”, “however”. |}; tsui' (r. 30)—the mouth; lips; beak.

a
Peking colloquial

Sometimes
fiſä, with the meaning
fil ho”—here means: with, and.

“but”, “however” Peking colloquial

# the tongue.
in

(r. 135)
–

she"

also abbreviated into k'o". But

#jä (*)-t'ou'
is

Tiſ
she

the tongue.
–

meanings abbreviations,
of

both these
(r. why?
§

tsen” 61) how?

–

“really", “indeed” and “but", “how

ever”,
£% (*)-nut"—how? why?
be

can easily understood from tsen

-

the context, for instance:

jäßilk ch,”-no' (*) much;
so

so

hajeh many.
–

£H2.ÉÉÉ##12.Étiſfift ſ--- £ºff wo" ch'ih (*) cho” am eating, my

-

–I
to

ts'ung” taaoº-ch'en” shen(*)-ma,

eating.
ch'ih", wo” k'o° 0(*) la'
—

mei" have not

I

Not,” H.
# cho” here an auxiliary
is

eaten anything since morning; am

º
I

hungry indeed.

jäKitážňſłżH
indicating lasting action, i.e.
or

verb state
a

chº'-vº' ºrit") sign participle, like “ing”.

of
a

ex
so

wo° k'o” meiº ch'ien” mai(*)— (r.

[]

k'ou" 30) the mouth.

–

thing) retlly have

(a

pensive not

-. )-use:
I

:- -
4

(:

money buy.
“

fla
to

relish;
W.

any
tºo”-t'ien'
HER:#####, fiſſiſ#2k ro"
vout
.

ch'ing(*) t'a', t'a' k'o" me?” lai(?)-I ask.

[Jºk k'ou (*) re' taste; relish.

–
he

ed him yesterday, but did not conte.

58
 £ººk

te”
(*)-ma' yang"—in way? lai(*) (it) my

to
–
tsen what wo" ch'ih”

is
*}}###
how taste; can eat it.

I
}]]
#

(r. 30) pieh" (r. another; don't.

to
ch'ang" taste. 18) separate;

to
—
–
Translation
You (lit.
1.

have come from school. Please take some refreshment. eat cake.)

You please rest, and then

(#) shall eat (something).
2.

eat first. shall take

a
I
Are you tired to-day
3.

Oh, to-day :
am really too tired.
4.

I
Why are you
so
5.

tired
:
6.

Because today the new words that the teacher gave (us) were too many.
Tell
7.

me what words they all are.

8.

The “The
us

teacher told (about) “the ear.” He said, ear can hear.” He also
told about “the eyes,” and said “The eyes can see.”
tell you
9.

he

of

What other words did

f

tongue.” He said, “The

us

10. He also told about “the nose, the mouth (and the)
nose can smell; the mouth and tongue can eat, can drink and can speak.”

11. Do you understand all these words

:

12. understand them all.

I

you do understand
(É) (#)
to

13. then there no need talk more (about it). Now let
is
If

go

refreshment. (lit. cat cakes.)

us

take (some)
to

Why (or How)

all
have you prepared many cakes to-day? good

to
so

14. Are they eat?

13. For me they are good (lit. my eating- good eat). But do not know what
to

to

eat

is
I

your taste. Please take taste. (lit. taste taste)

a

This (kind) (but)

to

my taste,
of

16. cake that one not. (or can’t eat)

is

is

I
t

17. Then please Don't eat that one.

(#3%) eat this one.

18. All right; thank you.

Section II Grammatical
THE PARTICLE
§: chin,”

The particle commonly particle colloquial plays

Å. chiv' Chinese.
in

the most used

It
is

very important part spoken language. Of various ways particle

of

which this
in

in

the structure the

a

used the following are the most characteristic:

is

-
With the meaning, “only”:
1.

§:HE|| chiu' ſw” san (') ko"—there are only three.

With the meaning, “and”, “and then”, “at once”, indicating the result what happened
2.

before:
of

£— (*), t'a' chiu" kao (*) su" wo” la'

as

as
H]

{ij}:#####2
-

iro”
i”

wen soon
ſ

I
w

(him),
he

once told me.

at

asked

59
 3. Indicating that the action is going to happen immediately:

££3: wo” chiuº ch'i (*) - I will go at once.

4. With the meaning “just”:

£££#5üß living just here.

*
wo” chiuº tsai" che (*)-(e)nh chu”— I am

5. Very often
Ät chiu" is followed by
# and the combination of these two characters means:

#jśā ŽK#
a. “Just”.

#HERH

ti"
wo" tso"t'ien' ina," chiu'ahih” cheſ”) pen" shu"

just this book that bought yesterday.

It
is

I
I
bought yesterday just this book.
“Only”:
b.

chiu' shihº cheſ”) ko" twº wo" pu' chihº ulo'—Only

}:####| ##25%iliš
this character do not know.

I
“Even”; “even if":
c.

§:###||{{{{2fº chiu' shih” cheſ") ko" wo" yeh (*) pu" yao"—even this

I
also do not want.
reply,
§t # so";
or

of
d.

As conclusion the sentence means, “all right”; “be

a

it
##

all
so; then right.

be
chiu' shih(*) la'—let

is
na"
it

it
ſ

6.
§: chin? means follow”; approach”; “to take up”; “to take advantage”.
as

Used verb
to

to
a

up

jºHä. chiu' shih (*)

to
–

take business.
a

(*)-(e) rh-along with;

by

chin' the way; the same time; while one's hand

}=#5. in.
at

is
shou

XIII,
Note. About the combination
#}: chiu(*) vid. lesson grammatical section.
-

che"

EXAMPLES OF USING THE PARTICLE

§: chiu"
#. §:
ºff

2
3

1
1
1

1
o

Q
9
|
2

•
t

3.
: 4

4
:

Mil,
i
ſRJ.

£R
4
|

º i
8
I

:
J’

o o
o
e

:
i

É).
1
1

i
i
i l
5

Q
º:

£
:

£;
:
i

:
HE

6
0
 Vocabulary and notes.
HMS;

#j
mai" pu" chao(*)-impossible to buy.

}]]
pieh(?)-ti" another.

–
Note.
A.
Here the auxiliary verb
# chao”

[H]
hui” (r. 30) return; turn round;

- to

to
coupled with pu" expresses the
ZR time; chapter.

a
impossibility carrying

of

of
the action

the principal verb

(H) into effect.

Translation
have only two children. ll. Even (if you) have money, also impossible

is
it
I

saw him only once. buy thing

of
this kind.

to
I

a
little more money, and that will Only you

do
Give him 12. alone not understand.
a

do. 13. have (only) heard, but have not seen.

do
---

you told me, only want this one, (and) not want (any)
as

As soon once understood. 14.

at

I
I

gave him five dollars, and (it). other.

he

sold
I

go

will tell him once. 15. The man told you about yesterday just he.
at

and

is
I

I
The will come immediately. 16. He the man who made this book.
is
teacher

Can you take up this business

or
be

The dinner (lit. food) will 17. not

:

ready
in
--

go

by
moment. 18. will home and the way (will) buy
I

you come, things.

do

Even not not some

if

is
it

go

important. When you school just take along this book

to

19.
carry
he

be

This affair will him.

to

to

10. even not able

20. Let be so.

it

Oute

61
 Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

LESSON XVIII # + J\ #

** ±+ º£ ** •§ º* * |E º* –? -º
Section I Dialogues

Ķ *- €*
##
№

III
* = * º *
** ** +Š =§ $$$ ** * £€ ## IE *
#$
ER
##

* ** º© $ * 1 # + +
ſ} ±- *H *4
º *- ģ® E * i § 4 $ đã

* * Ķé#*1 → ? −
– *& Ķº $ * + · È 1
#<

i
łą ER

&# ** ** ĶĶ ## =# * ## # %~ =€ @
#1

** *# ## ## ## ** ## *± e †# --№ ••

·** 23 $% ## #–1 =? # ø§ șş Ē.Ķ •

•
•
•
•
•

gå •

•—•—•*…

3 …

–
№
º −]
--

4 ſą §–
są º
83
44 ſą #j" |} #4

62
 Vocabulary
Fij man” (r. 24) — south. hsiang" tao(*)-to think of; anticipate.

to
###||

Jī ching" (r. 8) – the capital.

tao(*) -unexpectedly.

$3.
mei" haiang"
#! £|| -
Příž man"Ching(*) – Nanking.
ch'i (*) one run; one trip.
—-3:

-
t”
[H]

hui” (r. 31) return; turn round;

to

to
–

—#)
time; chapter. JEH psi' ching()-Peking.
a

hui (*)-lai”—to return; 149 * to remember;

it.
chiº

r.
back. -

to
come
[H]2% ber:

to
re
ph.

(
che (*)-ma, chi"

so
few
#}##5&

—
t”ien"

days. collect.

che (*) chi(*) te”—to remember.

#—[H] hui”— this time. Ét:4}
iº

#
(r.

61)-haste: impatient; anxious;

to
chi” hsing" (r. 61) disposition; temper; qualities.

-
{:};
urgent.
be

+ iſ *Y-hainnº-
chi” chao(*) la'—to em ătº: chi(*)-hsing"—memory -

###|ſ make one

## chao(*) la'

–
found:

to
chao” have
to

barrassed; give trouble.

# ſ
A.

;)
In

Note this case chao” an found.

is
H

(;
auxiliary indicating the comple
|%

verb nao” 130

r.

-
the brain.
of

tion the action.

##||{{#5,
ch'i

#-f.
()

(•)rh nao(*)-tzu"—the brain.

ti'

hiº-hout
going;
of

time when
at

the was
I

ming(*)-(e)th
ti"

#34,

of
–
5t.

the name the

going.
(;

#)
hsiang” place.

it;
-l,
fi! 61
think; con
to
-
:
to

ph.
chi" ts'o (*) remember incorrectly.
to
–

sider.
jih”-chi(*)—a diary.
3,

jih”-chi(*)—a
# 48)—difference; mistake; error. diary
(r.

it.
1
H

ch'a'

(Read ch'ai'-to-send)

(i.
wang"
*

put (') nearly, almost. Fº )-to

forget.
to

—
3.

ch'a"
Aſ

2%

Translation
These few days where have you been?
1.

Nanking.
2.

(I

have) been
to

(You) have been gone how many days?

3.

(I) have been gone one week,

4.

and have come back.

Why few days did you come back?
so
5.

after

time trouble indeed. (Compare

in

was lesson
6.

Don't speak (about it). This

I

XVII, note A).

Why?
7.

or

For what?

63
 8. When I was going I took only
(£) 120 dollars with me. I thought it would just

be about enough. Unexpectedly, in the journey only from Peking to Nanking I used (it)
all.

9. Then how did you come-back?

10. I sold my watch for a hundred odd dollars.

11. I remember that your teacher lives in Nanking. Why did you not go to him?

12. Your memory is not wrong. Of course I went to see him (lit. who says I did not go

to see him?)

13. Did you find him?

14. No. (I) did not.

15. Why?

*
16. My memory (lit. brains) is too bad, I remembered the name of the place (where he

lives) wrongly.
17. Why did you not look in your diary?

18. (I) forgot to take it with me.

Section II Grammatical

In the Chinese language cases ordinarily are not indicated by particles and are recognized from the
place occupied by the different elements of the sentence, or from the sense.
For instance:

#####
wo" nien" shu(*) -I am reading a book.

####, E; #; ni" haileh" chung' kuo" hua(*)-You study the Chinese language.

In both these sentences it is clearly seen which word is the subject and which one is the object, and

the cases can be easily recognized.

However sometimes for the sake of greater clearness and emphasis, special particles are inserted in the
sentences which form constructions similar to the cases of European languages.

To indicate the possessive (genitive) case the particle

#)
ti" is used:

##jjū-f.
ti"

erh(*)-tzu" my son.
–

wo"

ŽEßjºi: (*)-li" your house.

ti'

tsai' ni”
in
-

chia

(% house;
-

chia" family.)
ch'ien” pu' to(*)
{ij}'ſ #2S3, l'a' He has not much money.
-
ti

Note. One can also say:

£5E-f. wo" erh (*)-tzu".

TÉſº taai" ni" chia(*)-li".

64
 p'to()

ta'
#####$3; ch'ien'

#
k".

by

the
The drive indicated particle

is
case

###3:

Kei'

wo'

me.
na(*) lai'-bring

to
####

(i)
'a'
unw() wa-send him.

to
(# sung" send; present).

to

to
# “to give”.
as
kei" used verb means;

£#fff;#2k+; a wo”. kei" ni" che" pen" shu (*) give you this book.

– I
füß ####### t'a" kei" la' wo" na”-mo' haieh"

he

so
ch'ien(*) gave me much

–
ſ

money.
Very often instead
Note.
##: kei" #fff;
of

me; kei" ni(*)—to you;

#fff;

to
–
wo(*) kei" t'a( )—
him, only
# kei" used.
to

is

##—#537k2K kei" na” iº-tie(n): (e)rh shui (*) lai”-bring me some water.

£BH Rºß3: wo" ºning"-t'ien' kei" sung (*) ch'i."— morrow (it)

to
will (to you

or
send

I
on

him, depending
to

whom the thing

to

be
sent).

to
is
To
#.

indicate the objective case the particle pa” used.

is
be

But must when direct object stands particle

no
noted that after the verb,
it

the

to
used

is
indicate the object;

###2k}; kei" wo" che” pen" shu(*)-give me this book.

tung(*)-hsi' lai"-bring that thing.

*#3||||}{Jä2k na” na”-ko"

When the direct object stands before

by

the verb, always anteceded the particle #. pa”.

it
is

#2k}}## pa" che” pen" shu" kei(*) wo"—give

#.

"****
me this book.

####|ſiº: na(*) lai”—bring that thing.

65
 # 3C #J |}

Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

LESSON XIX 35-H jL ºp

*= #> $$ =# ± $$ ×± # *ë #* –ģ
Section I Dialogues

-| # $ ## $$ •¡ # ĚĚ ±+ Ī#
$
$3 &#
$ №

** *± < $$ #= - ¿† # ĒĢ & #
## 4& №
$
№

** +& < K ## ĢĶ ×± #* ĶĶ º! S#
šº
ſię Iſº
! &á №

** &# º. § #ģ ĶR ++ • ķļā # *&

+<
!

** ## šį# §º Ķķ +x & * ſº §→ +&

№
HF
**
—
|F.

** 2€ # +× + -iº =+ s≠ ←→ §¶
LE șÊ
#}

** £€ * $ § + ≠ ¡
<-
#¡
xã
șę ſg
#1 ¿ & +≠–¿ #4

66
 Vocabulary and notes
§§ p'eng” (r. 74)—a friend.
# *( 109

r.
dish; plate;

a
ph. 569

a
J: vu" (r. 29)—a friend.
tray.

§§3. p'eng (*)-yu"—a friend.

jf
hao” k'an.(*)—good looking.
####
(r.

63) place: classifier; particle

A
-
so"

A
a

2ſ,
pu’ ta' l'an (*) very
J&###

–
hao” not
of various uses.

(See the present lesson, grammatical pretty.

section)
#Tºš ºv" pu" (ſao'-chin(*)—it does not

PI
(r.

9)—to use; the cause; towards.

*

matter; never mind.

jſp/ *-i(*)
(;
on

therefore;

;
that account.
–

:,
4
%

,,
,
hsiao
smile; laugh.

to
p” )—to
2.
(r.

61) must; necessarily.

–

—
hsiao (*)-hºut" ridicule

to
2.4% pi(‘)-te” ###|N ſen”

a
must; positively; absolutely;
–

necessary. person.

knife;
JJ

two'(r. 18) sword.

*#:
—

na
(*) ch'i'—to
a

take away.

JJ-f. two(*)-tzu" knife.

4;
–a

(r.
chih" 172) single; alone. classifier.

A
(r.

29)—a fork.
X.

f.
ch'a'
show" (r. 64) the hand.

- –
21

#E
(.

JEE ch'ih” (shih) Spoon.

a

ſh"
ph. 139 #54; ma(*) ch showſ" that hand.

–
fl.

*#
—

yung"
ti"

kom(*) enough for

la

na

(*) hoid;
ſ

{}}}}}#}
to
grasp hand.

to
–
cho”

in
-

use.

—# tui (*) pair.

i"

m” pi(‘)—it
–a

2R,2, not necessary; you need

is

3&###. ch” p'an (*)-tzu" tea-tray.

–a

not. *

Translation
.

To what place are you going?

1.

am going (some) things.

4. At 2.

to

buy
to

the street
I

this (late) time you still (want)

3.

buy things?
to

To-day few friends. Of things there

so

there came necessary are not enough must

a

I
go

buy (them).
to

What all do you want buy?

5.

to

Buy
6.

few knives and few forks.

a

a
7.

And spoons?

(There are) spoons enough

8.

use.
to

Then you
9.

need not buy (anything). (lit. my place) both knives and forks.
in

have there are

I

First take and use (them).

10. Good, thank you. Have you any plates’

67
 11. Plates I also have, only (they are) not very good looking.

12. Never mind. My friends do not ridicule people.

13. Then go with me now (Ét), and take (the things).

14. All right. In that hand what are you holding?

15. I have bought on the street a pair of brass tea trays. How do you like them

16. No mistake, very nice.

Section II Grammatical
THE PARTICLE jf so”

The particle jf so" is of no little importance in colloquial Chinese and is used in the following

ways:

1. In combination with a verb, jf so” forms adjective clauses:

*That which . . ; those who... , etc.

These combinations usually end with #j ti' just before the noun it modifies,

{ij}ſāśājā; t’a' so" shuo'-ti”. hua(*)—the words that he says.

jºkášj)\ so" lai”-ti” jen(*)—the men who have come.

2. The combination of jf and

ZH y
followed by #j means; “all;” the
#5
after the

jäffº.ſtjäj
noun emphasizes
it.

all
yu"-til ta(*)
ti"
the books are his.

–
so” shu” tow! shihº

The combination j? means; “therefore”;27. “on

44
that account”.
3.

of

and
JPI
yu" pi(*) sołi” pu' meng” heieh" tºu(*)—I have
#####PUK#####. wo” mei"
no

pen, therefore cannot write.

I

EXAMPLES OF USING THE PARTICLE }; 80°

# #! #ſº
n
§
e

:
:
2
4

I
#
2

3K
:
:
;:
:
ii
*

i
i
i

Pl
:
6
 Vocabulary

ch'u' (r. 141)—a place; condition; to dwell.

{E}: chu(*)-ch'u' – onc's dwelling place.

Translation
To-day

go
all
people my Sunday; therefore

6.

do
The who have come are not

is

I
friends. school.

to
me;

all
The things very dear. 7. You did not
he

sells (are) ask therefore did not

I
wears are all very good look
he

The clothes conne.

ing.

All the students are foreigners.

All the money mine.

is

69
 Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

LESSON XX # -H il
Section I Dialogues

+ £ <c ſą $ –
* CNR

º º
→
+-+

*
cro

15

§
·
ſ"

$
ſ"]
& : # $
|& 5× $$¢
?

*
ſą FÈ
§ & = $ № # # ſº $
**
$@

$
|€
4: # # # šË
•

# = $ !! Ē +
$<•

|& ## € $ *
№
& ± £ @ ſ1 $ ! 1
# + • ! =
§ * £º —•
?
# # !!
# ?
+
<C)

<*

€
+

& # £ ș8 # &
§## 1 ± # = £ … * K. №
¶ × È $ & € # Ģ șą <
• $ < % № £
�

# Ģ # r}
¡¿ #
#
=
E ? ț¢ ſº +
# £ £ su &
# ģ # &
# E …
ſ2 § 1 -, € ſe s* × &
:
$¢
£
€
= ? £ # E
ſil

€ &
? și
-ſ
[ii]
E
il

lº:
ſf
'li
i
"

70
 Vocabulary and notes

# lao" (r. 125) - old; aged; venerable; a long

####
shu (*) p"u"- a book-store.

co

—
t’ung”-shih (*) workers;

H.
[i].
time. fellow

#&H, lao” mei" chien(*) –I have not seen workers.

you for a long time. E+3k san (*) shih” lai”—about thirty.
Note A. When lai” stands after
Tiſzłºś – that 2k

a
k'o (*) pu" shihº ma” is so;
“about”

(a
numerative means; little

it
of course; sure enough; you are right,
less that the indicated number)
an emphatic assent.
present lesson; grammatical
ſºil;
(See the
t’ung(*)-cho”—together; with.

“
section)

#H###ify nin' 'uno")-º' tº H.5 chien" tien (*)—every day: daily.

wei"—this gentleman who is with you. mai(*)-mai"—trade; commerce.

}{\#
# *( r. 149
recognize; know. tzu" (r. 132)—one's self; from.

H L. H
to
ph. 222 )—to

(r.
chi" 49)—one's self.
# shih”
(#—";-)-to recognize; to
E. t-u(*)-chi"—one's self.

# jo" (r. 140)—if.

# *o-ºw-e
know.
º
(r. 118)—to

to
know; to be acquainted suan' reckon: calculate.

with.
† .# (*) swan”—to reckon up;

to
8uan

chieh" (r. 9)—to aid; an assistant: to iº

4t. figure out.
involve. (r. 66)
#

some; number; count.

to
–

shu" a

# ahao"
(º-#–)-to connect; to join; ,
ch'ien” shu(*)-(e)rh—the

of
###5. amount

to continue.

Mrš 52ſ. t'ien' pu" tsao(*) la'

—
H.

to introduce;

is
it
chieh (*)-shao"— to recom
ſ

mend. getting late.

Translation
Mr. Hu long time (I) have not seen (you).
1.

for
a
2.

Isn't that so?

This gentleman with you

3.

who?
is

Are not you two gentlemen

4.

acquainted?
5.

We are not.

This Mr. Fang “T'ung Wen T’ang”

of

you two gentlemen.

6.

Let me introduce
is

book store. This Mr. Mao.

is

Mr. Fang where you live?

7.

be

do

Please seated.
8.

just live store.

in

the
I

71
 9. How many assistants have you? (lit. Your co-workers are how many gentlemen?)
10 About thirty.

(#) (your)

all
11. Are you (every day) the time

in
store?

go
12. No. Sometimes Nanking, also have business there.

to

a
I

I
How many you go?

of
13.

no
14. There one else, only myself go.

is

I
15. And how about (your) business here?

(it).
an
16. There old assistant (of mine). ask him look after

to
is

I
And the other gentlemen,

do
17. what they do?

there are buyers books, they bring

of
18. (books) calculate the amount
If

to

of
them and

money.

O,

let

go
getting late (lit. The day not early);

us
19. yes. the have our dinner.
It

fs
is

Section II Grammatical
Auxiliary verbs

so
The undoubtedly what importance called auziliary
of

noticed the

in
student has verbs are

the Chinese language.

of

construction
thorough acquaintance absolutely necessary
of

with this class he

A

to
verbs the student

if
is

speak Chinese correctly and read Chinese colloquial

be
to

to

to

wants able texts.

grammatical most important auxiliary verbs given

In

present
of

the sections the course the are

by

by

examples and explanations all shadings

of

of

of
detail and illustrated numerous
in

one one the

meaning they attach the principal

to

verbs.

AUXILIARY
A. VERBS
3k
lai” AND
# ch'i'

The most generally used auxiliary verbs are

2k
lai” and
# ch'i'.

Separately taken lai” means: “to come”, and ch'i,”, “to go”:
2k #:
t'a" lai(*) la'—He came.
{{2k
ſ

£2/SH: wo" pu' ch'i (*)-I am not going.

They are auxiliary joined containing

be

to

may any
of

verbs direction and verb the idea of

motion:

#2k na(*) lai”—to bring.

## sung (*) ch'i."— send away.
to

33;
in.

na(*) ch'i."— take away.

#2k chin(*) lai”—to
to

come

Hłł:
go
(*)

(here); bring. ch'u (*) ch'i."—to

#2k sung lai”—to send out.

object principal verb, lai” and

an

or

to
in

3k
If

there the sentence adverb attached the

is

ch'iº stand after these words, separated from the principal verb, and end the sentence:
#:

72
 *—Éižk *
na'i" wan" ch'a (*) lai”—bring a cup of tea.

£# 2K na” che (*)-(e)th lai"-bring here.

t'a(')
###14: sung" kei" ch'it' — send to him.

The verbs and are very often coupled with principal verbs in connection with other
3K #:
auxiliary verbs to complete the construction. Being used in this way the
verbs 3: and
#:
attribute

to these combinations the shadings in accordance with their fundamental meaning.

ma(*) ch'u' lai”— to take out (of the pocket, etc.).

*#H#3K
£##: na(*) ch'u' ch'i."—to take out (of the room, etc).

*Tºk na (*) haia“ lai”—to take down (to the person speaking).

*Tº #: na(*) haia' ch'i'- to take away, to put off (from the person speaking).

PECULIARITIES OF THE USE OF lai” AND ch'i'.

2K #:
d.
3K lar” when coupled with the auxiliary verb
# cho” attributes to the principal

verb the meaning of the past tense:

{ijäß t’a‘ shuo(*) law”-cho” – he spoke; he said.

####3;&# wo° nien" shu(*) lai”-ch'o”-I have been studying.

b. When coupled with 2ſ, pu" the verb lai” principal

2k attributes to the verb the

meaning of impossibility of the act:

tso" put lai(*)-impossible to do; impossible to accomplish.

(EAS3K
££2ſ2k wo” ch'i" pu" lai(*)—I cannot rise.

c. When lai” stands after a numerall, it means; “about” (a little less than the
3K
indicated number):
(*) lai” ko” jen”—about ten persons. i.e. nearly.
+3KMīl)\ shih

T. H.3kſ||*#: erh(*) shih” lai” ko" tºu"—about twenty characters.

d.
3K liti” repeated with —, i' and -
-*. erh" means; “firstly,” “in the first place”;

“secondly”; “in the second place":

–3k}º ſ , Tºk:### i' lai” t'ien' wan(*) la’, erh" lai” wo" yu" shih(*)

-firstly, it is late; secondly, I am busy.

e. The combination of lai” and ch’ii" with the principal verb repeated means
2k #:
that the action is repeated over and over again:

#3;&###: shuo' lai” shuo' ch'i (*)—to talk and talk; to say over and over again.

#3;&#3; kuo' lai” kuo" ch'i (*) – to go to and fro

(# S.E. kuo" - to
vass)
73
 f. The
—-3kT. #: i'
expression; lai” erh" ch'i (*)—means “little by little” “step by

step”; “by and by”.

—-3; 3: , fift? §§: T i' tº

}al
lai” erh' ch'i' chiuº hui” haieh" tºu()

by

he
little write

to
little has become able

by

by
(character),

he

be
will write.

to
and able

(ºr hui” ability;

be
to
–
able)

#:
jº
ch’ā‘ used separately means: “to reduce”; “to remove”.
2
.

(°),ch'i (*)
#Míl #—#5t:# che'ko't'ai ch'ang tie”(n)-(e)rh pa"

iº
-this too long, take off little.

is

a
EXAMPLES OF USING THE AUXILIARY VERBS AND
3K
lai”
# ch’i,4

£'
#

#
3k

†
Mij.

—
fift

15

13

1
•
5
23 # ſR
20

ſº
r

E'

,
2k Mºl

3
4.

2.

2
4

i 2
2
i
i

>
i
i
2
5

..a -
ſº
4.
6
1

{ij
;
o

$3.

18
2

2
1

#
35 HE

ſº

JJ ºff
jū, 11
i
i
i
i

i| 4.
ſh;

3k. 2k,
2K

ſº
#

li" (r. 19)—strength; power.

ſä
JJ

9)

(r. use;
to

to
—

shih” cause.

jJ#. li(*)-ch'i"-strength.
TiſPI (*)-i" may; can; will do; may
–

k'o
it

it

# sung" (r. 162) send; present. be done.

to

to
–
 Translation
What did you come for? (lit. You came to 17. (In the) new lesson there are nearly twenty

do what?) new words. (generally “less than 20”).

He first said (he would) come. Now he 18. Yesterday there came nearly thirty new
will not come. students.

Why do you not come to me here? 19. Firstly I am tired, secondly I have business.

Yesterday where did you go 20. In the first place it is late, in the second

You go (and) tell him. place I have not yet eaten (dinner).
He went to the street to buy things. 21. (They) have been talking it over and over

Bring a cup of tea. again, but have not come to any under
Take this thing (and) send (it) to him. standing (lit. did not speak clearly).

He has no strength and cannot get up. 22. Upon the big street the passers-by (lit. men
These things have you not yet sent who go to and fro) are very many.

Take out my clothes. 23. Little by little he has learned Chinese

Take down this book for me. well.

This affair I cannot carry out. 24. This dress is too long, (I) want to take off

This pen I cannot use. a little.

I have spoken to him about this affair. 25. This lesson is too long. (You) may eliminate

This morning what have you been doing? a few sentences.

75
 Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

LESSON XXI # = +—#

Section I Dialogues

## # # IR # EË
&# # & # #
# # & ## + 4 IR Ē = # 111
# # 1 # $ # HK
i
# # + # $ # H
# # 1 1 $ # &-
# # ſ # # # &#
ē $#+
Ē $ |F & #
Ē $ & -s {{
# $ # #
{@ # º
# 1 ## # * $ ! № #
# # £ # + # @ ± PR ! ā
$ #5 + # R #
* § ≠ ſe ! Ē
$3

≤ ?
€ ſą # -- ºg ¶
£ # și # #
– # #? # #
• - ¡¿ ≥ –E !
! Ģ
Ģ
Ķ
= #+ 1 $ # $¢ ≡ & ! Ķ
# ºg + # № £ $ §#<
*– & # ºs # $ € * #Ę
& → & # ſë # $ £#Ę
*& §
{g și 1 # $ ș; * Ę
¶ -&g #3 $ſ; £ ± %

76
 Vocabulary and notes
PIHij i”-ch'ien (*) —before.

iº
§ ~( r.
ph. 380
120
)—to
collect; all; gen

ŽEE+4EPIñij tsai.” san" shih” nien"

eral.
ch'ien(*) thirty years ago.

# yü*(r. 149) - language; words; sayings; to

# pan" (r. 96)—a

turn.
rank; a row; a class; a

state.

hua” yü(*) – the Chinese language. ###

tsung" pan(*) - a general class.
###
§ tau (*) —
shang" sheng" to introduce
man” (r. 172)—difficult; hard distress. EAE:#:
new words; to explain new words.
written
(Also xã) incre• ºn

H £ tzu"-ts'ung(*)-since; from the time. Afāś aheng"

1 ºf 4
iſ") "—
asu'-new meanings; un

familiar meanings.
J21% i"—hou(*) – after; afterwards; from then

One 3}} fen(*) k'ai" — to divide up; to se

£j
pi*(r. 81)—to compare; compared with. parate.
H:
ts’ung”-ch'ien (*) – formerly; before. —£5. i” pa”(n)-(e) rh- a half.

H:#j pi* ts’ung”—ch'ien (*) – compared with

3}{}f fen" pan(*) to divide into classes; a

before; than before. sectional class.

jung"
#
)—a
(r. 40)-the
(# s:-
countenance; aspect; 8hih”
#. house; room;

a
easy.
family.
AE, i" (r. 72)—to
exchange; alteration; easy.

#} jung(*)-iº-easy. ### chiao" shih (*)—a class room.

# chiao"
(++-)-to teach; a doctrine; *##### fen(*) pan" chiao" shih”
–
sec
a
tional class room.
a sect.

;
;# (r.
§

30)—alone; single; individual;

# shou"
( pſ, e. )—to
give; to 'deliver
tan" odd.

to .
#### tan" show (*) chiao" shih”—a room

(;
for individual instruction.
## chiao"-show (*)—to instruct; a professor; a
-

wen"
r.

85
*

teacher. warm; mild; kind.

#

ph. 606
85)-method;
#: fa"(r.
fashion; law.
#4

hsi”(r. 124)—to to.

to

practise; accustom

###: chiao"-shou" fa (*) – method of in

struction.
## wen(*)hsi”—to review.

- (r. 80) each; every.

—

mei"
pen(*)tzu" 4}.
#2k+ k'o" lessons; a course of

# huan"(r. 64)—to shift; exchange.

to

study.

77
 Translation
Hua Wen Hsüeh Hsiao (College of Chinese Studies.)
Thirty years ago if foreigners newly arrived in China wished to study the Chinese Language,

it was very difficult indeed

(HJ). From the time when the Hua" Wen.” Hsüeh” Hsiao" came into

existence (lit. is at Peking) the learning of Chinese became much easier than
( H.) before, because
both their method of instrustion and text-books are very good.

Their method of instruction is as follows: Every day in the forenoon when students come

to the college, they first go to the general class to hear the teacher of the general class explain
new characters and new meanings. When the general class is over, students divide up. Half
of them go into sectional class rooms. Half into rooms for individual instruction and for review.
Every half hour classes are changed.

Students in the College, when they have finished the first year of study, can acquire more than twelve

hundred new characters. After having finished studying all these characters they will certainly be able to
speak, to read and also
(#) to write Chinese. Thus
(Éf PI) to study Chinese in this

college is much better than

(HE) to study (lit. to read books) at home with a teacher.

Section II Grammatical
THE AUXILIARY
R. VERBS
E.
shang" AND
T hsia".

E.
shang" and
T heia" are very often added to verbs expressing motion upwards and down
wards; sometimes they express the completion of an action:

*T2K na (*) haia" lai”— to take down.

$3_H. hsieh (*) shang"—to write down.

*T 3: na (*) haia" ch'it'—to take down;

É. kuan (*) shang"—to close.

-
H.
put away. -
*)
t so(*) heia" down -
d
A: F
sit

heia"—to
# H.3K
-
sung (*) shang" lai” –to send up.
T

ch'ao (*) haia"—to copy.

£Tºk t’o (*) haia” lai” off #y
to
–

take
ch'ao'—to
(of clothes). (+$ copy)
T
refer, haia"
As prepositions shang"
T. hsia" stand words which they
to

and after the

H.
ti"

being preceded by (beneath):

Jää

#i-f. (*) shang" on

#i+JäTº cho'-tzu" ti(*) under the
—

cho tzu" the haia"

-
H.

table.
table.
J&#j
on

ta”-chieh (*) shang" the

—
H.

-
street.
go

Independently up; top; high; up;

or

shang" means; first previous; ascend.

to

to

best:
H.

inferior; next;
go
T

hita" means; down; beneath; down; descend.

to

to

78
 -E&§**

T;
hsia*as independent words and auxiliary verbs.

+
Examples shang*and

as
of

of
different use

º ± § # #±+ tº H £ –
& § și # 2 $
* + # º # # € gTJ* *
¿i{ * E º
ēĒ£
+ im

# $ № # # # £ &ſº* * Ģē IR Ķ
# $ -4 # … EK* * $ + Ķ-
;
# $ # # z ſº – × --* * $ + $

LĪČI:
#ų

k; 4 #* , * $ $
1#
# ! # și Ř =2* * $ $ •
# !! łą gę & – 8 ę* * º ſº §
&&
\| ##.

† HK

# – & E ≠Ę* * £ # 4
** ** +§ #* #
–
,
&#
# # ſił & ≤Ę
,
IR
≥
# |E 2 ſą &
º * *
* - g± – ±
z ſº * * ,* + & E ſ-
$
*
#|§

Kſe-

|-- ſe-
§ ķ # # ſº & ;- -- Ģ
#--

!! * # º* * & -k ș
HK #
Ę•

° * !! ſº # * * - ș *
·
!

# * ,* & ſą
© HK $,
® ſz- ſą
# … #
* ،
ſº-
± #
*
#
s įEI šā = șę

# $ * £ * * ،* ≥ § +
-- # ÎI ā
* * #
g ſą #- & ±

= * ،* ± § ſº
&&
H # & --
#—

،
••

44 IN &&

*
-- #

È ?* ،* × → •
.
2$
*
#K

·
±© E &&
% &&− ≠
− ® {{ # 2- != #
+ ſ< × #1 №
 Vocabulary
I
#
[H]

shang(*) hui”—last time. kuan."

tºº

r.
118
_E.
(#. rule; control;

to
heieh(*)shang'—to 75l )—to
write down.
$3_H.
tube.

a
#2;S E2k lai(*)
#:

—
haieh” pu" shang' unable
chan(*)-chu"—to stop.
to write.
#

Po"
'40_
# -a

!.
80° 167 guest;
r.

ph. 712 visitor.

a
- lock; lock;

to

(
to
ph. 125 a
(

ts'ai"

r.
140
fetter. Žiš -vegetable; victuals.
ph, 712

(
§

so(*)-shang"—to lock. shang" ts'ai (*)-to serve dinner.

H.

Ežiš
# kan" r.
1% - pursue;
ph. 33
to to run
(one can also say;
§fift k’ai”
fan(9)
(

after.
# shui'(r. 115)-duties; taxes.

# kan(*)-shang'—to pursue.
Eß. shang'shui (*)-to pay duty.

§
E.

*E}{ gan" tien (*) “half-a day”; long lien"(r. 130)—the face; reputation.
a

time.

fly
Eliš. shang" lien"—to one's (of

to
face

kan” pu" shang(*)-unable

#25_E.
to

overtake
wine).

## kan(*) te’shang”—able overtake.

to

shang(*) shui”-against
E7k current.
E.

the

III
TIE) heia (*) hui”-next time.
ºf Ti: ch'ih" pu” haia" ch'i(*)—unable

to
28 chiao'(r. 8)-acquaintance; intercourse. eat more.
&

teng" (r. 118)—to wait, class; kind.

Hi
(r.

ch'e' 159)—a carriage; cart.

a

Tºš haia (*)teng"—inferior.

T

Hi ch'e(*)-to get out carriage.

of
heia" a
tiº
r.

53
Jiří ph. -the bottom; low; mean shan” (r. 46)—a mountain.
349
(

JäT tiſ")hsia' jen”—a servant.

N.

pen(*) ch'ien”—capital.
ŽK#
# shu”
r.

75
-a tree; ŽK# pen(*) ch'ien'—to
T

plant. invest money.

to

ph. 738 haia"

(

tiſ")- }} ch'uan"(r. 137)—a boat; vessel.

JäTº
a

hsia' below, under.

tº

liang”(r. 15)—cool; cold. huo'(r. 154)-goods; merchandise.

Öğ
-,
26,

re #9 hiº
-

(r.

Čížk liang (*)-k'uai' cool, weather;

of

unload.

;
*

*(
freshing, pa" 61
|H

r.

+++)-to
ph.
fear; perhaps.
r.

64
:#;
(

seize;
to

Copy;
to

ph. 122 )—w i., i”—ui current;-

Tºyk
4
f

heia (*) shui"-with the down

search.

(:
the current.
r.

)–

184
“
ſ:

full food; sati to'-to (*)-ti”—much;

of

£3%ff] considerable
a

ated. amount.

8()
 Translation
I
1. Above is heaven; below is the earth. am going next month.

I
2. He arrived last month. He coming the afternoon.

in
is

so
3. To morrow, in the forenoon, I will not be at Next time don't drink much.

home. But don't you keep company with inferiors!

4. Last time what did he speak with you about? This my servant.

is
5. Where did he go Sitting under tree very cool. (refreshing)

is
it
a
6. He went on the street to buy something. He took off his clothes.

7. I am going to Peking. Copy these characters.

impossible many people.

so
8. On the

to
large streets shops are numerous. seat

It
is
9. Please, teacher, write down all these charac (43.2FT)
ters: I myself am unable to write them. full; (I)

no
10. am can eat more.

I
going you 11. Please get out

of
10. I'am out now: lock the front the cart.

door. 12. To mountain

to
descend easy, ascend

is
a
11. Go quickly and overtake him. (is) hard.
12. He went away a long time ago; I am afraid I 13. leave school daily o'clock.

at
5
I

13.
cannot overtake him.

Whether you catch him or not, I do not care;

14. To start a business
(#|Hä) One must

invest capital.
you go quickly, that's all. arrives, then
15. When the boat the goods are
Get up and put clothes.
14.
on(#_E) unloaded.(#|TF3%)
15. The watch has stopped; I forgot to wind it. 16. For three dollars (I) fear one cannot buy this

16. All the guests have come; serve dinner. thing.

17. For this thing it is be feared that we must pay 17. Here are too many unknown characters,

I
duty.
to

am unable read them.

18. As soon as I drink wine, it shows in my 18. Down-stream boats go fast.

face.
to

19. must spend

In

order learn Chinese one

19. Up-stream boats go slowly. considerable time.

ADDENDA
ſº # jºi

chiu”
(#)-wine.
*wan()-(–;
;

#5–)
;)
boat.
(;

154
huo"— goods; products.

81
 Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

LESSON XXII

Section I Dialogues

+ *
× = # №
≤ {} # 1
|*
# # ſg $ È # 44 ș
$3 Ê # ± ș
# Ê # − ș8
# --
# №
# №
≥ * $ ≡ ? # # # × #ų # šk
*
± # % ≈ ? #+ ! # × și $
− Iš ^- H £ ! # × E
1 są # șÊ € + ## # ≤ HE
ſ &
*
€
E
#
ſ
= šį $ £ © № #. ≥ – & #
£ ſą $ + Ę ķ ĢĒ K ± §§ §
+ º $ £ Ę Ļ — # #$ ¶
1 K $ *? Ę Ē $
¶
¡¿ * *± #

º Ę º1 № ¡&
* ſątº € €
№
# Ē
# £¿ Ę # Ģ £ # * +R

E £ ¥ $¢ Ė šº 1 Ķ € # $ {{
&& § $ £ Ę # § Ķ £ # €
¢ Ģ # →$ #Ē

+4 § £

iſ
– § + ĢĶ Ēē E* 5$$
$
$
$ £ Ģ
$ 8º Ģ
€ší4-

§ š4 1 $ –Ģ
€ # ſ㺠Ē Eſº $
Ķ% *** # £ Ķ
82
 Vocabulary and Notes

Éj

of
ch’ien2 men” wai (*)-outside the
hsieh”(r. 177) — shoes; slippers. F13).
##
Chi'en" Men.
# 4. T. 50
hat, cap.
—º:#;

or
mulo
( ph. 845 )-A chia' haieh” p'u(*)—a shoe

i"
(r. 72)-a star; a spark.
}: hsing'

*
shop.

(; º; — Note. A. chia' here classifier.

is
a
fixed period;

a
ph. a

ſi
102
chia"(r. 9)—the value; the price.
date.

hsing'-ch'i(')—Sunday; a week. (A more chia(*)-ch'ien’-the price.

}}}}} {{{#
literary expression than jºj:# li”-pai(*) -a

r.
181

If
tino'
ting top; button;

a
ph.

)
2
(
—which is purely colloquial)
very.

of
HłjjżS classifier hats.

A
hsing'-ch'iº-liu(*)—Saturday.
'iu(*)– ch'ien?—how much? What
EAEjj7S
—La heina" -- ch'i'
shang"* haing' ch'i' -- 'iu(*)—last
£5.3% to(1)-(e)th

Saturday. the price?

is
chai" (s. 64)—to pick;
new; recent. -

to
hsin' (r. 69)—fresh; take off.

j) #Tºk
ch'i'-to lat-to
(?)

take down.

*
hui return. chai(')-hsia"

§
[H]+: *. 62

r.
#; –old.
ñº

o wear on the head;

((

chiu tai"
:

ph. ph. 334 )—to

{# shuang'(r. 172)-a pair. to bear.

##
-
tai(*)choº-to wear on the head.
(also writteny)
the Front Gate, the
Tiſłł
ch'ien” men (*) k'0(?)-shill"—but; however.
Hiſt"]
of

principal gate wall the

in

the south
Inner City Peking. [H]:#; hui” chia (') ch'i."—to return home.
in

Tartar
or

Translation
Buying pair of) shoes and hat.
(a

in
to
he

wished
to

Last Saturday my colleague Mr. Hua Wen-kuei invited me his house where

Later on, when we finished our conversation and when was

some new friends. I
to

troduce me
“My
to
leave, they asked me, “Where else are you going?” said, shoes are too old. wish
I
to

about
I

the Ch'ien Men,” they said, “there shoe shop. The

is
of

pair
a
of

buy new ones”. “Outside

a

all right, and the price not high lit. dear.”

is

pattern are sold

is

shoes which there

of

that shop buy shoes. When there and lookcd, saw that they were
to

came
to

So went
I
I
I

pair and ask

of

sloes
selling not only shoes but also
G#) hats. selected lit. looked well
a
I

and sixty cents. want," said,

“I

for this pair?" They said, “Two dollars

I
ed

them. “How much

the price
of

“to buy also. What that one?”

is

hat
a

“Twelve dollars,” they said.

said.
it.

down, will have look

at

“Take
it

"
a

I
I

83
 “This hat", they said, “is rather small for you (lit. you wearing), take (lit. give you) this, a

bigger one."

I found that hat all right, and so I bought a hat and pair of shoes and went home.

Section ll Grammatical
C. The auxiliary verb te?
4}
The
verb # te” is very frequently used as an auxiliary, and attaches different shadings to the

principal verb.
auxiliary independently sometimes
{{}

is
always read te”. Used read te”.
As an 4}
is

sometimes tei".
means; get; attain;

to

to

to
tº
Used independently with the reading the verb
{{}
succeed.

z tzu"la'

te?
ar
la'erh (*)
te”

iſ")—to t'a"

T
get one's wish.

to
son born him.

º: º
he has

a
a -
").
teº

the opportunity
:

show (*)-to get particle la' repeated

is
4}=#. Note. The
sentence for euphonic
fjúš la'-the food ready.
is

fami'te(*)
ſ

all
la',

an
object, means, right;
te"
of

The combination with the particle without

T

{{#

can do; enough.

T#T te(?)la' te(?) la'-enough; enough!

## chiu" te(?)la' and that will do; and

-
T

{{}
all right! that all.
is

means: must; ought.

Used independently with. the reading tei" the verb
{{}

tei' cheſ")ma' pan"—it necessary this way.

in
to

act
is

{{#####
kung-fu —how gº
ta'

will require

to
tei' tsou" to() much time
{{###3&I.5:
it

#43;##fff; tsung” tei" kao(*)-su" t'a'—it absolutely necessary

to

tell him.
is

teit chi(?) tien' tao" mat(e)rh—how many days will arrive

to

take
it

######|#353
there?
following shadings:
As an auxiliary, the verb te” has the
{{#
action;
aptness for
the
tº

I). Very being joined

or
to

often verb indicates state

4}
a
a

()

sce,
te'

clien'—able
to

k'an
##E4} wo” chi(*) te?—I remember. ###}.
Il

wo" jen(*) te’—I know. visible.

#####
#5.
do

to

*ZEA mi” pu' tung(*) te”- you not ar 'ino(1) te?clien"

t’ing(1) able hear.
--

teºclien"
p

{R_{{{{{}
understand.

84
 2). Sometimes indicates the possibility, feasibility of the action:
{{#

mai”) te"—one can buy. pu' te”-not mention

}{4} #7S4} shuoſ") to be

4 f. 2 –
\{^{i}
/* rft
mai(*) pu' tº - one may not buy.
-
ed,-as improner.
prº te”-not
####
shao(*) te”-one can say. IZZR4'h'iſ') catable.

3. In some cases indicates the intensiveness of the act, the degree under which the act has
4}
bocn completed.

####2 r * ****) la'-i have

written so much that my hand go

tired. (2 at tired)

#H#:Fågſør ºn

ent
tº mºno cºinſ) la'-i am so tired that I cannot

(PE) ean-exhausted)

Sometimes indicates the completion

# emphasized)
of
the act. (in these cases

is
{{}

$45, haieh” te(?)la'—it written.

is
T T

la'- done.
is

tso" te(?)
it

####

adjunct,
an

cuphonic
to
there the sentence adverbial added the verb for reas.
If

in

4}
is
is

ons, and the verb translated the present tense.

in
is

te’

ni” haieh” hao(*)—you write well.

{R};{{#iff
t'a'shuo'te"priºts'o()—he speaks correctly.
fjä###2S$#
te”

t;" for little,

#j can substituted with very any, change mean
of
(In be
if

these cases 4:#

ing. (see Lesson XV, grammatical section)

4; with f; huang' (agitated; hurricó) when joined conveying the idea

to

combined verbs

“very".
an

exhaustion, distress, unpleasant

or
of

sensation means:

drink
–3&ſlºykiş4:#fff; tºen' meiºho'shiti; k'o huang'
(*)

te'

one does not

i"

if
-

water whole day, very thirsty.

is

one
a

jih' huang'-I have not (you)

tº

4H Rº: meiº chien", hsiang" for

S.

to

seen
3.

y
H
&
H

######
many days. long exceedingly for you.
I

85
 EXAMPLES OF DIFFERENT USE OF THE VERB
4}
Note. In the examples which follow when is read tei" it is marked with *.
{{}

T. #'

2ſ.

#
3k,

R
19 4:#; 27, #;" 4:# 3k.
-
jº, -

5E,
3i #. JV

Wii
#
16
21

#2

Hè
| 18

11
23 {{}, TN.

ſº 14
*
B}}

7
{}o 2|S

iš

:
4
ſk
#
X

;
{{}

fi
t
H' 4}} T, ($
*.

4
4
|
== 10
E.
º

#.

:
i
:

22

2
3k jä i
ſk
[H]

fiſl. +.

* i
o
2ſ, #
2

-
º

i
-
ii
fij
i
2
l

4, T,

:
\{
4,

5,
#

1}
.

||
+

Vocabulary
#ſ; ch'ai(')-shih” an office; an employ
(;
à

ch'iao ph. ;)—pure clear.

ment.

% 75)—plain; sharp; clear.

(r.

feng'(r. 41) ch'u'

#j seal; close; envel
to

to

an
-

ope;
## ch'ing(1)-ch'u'- clear; distinct.
of

classifier letters.
a

fă true; trust;
(r.
9)

to

hsin" letter.
a
-

jen(*)-te'—to know; acquainted

be
to
H

#4
—#fff; feng' hain(*)—a letter. with.
i"

Eº

ſº T. 128
sharp
#ji=f. lao” t'ou (*)-tzu"—an old man.
–

ts'ung' cleverness;
(

ph.
)

380
time; period.
(r.

I;
9)

tsanº we;
{#
a

a
-

witted.
3%

at
{#

when? what time?

to

(1)-tsan?
ts’ung (')-ming”—intelligent; clever.
Iſ...}}
take up. XIII] lai” hui(*)—there and back; going and
te'

be

liao'—to
to
T

na(*) able
*{{} coming back.
# huai"
Hº-)—to
injure; spoil.
£5&
to

to(ſ) ta!-how big?

(

86
 Translation

it.
11. This dish spoiled; one cannot eat

is
Is the food(dinner)ready?
did be get?
12. don't remember what his name is.
What official cmployment

I
say?
When it will be finished, I will send it to 13. Do you understand what

I
or
not?

to
14. Have you written the end
you.
the end.

to
a letter and
15 have not yet written
If you come, write

I
cannot
that will do.
16. He writes very nicely.

is difficult to get a clever man.

17. You speak very distinctly.
It

in or
of the 18. Do you know this old man not?
the

To get the good will (lit, hert)

this way.

be
19. This business must done
people.
20. When must he come?
One cannot speak this affair.
of

go
21. must necessarily myself.
things
or

Can you take up all these not?

I
22. How much time for going and

is
needed
take
So

many things; how can them

1
I

coming?
to

too dear, impossible

This thing
is
it
is

by

be
all
23. means ready to-morrow.

It
must
it.

buy

87
 #
#f —

##".
#g # is #

T.
3% Fi ºf BH BH ºf ſº

H!"
L r. H. #

# º' #
5 #
fly L

#:
ſº.
ºf

Fä,
ÉÉ K. ºi' 3; W -

5
[E] 4% -

fift:
# J. £3 ºf ſº & - ſ.

#
ºf £3
ſ× ſº; ſºl £| # H.
# H. AS # it' ſ

*
##

ſil,

ſ.
Hº H2 4:# 2, ſº # th' £ – iſ:
E.

#j
{&

Wy'
#: ºf F# ſº

ſuh'
£ £| J.

+Q.
; ſ.
3C

Section I

#'
ſ,
LESSON XXIII

#'
(; 3 ºf + £| Sã HI ºf ſ. Ł # ſº

fift || Wi
3% -i- # £ £1
#J

T.'
ſū #. N'
Dialogues
#

ſã],
=

#1 3: gº 5è # ºf # #

Hi'
āº H. –
#

4' E

£
+

35 MS #
(M.

ſº,
ſil — ſ 3: l'É' W
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

*
& JJ’

4:# 2,
#,

33 Bº ºf £|

#,
#f
E#

r. 5: #
B.

25 ſ fly
4:#.

£3, [E] Jº — H

º'
$f H E,
Bº r #1, 5:
91

{#'
# & # iſ £| H. &
T. H

fly # & jū. ºf - 3. k # H. # # K

 "(;
Vocabulary and notes

Hjä. - hsing”

;
to rise early.

r.
tsao” ch'i(*) 164

)-
nº
awake;

be
to
ph.

to
42
pai(*)–:'ien' — day-time; daylight.
H3K broad
roused.

+ºğſ *Y-smal la'-

-
tº.
###|T3: () - dº tº ºw'-ſul

4
(*)-ma" la'—what
Miº shih” tsen the

is
time of rest. matter?

* meiſ”) tsen”-ma'—nothing,
#45;}} there
Bºž wan(*)—fan"—dinner; supper.

is
nothing it.

in
per
# chieh" (chiao") (r. 147)—to feel; to
(r.

#
hei" 203) —black; dark; night.
ceive.

Rätää t'ien' hai" hei(*)-cho”— still

is
##

it
chieh (*)—cho”—to feel; to have the feeling.
dark.
k’un” (r. 31) sleepy; fatigued; exhausted.
—
Pºl

#
ch'uang' (r. 116)-a window.

%)
liao(*)-pu"-te”-no
it;

help for
T2R4+
it
is

Also written

(
all up.
(r. 63)—a door; family.
Fi hu"

a
Read: liao"—pu"-te(*) means: very; exceed

ingly. #Fi ch'uang(*)-hu"-a

--- liang'-(r. 8)-clear;
window.

bright.
yu" "t'ien (*)—on certain day. *H:
75–58
a
i

£; ſif{{#
Note
fang
B}

(.-...-)-.
º

room; house,
nien" wan(*) la' shui'
a

hao”

chiao(*) —“after having finished reading

shu”-fang (*) study; library.
#B}
–a

sleep.”
go
to

can
I

shui” 109
#

r.

able; can;
j#

be
sleep. In

to

so
this case means:
ph. 26 )—to
(

that.
### shui"-chiao(*)-to
sleep.
Similar examples.
ſijäßj t’ung”-hsüeh(*)ti" classmate;

“”
—

”
#######. ###}{}{Jú
a

school-fellow. tie”(n)-(e) ch'ien"wo"hao"mai" tung(*)

rh

hsi'— give me some money,

so

(r. 36) night. that can

#

yeh"
–

*'
buy some things.
nei"(r. 11)—inside; internal.
śīlīfāftā;
ſº

####534:
,

neiſ") jen”—“the inner person"; my wife,

WJN tsai' cheſ”)-(e)th two" wo” men'hao'shuo'
wife,
so

hua(*)—please seated here,

be
a

that we

wu" (r. 44)—a room; house. talk.

Fá can have
a

Translation
EARLY RISING
bit

(lit. my affairs are too many)and there not one little

am

(During) the day-time

is

too busy,
I

the evening had very

as

day many lessons,

in

After dinner feel exceedingly sleepy. One

to

rest.
of

time
I
I

89
it was necessary to go to my study to read them. When through reading I could
(#) go to sleep.

Unexpectedly at that time a school-fellow came to see me

(##) having a little affair of importance.

We both talked until after midnight. When my friend left I went to sleep. (I) do not know at what time

my wife went to my room to call me. Then I awoke.

She said, “I think that we must go early to sleep and get up early. Why even by this time are
you (still) not up? What is the matter with you?”
I said, “Nothing at all, it is only because it is still dark.”

She said, “With closed windows of course it is dark (lit. how can not dark). Open the window
and take a look, -it has been for a long time daylight.”

“All
all

right, right,” will get up once.”

“I
said.

at
I

Section II Grammatical
D. THE AUXILIARY VERB ch'iº
#3
The

by
auxiliary usually imparts principal
an

#3 ch'i'
verb
as

to
followed the verb and the
2k
is

verb the following shadings:

motion upwards:
1.

Sometimes indicates
it

##32; chan(*) ch'i' lai”—to stand up.

ma(*) ch'i' lai”—to take up; raise.

to

*##E2k
##2k hang up; suspend.
to

kua(*) ch'i' lai”

to
–

(#
-
kua"— hang
to

up)
indicates the beginning
an
or

or

starting
of
2.

Sometimes action state:

it

*- T* t'ien' liang (*) ch'i" lai” la” the weather grows cold.
•

5Kö##2k
ſ ſ

ch'i'yū (*) lai” la'-it rain.

to

hsia' began
Tº

#EF53%
in
§

of
the action; with forms

º
indicates the progress and statement
of
3.

Sometimes
it
ſº

a
it

completed action:

hsiang (°) ch'i" lat”—to to get

#H#2k -
recollect. (') mention;
##3%
to
shuo ch'i" lat”—to

££3K tso(*) ch'i'lai”—to make: speak (in general.)

the negative ch'i" coupled with impossibility completion

4.

In

form
of

indicates the the

#3 2K
the action, because beyond ones' power:
of

is
it

na” pu" ch'i"lai(*) impossible

#2ſsiążk raise.
to
–
p'

hsiano" pu' ch'i" lai(*) remember.

to
–

unable
#H-F#E2k lai()
#Tº
hºian' ch'i'

'i'
pu' ch'i' lai(*)-impossible
pu'

ch'uan" put on, because too long, not said

to

is
>

lai()
it

cºuan'
too short).
if

completed
be
5.

negative ch'i" indicates

In

form without that the action cannot

the but
3K #3
y

owing insufficiency person;

on

the part the acting

of

of
to

means
9
()
{{2|KiH, mai” pu' ch'i(*)—impossible to buy (owing to insufficiency of funds); can't afford.

#2ſ.{E ch'uan" pu' ch'i (*) – impossible to wear (as there are no funds to buy such clothes).
The following examples constitute exceptions to this rule:
Hºſjä,
pu'
ch'iao" ch'i(?)
(# ch’iao”-to despise; slight.

to

to
look)

w
#-F#,
p'
k'an' ch'i(•)
#Aſsjæ tui “pu' ch'i(*) person; impolite; am sorry.

be
to
offend
to
–

I
As an independent verb ch'i" up; arise; start. As preposition

to

to

to
means: rise

it
#}

a
means: from.

ch'i (*) lai”—to rise.

#3%

—
ch'i' chia(*)-li”
####2k lai” come

to
## ch'i' shen(*)—to start journey. from home.
a

(Jä. shen" the

body) #E}}}º ch'i" ming”-t'ien' ch'i"—beginning

£ft ch'i" huo (*) unload goods.

to
–

from to-morrow.

EXAMPLES OF USING#, ch'i' AS AN AUXILIARY VERB AND AS AN INDEPENDENT worD

ſº
fü,

jū

jū
Ai:
3K

ſ.
#

Wii

Mū
17

# H
MH

55'
ſ.

J.

1
#

fly
ſī;

H.
j}

{}}
}<
{{

{{

{R

Hill 13

12

2K,

H.
H
S
4;

2
3K
21

I
2K. #||
H.
10

#1' {R
;
§

#.
I

{k:

2
º

4.

24
l
5
1

{ij
s

:
: 4.
i :
ſº

i
4

I
1
1
i
;: :
4
4

2
2

i
i
:
2
2

t
:
/*

8
º

1
--8

4.
ſ

i:
:
:

ii
:

4.
º

i:
9
|
 Vocabulary
ch'i"--early

Fij
Hjäg morning;

Tº
tsao(*) in the the hbia”-yü(*) —to rain.
morning.
T#EHižkr

d'i

lai'
– the beginning;

()
la'-it

vi
Mia'
#}}{ijū. ch'i' tou(*) - (e)rh
has begun rain.

to
from the beginning.
86)-warm;

(r.
àe" hot; ardent.
#B2K ch'i(*)lai”—to rise; to get up.
(Also
written
#)
#5. ch'i' che (*)-(e)th—from here.

be
Je(*)ch'i' lai” la'-it

to
begins hot.

T
##33%

# *(; ;
na(*)-(e)th—there;
#|}}} tao" up to there.
# kua.” 64

r.
-to suspend; hang up.

to
ph. 49

(
remote; distant.
-

ph. 370
###2k kua(*) ch'i' lai”- hang up.

to
3%; to(*) yüan"—how far?

ch'i"(e)rh—a party; a group. shuo(*) ch'i' mention;

to
#35E ###B

(in
Jä. shen' (r. 158) — the body. ###2k shuo(*) ch'i' lai’ſ speak general).

to
*Y ch?º 1232–
-
ch'i' shen(*)-to start on a journey.
#}}} haiang (*) ch'i' lai” recollect.

to
—
###}}<
#35E ch'i' na(*)-(e)-th—where from?
ch'i' lai”

to

to
ko(*) put aside;

–
###33%
(r.

feng' 182)—the wind;

Jäl usage; custom. remove.

ſ:##3K

an
64)-to ch'i' (*) lai”—to
(r.

strike; beat; from; by. tso" shih start

to

ta”
#T
affair.
#TA-5Eß ta” chi(*) (n)-(e)rh ch'i'—begin
-

#####2k shuo' ch'i' hua (*) lai”—to start

ning from to-day.
.1, talking;
*— (in general).
2.

to

speak
8

ta” ch'uan (*) shang”—from boat.

#T}_H. the boat

#ſºk ta(*) ch'i' lai”—to fighting;

to
begin
ch'i" huo (*) unload the cargo.
to
–

#E1't blows.
to

come

Trans lation
He went away the early morning.
1.

in

From where did you come?

9.

was not willing carry

he

on

At first
2.

this
to

10. Beginning from to-day.

matter.
ll. To-morrow they will unload the cargo from
He hasn't got up yet. the boat.
.

4.
to

From here there how far it?

is

had not gone for any length

of

12. time before

I

Yesterday
to

my place
5.

there came there

to

began rain.
it

(£#35E) two parties

of

friends. 13. At noon grows hot.

it
up

quickly!
7. 6.

Get getting late! 14. You take my hat and hang up.
It
is

it
go

The wind has risen, (cer

As

don't out. you spoke about this

–

15. remembered
a
I

When will you start (on your journey)? tain)

8.

matter.

92
16. Such expensive things as these, I can not terms with him? (lit. with him be good

afford.

J7. This kind of clothes of yours I cannot afford

21. Take up a pen and write.
to weare
22. That man carries out affairs very quickly.
18. (When) your teacher is speaking with you,
23. The manager of this shop speaks in a very
you must stand up.
friendly way.
19. Put away these things.
20. He despises me; how can I be on good 24. And then they came to blows.

-
9 t3
 Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

LESSON XXIV # -+ Ju 4

Section I Dialogues

# șÊ # *§ įº ș« + *–
# # + #R # #
№ ë # + 44 #
№ 44 # xã 44 #
§
§
£ H+ ## # T Ķ $ ſº
© -- $ × #8 Ķ $ ſº
№ 44 # K §§ № # ® № $ ſą × <- E $ -- §
J *
šā $ #- È T 1 # ºg № $ # × ! Eğ $ №

J§
ī£ T -< #ą Ķ × # && № # × ! Ģ < 1
& &# ſą Ķ ± Ē = 5 № × ## ä ×
J§ §
Ī ſ
§
– *
& # Ķ − # && € ſeſ ± # Ķ Ë $
J
&& 1 # TI × !-- + # +< ſº-
43 + #
#ĻĒ$
E 44 # £ # -< Ģ # Ș8 $ *
J ļ–
44 &# # Ģ ≈ # @ + # ?, # Ģ #Ê$ –
§
$ # # Ģ ± # £ № # Ķ 1 # ĐÊ $ –
T # # Ķ ≠ @ ¶ © Eſg # Ķ # # № $ §
# ! #Ķ≤ § ¡¿ ® # # T $ Ē # #8 ā,
ſ
J § °
# ! # Ļ = $¢ 5 # & ē < ē,
# #3 Ēģ #| §§ £ ºg = № № < ? è -3
–

94
 Vocabulary and notes
Jºž ta'-chia(*) – all; the whole of.
#H#
tang' shih (*)—at that time.

#-F. H.
ji cho'-tzu" shang(*)-t'ou”— upon the
ZE tso" (r. 48) — left.
table.
# pien' (r. 162)—side; border; edge.
# yin” (r. 167)—silver.
Ž% ts)(*)pien'—the left side.
#25d pa’-(e)rh–a handle. f;

vu'

the
30)-right;

(r.

on
right.
£ chin'-(r. 167)-gold.
#–E] ti'i()
§ *(
Auß—the first time.
# tang" (r. ought; suitable;

to
102) as.
-

act
118
-chopsticks.

r
- -

p
tang"-just; fitting; regard as; ph.
to

to
Read 482

)
pawn; pledge.
§-f.
to

k'uai(*)-tzi."—chopsticks.
#H, tang'-chung(*)—in the middle of.
61

r.
# tien' (r. 173) lightning; electricity.
}#
ºw ph. 202 )—ough,
should.
–

(
#
r.

teng" 86
Read ying"—to answer; respond to.

to
lamp;

p
lantern.
)-
a

ph. 733
(

### tien” teng (*) –an electric lamp. ## ying'-tang (*) –ought; should; proper.

X. (r. Päſijäß. ch'ih'pao(*)-cho” tie*(n)(c)

rh
again; further; still more.

–
vu" 29)
–

X”. vu"........vu"—both........ and........ your full!

X.

to

eat
--- - - –
5:3.jīf;# vu" liang’ yu" hao”
1.9 4\
#
4

4
4

On see the grammatical

3

k'an (*)
--

Note. section

both bright and beautiful. the present lesson.

of

Translation
DINNER
Yesterday cvening there was foreign friend (who) asked his home for dinner,
to

went there

at
me
a

eight o'clock. There were some gentlemen who had come before ºne. But one gentleman had not yet come.
We waited for him for long time. was nearly o’clock when
It

(#2S3%) nine he came

a

.
(—##|"j) he said, “I sorry, sorry.” My friend said, “It's not
As

entered,
he

am am
as

soon
I

important”. At that time servant said, “Dinner ready, please come

in

to

came and the

a

is

(lit. We all
).

table” please eat. entered into the dining room (lit. there) and saw that
I
on

spoons gold.
of

of

of

the forks and the table were silver and the handles the knives were made

electric lamp, which was both bright and

an

Then we
of
In

the middle the table there was beautiful. sat

My friend
on

side, and my right side lady.

on

down. was my left there was also Chinese That

a
“I

foreign for the first time, and

do
to

to

lady said me: am eating food not know how use either
I

fork.” My friend hearing this, told bring pair chopsticks

or

of

knife
to

the servant and then

a

said to
(#) the lady, “Here (lit. you) chopsticks. you eat your
In

are give my house must

fill”. “Thank you,” said the lady.

95
 §ection II Grammatical
E. THE AUXILIARY VERB
# cho” (chao")

# is a very important and widely used auxiliary verb. As an auxiliary verb it is sometimes read
cho", sometimes chao”. As a principal verb it is read only chao”.

# as an auxiliary verb has the following meanings:

WHEN READ cho”

Being joined to a verb it makes it a participle in ing; i.e. indicates a state or a continuing action:

A&# tao (*)-cho”—sitting.

&# teng (*)-cho”—waiting.

## chan(*)-cho”—standing.
## tsou (*)-cho’-walking; going.

Very often by means of the combination of

# with verbs, adverbial adjuncts are formed:

##|"Hiſtº; 80°-cho” men (*) shui'ichiao"—to sleep with the doors locked.

###5Eäß; tsou"- cho” tao (*)-(e)rh shuo' hua”—to talk while walking on the road.

# is also widely used as a particle added to adjectives and adverbs for purely euphonic reasons:

Bºžº'ſ. t'ien' hai” hei(*)-cho” na"—it is still dark.

ni” t'ung”-cho” wo(*) ch'i' pa”— come together

ſisſil ##### with me.

After a verb and with the particle

# pa” at the end of the sentence
# forms a special form of

the imperative mood when the action to be done is more or less lasting:

£Rifläſſjöß ni" hsiang (*)-cho’ tie*(n)-(e)th pa”—remember! do not forgetſ

ŽR/jºšič ni” haiao(*) hain'-cho"pa”— take care!

(ZJ-LN) hsiao (*) hain' – to take care.

When coupled with and joined to a verb it indicates the past progressive tense:
2k past or

{ijäß shuo(*)-lai”- cho”—he said; he spoke.

£ººk;
t’a"

wo” hsieh" tau (*) lai”-cho” – I was writing.

WHEN READ chao”

It indicates the completion of the action:

£H#ſ wo” mai(*)-chao” la'-I succeeded in buying; read mai" chao (*)-la” means bought

cheap.

{ij}## ſ t"a" shui"-chao(*) la' – he fell sound asleep.

When coupled with 2ſ, and joined to a verb it expresses the impossibility of carrying the action of

the principal verb into effect:

 ÉTS:# shui” pu' chao(*) – unab e to sleep.

#25; chao" pu" chao(*)—unab e to find.

mai” pu" chao(*)-impossible to buy for want of.

H2S:#
As a principal verb
# means: to sustain; to uffer in a bad, unpleasant sense.

#üß• chao” liang (*) – to catch ~o

cold.

### chao” chi(*) – anxious; to be worried.

* ! # 2 – § – # § # • |- §• –
#
Examples
�u of using cho” (chao") as an auxiliary verb and as an independent verb

ſe jº, #.
ſ- # # № &
# # |F $ §
## £ $ # 5
- §& +#§#
§ ſº º 2 #
«- § Ķ€$
§№
#
!!
ſ
№ §#
!

§&
Fl
## € $ # ¢ # TR Ķ £ $
§ & È ºg
ER &#

## £ $ # £ $&ķ€$
# # #Ë $@ # €§= È § €&•→$
#* ; # $ £ ? §TË ER £ & # +<
$& ? $ € = £ §
â {{!

€##EĒ
% * № $ # £ ## # → < # # = •
* & № $ # ¥ # # ·§ r} ~ # ¡¿
HK

# * -º $ # $ # * #
## ER

# * $ € !! ¢ ±
# K. # #
Ę*&#$£
#Ę $¢

# ** £ # £© ÊÊ +
!= º = ± # ## $$
H # ##
OR #ff

€
€ @ $$
** $$ £– § ®Ń- ÊË +
#Ę
'#$ șÊ 33
Ê # ~ $
*
TĘ
# ÜR ſe
& ?###$
K

# * $ $ # ſą ÌE * Ē & £ # # €
# &# Ë

# $ $ # #* Ģ # # #
·
№

K $ ? ER #5 #| *
# #+ ſe- # ©
@ #8 ſą: #| #| #4 #3
 Vocabulary

## 80 (*)-cho” – to lock; locked; locking.

>{Siiff; pu"hco° k'an (*) ill-looking; improper.

–
Zlº
—º-a
take care; (r. 189)-high;

be
(*)hsin"—to careful. Hy tall; eminent.

to
hsiao kao"

## t’īng (*)-cho”—to listen; listening.

%i
ping”
(3. 104 Y_;illness;- rº far
defect;

•
fault.
ph. 445

)
(*)-(e)
|||

ju. the entrance

rh

to
–
men” k'ou
||

a
%j# ping (*)-cho” ill.

be
to
–
door; porch.
a

'## ch'uan (*)-cho”-wearing; lă tung" r. 15

freeze; icy.

to
have on. ph. 604 )—to

Rijä yū" i(') proof clothing;

lää twmg(*)-cho”

be
water rain frozen.
—

to
–
a

clothes.
|; haien(*) (r. 169)—leisure; unoccupied; idle.
ai”—(r. 61) like; love.
to

to
–

-- unemployed.
3% Bijã len (*) --ha”

-—
unoccupied;

*
*
hsien(*)-cho”
#fff;
:*/H.
*
sung”-hsin(*)-ti'—a messenger.
uno'-win() 15 - -

r.
cold; frigid.
ph. 438T )-cold,

#
(r.
% fire; heat;

(
hºw” 86) fever.
–

#|ſ 9kſ la'-a # liº

(; ;-) 120

r.
chao” la' huo (*) fire broke green.

out; caught fire.

Note.
É3; (') cho”—opening; open; keep open.
to

k'ai
#3ſºil), ŽR Hſ;###ty na" ko" jen’ ni” k'o"
}:

kuo" 140
r.

any kind.
of

ph. 507 )—wi; yūan (*)-cho” t”—avoid that man.

(

Herc t'a' indicates preceding

Ä-f. {ij,
kuo(*)-tzu"—fruit. the

object
|JN na" ko" ien (*)—as

it
l’uai(*) quick!
{k+;
–

º
cho”

happens sometimes when the object

~

61
r.

slowly; leisurely.
)-

ph. 849
(

stands before the verb.

man(*)-cho’ tie”(n)-(e)
rh
-

####5u. Similar example.

slower! slowly!

*(
nin” ti" haien"

-
2: 116
T
•

vacant; great;
ph. )-empº wo" pu” jen(*)
do
sheng" shih" tºa." not
8

–l

wide. know your teacher.

-- k'ung'-cho” (*)-(e) rh- with
*
•

2.
##50. show

empty hands; without any present.

Translation
the night you must lock the
(4} **)
1.

In

clothes,
4.

on

When one has rain no

is
it

front (lit. big) door. matter does rain.

if
it

2. These words very important; you again. teacher,

5.

are will say Please listen,

it
I

must
(¥) listen carefully. is)
or

(and see whether correct

it

Those two are sitting talking: not.

3.

the door
at

98
 What are you standing there for? - 18. This fruit still unripe.

is
For nothing— you like to 19. You go quickly!
(>{{####)
sit, and I like to stand. 20. You (go) little more slowly!

a
go
Who is that man who is sitting: 21. with empty hands, not look

If
does

it
I
It is the messenger; he is waiting for you. well.

10. Hold this thing carefully. 22. Your shoes are still new, not necessary

is
it
11. Yesterday night it rained. buy any more.

to
12. This morning early what were you doing? 23. You hang this thing up little higher.

a
13. I looked a long time for that thing, but 24. That him!

—
could man avoid

not find it. 25. He sick.

is
14. This watch is for less 26. The river still frozen.
(2); than

is
o sold. )
fifty dollars it is impossible to buy 27. living without any work.
it.

He

at
home

is
15. Do not worry beforehand, to-morrow we will 28. At present the weather cold but the leaves

is
talk again. on trees are still green.

16. Yesterday our lane fire broke out. 29. hotter,

in

want the water little and not too

a

a
I
17. At night sleep with open windows. cold.
I

94)
 Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

LESSON XXV #7 –~ + H. #

-ſ
Section I Dialogues

•£º$###&= $§$
№ º ſº $ & Ē # E. # T § $ <
==

ģ º ſe $ Ē # ſe ¶ $* ſą +
Ķ £ ? $ 44 — # # #; ſą ¡ # # @
HK Ř. =ą
HK

ģ și £ $ € Ķ E # K. "1 → !! $ # §
|
ț¢ și $ £ Ķ & # Ē = #
£ ſą € € & # < # * $ ¢
ſ #£#
$$
HK # # # # ± = £
HK
Ī ##

# 58 ¥ # ± Ķ # $ # # # # €
#×$№1Ķ#$### ±
ļ ·
ķ#1*#№•+
ÜR
#±¢1
ģ și £ą = Ķ # § & № R § $
HK

J
Ķ ſą # < Ķ HK # → # $3 !?! € $
Ķ # # #Ę º + &, § $ # $
Ķ # Ē Ę HK 1 + § • € # !! $
##

ĶĒ #ų — Ģ 44 × ſã 1 ? £ #5 #4 șę

1()()
 Vocabulary and notes

Bºš. t'ien(*)-ch'i"—the weather; the air. # kuo' (r. 162)—to pass; to exceed.

pu” ºuan (*) – of no account; not to be re j## hao” kuo(*)-easy to pass.

25%.
garded as.
fen'-all; complete; perfect; very;
J.I heia" (r. 35)—summer.
+5} shih (*)
hsia(*) tºien’-summer time; summer.
J.I.R.
*
extremely.

§
# r. 15 frigid. 3. tung" (r. 15) – winter.
( ph. 438 )-cold,
tung(*) t'ien'—winter time; winter.
fen" leng(*)-extremely cold. 3-5&
+5}#} shih”
man’ kuo(*)-difficult to pass; hard to
£; ch'iung" (r. 116)—poor; to exhaust. bear; hard to tide over.

§N ch’iung(*) jen”- a poor person.

—Jº Hº-5& i" t'ien' pi' i' tien(*)—from

(r. 9)-common;
ſº su” vulgar. day to day; one day compared with another.

{&# su” vi(*)-a common saying; a proverb. É nuan” (r. 72)-warm; mild; genial.

É#I nuan (*)-ho’-warm; mild.

# chi" (r. 39)—season.
Čšík liang (*)-k'uai'-cool and pleasant; refresh

Jºž ssu" chi(*)—the four seasons.

Ing.

# ch'un' (r. 72)—spring.

HASI’ mai” pu" liao(*) - unable to buy.

£k ch'iu" (r. 115) - autumn. #2ſº tui (*) pu" tui”—is it right or not?

Translation
Weather
1. Teacher, I think, now it is still
(#) not regarded as extremely cold. (But) you look at

that man, - why is he cold like that?

Do not talk that way. is it still possible for you wearing so many clothes, to feel cold?
2. How
He is a poor man, his clothes are few. How is it possible not to be cold?. The proverb says, “Cold is
all

felt by each individual (lit. cold is one man cold), (but) heat is felt by everybody (lit. hot are hot)"
Will you please explain (lit. say over once)
it?

do not understand the meaning

of

this.
4. 3.

it
I

get
You think,- among only spring and easy
to

the year autumn are

of

the four seasons

spring weather from day day gets
to
to

through; summer and winter are both hard tide over. Because

warmer,(lit. one day, warmer.) When gradually gets cooler. Summer

one day compared autumn comes
it
to

fill warmly clad, does not

he

to

too hot; and winter too cold. When cold person, eats his and
is
if
is
it

a
is
is

alike hot. Not even

all

poor men are (also)

is.

feel how cold When summer comes both rich men and
it

right,
(ś"-41)
That
(325) cool weather.
is

possible buy
to

with any amount money

of

is
it

don't you think?

no

Quite right. (lit.

5.

mistake).

101
 Section II Grammatical
F. The auxiliary verb
É k'ai'

k'ai' being added to a verb implies the idea of the completion of the action.
#!
#TÉ ta(*) -k'ai" - to open; to break open.
t]]}} ch'ich (') k'ai'-to cut in separate parts.

1Y -
fen (*)
1-'aº;
1 –
- k'ai"—to divide.
- -
ch'ieh'—to
4}.}}| (4)] cut.)
*} na(*) -k'ai"—to take away.

chieh (*)-k'ai'—to untie; to explain.

jśBH fang (*)-k'ai" — to let go. ###|

(j. fang"—to release; to place.) (# chieh”—to unloose; to open)

Coupled with
ſ the auxiliary
É k'ai' indicates that the action can be easily performed.

§§ ſ
la'

enough place)

(i.
(*)-k'ai'
be

e.
written down.
–
hsieh can

tso (*)-k'ai' la'—it possible (all) seated, (i.e. enough room)

to
have
is

A&#
ſ ſ

in.

or
ko(*)-k'ai' la' possible place put

to
to
–
is
it

###|
As principal verb k'ai" means:
BH
a

(of meals); (of train); etc.

or
open; begin; boil (of water);
to

start boat
to

serve
to
to
to

auxiliary and a principal verb

an

as
using
as
#

Examples k'ai"
of

4
#j

#
×#

#.
>{S

#j; BH,
20

iſſ'
11
ſ.
'}< N.

6
#
Ji
Hº,
23

ſº
15

ºr
19
# ºf

##"
2
1

#. #'
ſº;
25

43'
ſ

---
#
s
||

:º
BH

#!
‘;
3.

#
º

ºš

TÉ
r
I

3.
:

:
I

fil
2ſ.

§:
#

BH' }% #! #|
I

i
# ºr JV

+E
1H: 2ſ,
2

H.

jū
tº

3
jº

#
H.

-
i

r1
4
4

14
2

ſºil

#ſ
||

ºf

10
}\

|;

||
r. H'

Hº
;

H
;

},
;

ji
>{\

#|
3.5 13
{{!

i
W.

Jº
$
;

H
ſº
:

ſ.

}%

*
.

A.
º
 Vocabulary and notes.
(*)-k'ai"

to
hsiang put something

—
sad
Båſjø k'a' fan(*)—to set forth or serve the ###|
thoughts;

be
of
out

tā

to
one's cease
meal.
vexed. Take broader view.
(') — a

a
train.
J& Hi huo" ch'e
-sad; distress, down-hearted

in
k'ai ch'uan (*) – to set sail; to start (of a
###"an'-kuo()
B}}}}

te”
tso(*) k'ai'itso" pu”
boat).
A}:{{## 4:2FBH

be
k'ai'— can (all)

or or
seated not”

is
k'ai" shui (*)-boiling water.

it
B}/k
(; -j-)-an (all)
possible

to
have seated not?

#
4.
chang
account; a bill. Note. When compound verb

in
used

is
a
ÉÉ the interrogative form the auxiliary
k’ai' chang(*) – to write a bill; to open
te” inserted between the integral
4}

is
an a CCOunt.

– impossible parts positive

of
half

in

of
pu" k'ai (*) to put the verb the
#25BH ko"
the question, and the negative

of
half

in
down or in.
the question the negative pu' put
ſº to s
(, ...)-- 2ſ,

is
withdraw; to hide.
place:

in
the same

pu' l'ail
£BH to (*)-k'ai's to withdraw; to get out.
#######|AS}} ko(*) te’k'ai'ko'

ſº
~(

or
#
possible place
-

to
r. not?

is
it
118
a box;- a trunk.
Th. 337 T A34}T 4: TST, t&o(*) te” heia" tso" pu%hsiu"

£i-f. hsiang (*) -tzu"—a box; trunk. (all)

or
possible

to
-
have seated
is
it

#TÉ ta(*)-k'ai" - to open; to break open.

not?

na 2 ## EğZR kan(*) te” shang' kan” pu”

E.

#;
(#-F#-)-to
ph. 143
shift; to remoye.
shang'-is possible catch up

or
to
not?
it

##| shift; to remove.

H.M.S Jä, k'an (*) te” chien" k'an'
H.

no (*)-k'ai'—to #45.
chien’-is see up

or
shuo(*) k'ai"—to explain; to have out pu” possible to not?
it

it
###|
with, the answer positive,
is

said:
If

is
it

JNº. jen(*)-chia" – other ko(*) k'ail

BH

people; persons;
#45 te” possible

to
is
it

everybody. place.
{

#|}|ſ ko()-k'ai
la

#
as

li? same above;

(+:#–172 - to leave; to separate; placed

is

ph. 547
te’

tso (*) heia" (all)

be

A}:{{#Tº can
from; distant from.
seated.
li”

tso

pu° k'ai (')—unable with.

A:T
to

part (*) la'

#2RBH heal”
as

same above;
r

are seated
(r. 80) nother.
–

mu”
shang'
HRH
#4} kan(*)te” possible
to is
it
E.

# ch'in' (r. 147) relative; affection; self. catch up.

–

as

same above;
\*)-ch'in' mother. # kan (*) shang" la' caught (the tra
r
—

mu
H.

###
jºiš
etc.
in

chiu (*) ch'ien' “pour boire”; cum see;

to

able
–

it
a

#4}}. k'un(*) te” chien" possible

is

shaw; tip.
a

to Sec,

103
#}. T k'an(*)-chien" la'
()

(ºr
as
above; pu” k'ai" does
Read: k'ai open? (or

it
seen
(or not)?

of
not?) Does start?

it

a
#;

##–) -
(r. 64) break open; pull down; train boat.

or
ch'ai

–
to

to
demolish. Ž hua"
spend
to

;-
;-
flowers
ph. 327

(
tear open.
##! ch'ai(*)-k'ai"—to break

or
pleasure.

§§255; k'ai pu" k'ai(*)-cannot open.

355. hua'-(e)rh-flowers.

Translation
Open the window.

be
14. think will possible write them.

to
it
I
Has the water boiled?
15. Remove the table,
You serve the dinner.
16. Have you settled that affair for them?
The train
to

about start.
is

its
17. child cannot leave mother.

A
At what time will the boat start?
18. Divide this cumshaw between you two.
Bring some boiling water.
down

so
be
19. Take broader view and do not

a
he

What kind shop did open?

of

hearted.
Please, manager, write me bill. (not open
Do you think that table will seat ten people?
a

20.
So an

account).
21. Probably
(#) will seat (them). (or

it
many things,
(#)
9.

am afraid Cannot
I

be
they can seated.)
put
be

this room.
in

Who tore open this

of
22. letter mine?
put them( in).
be

will
to

10. possible
It

23. This door will (or does) not open.

11. the way!
of

Get out
24. Will this boat sail to-morrow?
12. You open the box.
25. Now that has become warm; the fiowers
it

paper too small,

be

This will
of

13. sheet
is

it

impossible will soon open.

so

write many characters.

to

104
 ºff
## 3C #J

Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

LESSON XXVI #

7;
T.
+
#
| ±-- £și
Section Dialogues

–*
#ų #
#
##
rl
șš &# Ķ # TË
# Ķ HK F
44
HK
$ ș
™A

$ # # # Ķ Ģ ºg H- Ģ
€ # #- = # Ķ Ģ Æ & Ķ $ E ºg

£ # ºg < # Ķ Ķ -- § Ķ §
– §
$8
€ # ? # ķ Ķ № Ķ šķ

? № – Ķ №
## 58
£ śg # Ķ --
ļł
śg
ſą F Ķ №. Ģ # –
m
€ Ģ # £ ķ
Ļ
Ģ *€ ºś. # #$ # Ģ @ ſą
Ķ ± = № # $ # Ł Ģ și §
# − <
# $ #
# $ #
$ № $ #
€ šā *
£ tº &
-ſ < Ģ ¶ HI
& Ķ
& Ķ ¿ E
HA ¡
1 +#
# #
?
J ſą
< #8 + *
* <- 1 =
#5 № ≡ №
§1
ää
+
£ £ ?
?
$¢

# și ?

105
 Vocabulary and notes
#; chih" (r. 85)—to heal; to cure; to govern.
*ś# kan(*)-ching" clean; tidy.

—
chih" ping(*)—to cure a disease. (r.
##3 É) tung" 19)—to move; excite. An

to
chiao" (r. 130)—the foot. auxiliary verb.
#||

#3–5 - #2ſ.{j pu" tung (*) walk,

to
i'

-
na(*) t'ien' that day; the other tsou" unable

or
day; some days ago. from age illness.

Jºk tai(*)—fu'— ###j shen(*)-ma'-ti" this expression cor

–
a doctor.

Jº responds very much to: and on; etc.

so
Note. Notice that in this expression is

read tai". (r. 78) die.

to
—
asu"
3E
medicine; medicament.
(r.

yao" 140)
–

#j
asu(*)-ti"

–
dead.
#j)
§
Also written 35E
(

(r. 85) alive;

to
live.

–
huo"
(r. 104)—pain; sore; affection.
e
§§j
t’eng”
33.
(*)-ti" alive.

–
huo
k'u' (r. 30)—to weep; cry loudly.
%

to

#}

jo
(*)-shih"—if.
Tiſłł Po(), in-bui; however.

J&#T ta(*)hao" la'— completely cured.

É

p'o" (112)—to break;

to

tear; ruin.
to

kan“ping(*)-to illness;
##3

of
attend case

a
#5); tiſ”)-fang'
-

place; territory;
a

visit sick man (of doctor).

to

a
a
country.
-

*—% teng (*) teng” wait little.

–
(r.
§:

wash;

iº
hai" 85) cleanse.

a
to

to
–

É kan' (r. 5)—dry; clean. (One can also say:

$$5. teng"—

# ching" (r. 15)—clean; pure.

teng"-(e)th)

Translation
Healing disease
Teacher, for long time we have not met (lit. seen). few days, my

on
as

These there malady

is
go a

yet
foot, could not school, and till now
(£|##E) not well. The other day when
to

is
it

I
I

my foot,
he

doctor put on medicine, nearly

to

so

asked treat
E.) too much and hurt that
it
a

cried (lit. wished cry). The two days pain little better. But the foot still
to

last the was

is

(jī PI)
a

(#) Yesterday
so

goodly amount medicine, cannot go out. washed

of

covered with
a

(# ſ—#)
it,

the open place clean and not very serious, (and) before long will
be

examined
—

is
it

little inability easily. For getting things, etc. all

well. But still
(41)
to

still
(#3)
it

there move
is
a

requires my wife. The proverb says, “A single man dead, two men are alive". These words
is

Now will
go

are quite true. Next week am completely cured, will school. the doctor come soon
to
if
I

he

will talk
as

for me. wait little. As soon gone more.

to

treat the disease Please we some

is
a

106
 Section II Grammatical
6. The auxiliary verb H; ch'u'

H; ch'u' is very often used as an auxiliary verb, and as such is nearly always combined with the verbs

lai” and ch'ii" which give to those combinations their fundamental meanings: lai”—to come
2k #: 2K
to the speaking person; and ch'i."—to go from the speaking person.
#:
As an auxiliary verb ch'u' has the following shading:

1. Being joined to a verb expressing motion it corresponds to the use of the word “out” after verbs.
na(*)ch'u'—lai”—to bring out.
*#H# 3K
na(*) ch’u’-ch'i."— to carry out; to take away.
£H##:
la(') ch'u'-lai”—to drag out; to pull out. (towards
#f H3K
-
me)
la"—to pull;
(#f to drag)
la(*)ch'u'-ch'ii-to pull away; to lead out.
#####:
2. Sometimes it expresses the completion of the action or a command.

hsieh (*) ch’u’—lai”—to have written.

#H#2K
suan (*) ch'u'—lai”— to have reckoned.
££H3K
hsiang (°) ch'u'-lai”—to devise. (as a plan)
####2k
As a principal verb H; ch'u' means; to go out; to issue; to produce; to spring from; to spend.

Examples of of using H% ch'u' as an auxiliary and as a principal verb

#:

#:

#
×

# +
Hiſ

Hi
3.
10

Hi
#
# "I

º,
[H],

fr’
27,

11
#

5
3k.
ſ

-
,

-
H; }:
15
T

18 •

I
£R
*
#.

?
:

{tly
:

Pl'
| i

-:
#
H;

*
-
| fil

2K. £
|łl

{
*
|{

i
:
i

|ſ.
ſ

2.
:
H%

3
l

:
H;

:
:

#j
4

J# ſiſ,
H}

2k.
}}

107
 Vocabulary
yieh (*)-liang"—the moon.
J3 3: §:#: fa(*)tzu"- a plan; a method; a way out

of a difficulty.
H; FH (*)
-
ch'u' men — to go out.

#f
ya” (r. 144) a bureau; a public office.
ch'u'-men (*)-tzu"—to get married (of
Hiſ"]+. ya(*)-men"- a public office; a
a girl). #ff" “vamen”

H} 5}.
ch'u' wai(*)-to go abroad; to leave one's
7R shih" (r. 113)- a proclamation; to declare.

native place.
public proclamation.
(r. 3)-a lord; a master, a chief; to
#7R kno(*)-shih"—a
HE chu"
i" shen(*)—the whole body.
rule. —-Jä.
han" r. 85
HEjé chu(*)-i°-decision; plan; idea. #F
( ph,
-sweat; perspiration.
32
HłEE; ch'u' chu(*)-i"—to put forth an idea

or plan; to make a suggestion; to

HłżF ch'u' han(*)—to perspire.
resolve. ###3; hsi(*) ch'u'-lai”—to have washed.

H}} ch'u (*) shen'- to spring from;

an official career.
to begin
# tsang" (r. 188)—dirty.
tao" r. 9
jã ch'an" (s. 100)—to produce; to bear; a {{
Th. 220T
to pour.

property. Also read tao"— to upset.

H} jã ch'u (*)-ch'an”— natural products. {{j}##: tao (*)ch'u'-ch'ii"—to pour out.

####3K shuo(') ch'u'-lai”—to

plain; to tell.
describe; to ex § {SH3K reckon up.
suan'pu' ch'u'-lai(*) — unable to

H} # ch'u'ch'ien (*) – to spend money.

#6
t’iao (r. 64) – to carry on the shoulder; to

H2SH3K mai"pu" ch'u'-lai (*) – impossible select.

to buy. t’iao(*) ch'u'-lai”—to have selected;

£2^{{{#:
na"pu'ch'u'-ch'i (*) – impossible #&#2k
to choose.
to take out.

#2FSH3K haiang" pu'ch'u'-lai(*) — unable

# jeng" (r. 64)to throw.

#:
Jeng'ch'u'-ch'i." – to throw away.
to devise or to think out (a plan, a
#} H}
ch'u'-lai”- to
method). Q: H3K chiao(*) call out.

Translation
1. The moon came out; (or has come out.) 11. I cannot think out any plan.
2. He went out. - 12. The Yamen issued an official proclamation.
3. His daughter has married. 13. My whole body perspires.
4. Next year I will go abroad. 14. When you have washed the clothes you
5. Whose idea is this? or, who put forth this plan? should pour out the dirty water.
6. How did he begin his official career? 15. This little account is very easy to reckon,
7. What products does this country have? how is it that you cannot figure it out?
8. I told him about this affair. 16. (You) should pick out the good ones and
9. Without spending money one cannot buy throw the bad ones away.
anything. - 17. How many issues are there of this paper per
10. This table is too large, I cannot carry it out annum?
alone. 18. Call him outside.

108
 # 3 iſ

ºff
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

LESSON XXVII

+
-t:
#
Ég

-
Section Dialogues

º# 2§# # #§ #–
# I

& ¿# k@ +=¿ #. • * ?
mº
M-9

mſg

|
º $ # rģ § * ? -- !! ±+ † ſą
{E

$$ ţ¶ & ¡
{< ## ŽE

į
£ TR № ! #
€ $ $ Ț ¿ = ± ? śg & # × # įE
£ $ $ șÊ # & + # # # # #
1 $ € # # {} £ # # 1 # #
§ € £ # * {R €E # # # # & »
§£ # -
ER #+ # # @ & Īſſ
§ ¥ # 1 # № ? ºg # # # & ä
-
&# #&

4 $# &# #€ # #* &Ë
€ # § # Ē. £ $ # is ±
$ £ = ¶ # Ķ și $ @ ±8 + # •
H+ &# -
$ € {R ¡ #| Ķ # ¢ § #} £ # §
$ ºg + ¿ ķ £ ¶ € #4 €

109
 ti'
your watch
{R}#}#} n” {kſä k'wai‘hsin(*)—an
piao” man(*) express letter.

-
slow. Tº (r. order; war

–
p'iao" 113) money
is

a
a
ZIRS
Fjäffä liang" feng" hain(*)

–
two letters. rant; ticket.

a
º
fäjäj #3;
ji.
hain" feng (*)-(e)th—an envelope. yu (*) p’iao"—a postage stamp.

–
2RS
E. hsinnº chºh ſ*\)—letter paper. hui (*)-lan”—to return; come back.
fášić

to
|H|2|K
fu” (r. 88)—father.
# (r. 32) report; repay; requite;

to

to
pao"

to
-
3&
newspaper.
fu(*)-ch'in'—father.
3&#

a
3&####! fu(*)-ch'in' mu (*)-ch'in'— father ## tien’-pao(*)—a telegram.

tien’-pao" chi(*) telegraph office.

and mother; parents.

–a
fE}}}#}
ta” tient pao(*) telegram.
fº-w6)) #TE

to
–
can also say; send

a
(one 3&R}
yu" (r. post office; station.
füß tien’-hua (*)-telephone.
-

163)
#!.
wu" (r. 19) business; duty; must.
#ſfääſ; ta” tien’-hwa (*) telephone.

to
—

–
}}

£º #
Jāj chii” (r. 44)—an office; store. hao" (r. 141) sign; signal; number.
a

a
–a

a
vu"-cheng" chii (*)—a post office.
to(*)-shao" hao”— what number?
3.29%
(one can also say;
##}} wu”-wu.”
fÉÉ, ŽK+ tien’-hua” pen(*)-tzu"—the tele

chi(-)-off).] £ºin' chi(*)

-kº) phone book.

Translation
Writing letter
a

Ch'ien’-erh, what
1.

the time?
is

2. Three o'clock.
slow, isn't
it?
7. 6. 5. 4. 3.

Your watch
is is

Not slow, not much off.

it

What are you holding?

These are two letters (which) came from Nanking.
Put them on the table. Wait bit. Bring me from the study some letter paper and
a

it,

writing

to
envelopes. want write letter my parents. When finish take
to
to

it
a

I
I

the post office.

8. Yes.
,9. An express letter takes (lit. uses) how many cents postage stamps?
10. Sixteen cents.
After having mailed the letter return quickly.
(#) telegraph
to

also want go
to

11. the
I

office.
Are you going there telegram?
to

12. send
a

No; am going there When you

do

13. find friend; little business. eat dinner not

to

there
is
a
a
I

Mr. Hu comes find me, just telephone me.

to

wait for me.

If

14. What their telephone number?

in is

the telephone book, and you will find

it.

15. Look

11
()
 section II Grammatical
H. Tha auxiliary verb
# kuo"

principal
#
Used as an kuo' indicates that the action of the verb has been already
auxiliary
performed in the past:

### wo" ch'i (*)-kuo'-l have been; I have gone.

ni” shuo(*)-kuo'-you
{Räß have said.

{ij}#}}.}}| t'a" k'an (*)-chien’-kuo" – he has seen.

£&ſº; wo” mei" ch'ih (*)-kuo'—l have not eaten. i.e. I never ate.

t'ing (*)-chien’-kuo"— we
#|*||### wo” men” have heard.

As an independent word
# kuo" means: to pass; to exceed; to transgress; a fault.

auxiliary verb and as an indendepent word

Examples of using
# kuo" as an

13 1 1 |º]

iš # jºi' # ſº

i
4 4.
#

i
4.

:| |
|
? f
4.
4 1 0

4
1 2

; : i
:
* ſº
f
: juſ:

ſº

111
 Vocabulary
ta" che (*)-(e)th-from here; here.

jū.
kai" (r. 66)to change; to alter. #Tää
Bíº
## ch'i'-

go
by;

to
die.
Bººk
kuo(*) pass;

to

to
kai(*)kuo" lai”—to correct; to alter.

##:
liang" (r. 166) measure; the capacity.

–
no(*)kuo" :h'ii"—to move over.

lºſs; Read liang"—to take measure; calcu

to
ho" pu" kuo(*) – unable to surpass in
late.
drinking. liang(*)—to capa

go
beyond
##t kuo" the

#7S; shuo" pu" kuo(*) —unable to surpass

city; exceed.

to
in talking; can't out-talk.
# huang" (r. 201)-yellow.
ssu(*) hu”-t’ung"—a blind alley.
3E5;}{i}
#āſ huang” ho(*) Yellow River.

–
the

#253; kuo' pu" ch'i (*)-impossible to pass.

#ñº sung"li (*) presents.

to
–
make

jīſ r. 85
)–:

|{ chen' (r. 109)

ho” true; real; indeed.

—
river.
( ph. 699
2Rijiš puº-kuo"-i(*) “cannot get over the

—
#āj kuo" hoſ”) — to cross a river.
un

an
of
idea"—a phrase expressive

ſt chang 4.
(#Hi-) - mind resulting from

of
to depend on; to comfortable state
injury inflicted on other

or
from benefits
fight.

by
received oneself.

{{#
chang(*)-cho”—to depend upon; to rely.
jº* yü” (r. 70)-in; through; to; at.

# H+. kuo" jih (*)-tzu" – to make a living; yii”—excessively; too.

#ffs* kuo"

§§
to live.
Xī ta(*) iº- a general idea; careless; ordinary;
j

kuo(*)-ch'u"—a fault; an error. heedless.

XII, 2ſ; pu” kuo (*) only; merely.

–
(Vid. lesson grammatical section)

Translation
i.e. Did sit

on
you

to
Have you been there (lit.
or

Cross the river

in

12. boat. boat

1.

not?
a
go

ever there? river)

cross
never saw your teacher. What are you living (lit. you relying
2.

13. upon
I I

3. never said these words. upon what pass the days)?

Please, teacher, wrong 14. After two days we will talk again.
4.

correct this

character. 15. This man has not the slightest fault.

5.

Move over this box. 16. He passed here.

6. never ate this fruit before. 17. My father long ago died (i.e. passed away).
I

(In) and drinking not

8. 7.

never heard about this affair. 18. both eating one must
I

wine; nobody exceed one's limit.

That drink
to

man able
is

can surpass drinking. 19. Did you ever cross the Yellow River?
in

him
really
so

(i.e. can't 20. He sent many presents, that

to
9.

That man can not out-talk him me

I
–I

argue him down). feel uncomfortable.

10. One more day has passed. 21. He too careless.
is

11. This blind alley, folks cannot go through. 22. Not over five men.
is
a

112
 # 3 iſ ºf
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

LESSON XXVIII # C JV #

-H.
*#-
Section Dialogues

*
TR
im
№
îR # -* #
$ -4 "R ± Ķ # # &
I ș8 HK

ſ-
& # $ # & -4 #ę Ķ # # HK
$ $ # * # ſą ĶĒ # 1
¢– # *# £ # #≤#
==

o£~ # #< # # Ē≥# *

*€# # ## # # Ģ≡#
|
* £ # @ # # ## * ≈ @
* € ſā № # # # * − :=
** † nº šį # * # # * * *
|
# Ķ # E # * #1 #
* * Ķ <- # × # Iſ-ºg # #
#3 ##

K & Ķ # ¶ # * №. #
ºg |
i * ķ § •
#3
¡
£ € § ¿S ! # ER TR ##
# № # ! #

113
 Vocabulary and notes
morning train. É. morning;

in
tsao(*)-ch'en' early the
Hi Jić

g;
tsao(*) ch'e'—the

-
H.
morning.
tung' the province Shan
III

of
shan(*)
R'

–
-
## kan'-chin(*)-quickly;

at
tung. once.

Hiß ch'e' p'iao(*) railway ticket.

–
%

suppose; estimate;

to

to
ta(?)-suan'—to >RS

–
reckon. p'iao(*) buy railway
#THi};

to
ta" ch'ei

a
Ajº,
j/-º ch”;4 85
r.

-
!"W
ph. ºs) Steam. ticket.
(

shang' ch'eſ”)
_Elā into the car

to
enter

—
au

-
ch'i'-ch'e(*) motor car; an
-

jºi1}i
a

riage; board the train.

to
tomobile.
bicycle.

tº
Hºflái hinºchº)—a
in
Hi

Akiº
|j
tso" ch'i'-ch'e(*)—-to travel motor

a
ch'?” astride;
(†—#)-to
Cat. sit

to
ph. 452
109)-straight; direct.
(r.

chihº
[H

ride.
chih (?) ti"-straight
—

away; directly.
fift'ſ
it

(r.

an
-
unite; association;

£r

to

to
hui" 72)
able.
#
be
50)—a girdle; ribbon; lead;
(r.

to

to

tai"
a

bring; carry. short space

of
to

Read hui” time.

–
a
time;
Hi}; railway station. short space

of
ch'e' chan(*)—a hu(i)(*)-(e)rh—a
— it
5E
ºr

ta(*)-t'ing' inquire. moment.

#TÉ
to

a
–

Translation
Taking Trip
a by
am

for

The day after to-morrow leaving the morning train Shantung. Form”'''
1.

(— #)
that the way
by

go
to

so

motor car, and

to

intended travel direct there. Later occurred me

it

too long, and also was taking many things with me and therefore (5; PI) decided (lit. wished)
is

I
I
by

go

or
rail. will make inquiries whether there morning train
to

to

travel To-morrow the station

to

is
a
I

train, will (lit. buy once, for train early;

at

to

not. there wish) ticket good board the

If

is

is
it
a

a
I

there are many people, there may

(#) be no room.
if

you will
(ść).
Sº

leave the dav after to- to the station

If
2.

ea
ff
ay
y

/
2

see you
t
II

will
to

to

after to-morrow come the station

o

Your You each other to-day,

3.

too far from the station. need not come. We have seen
is

home

and that will do.

That my home little far from bicycle; very

4.

station doesn't matter. have ride

is

the
a

a
I

fast, nearly will reach there very short time.

in
as

as

fast motor-car.
a

a
I

Thank you very much.

5.

will see you the day after

to

morrow.
6.

114
 Section II Grammatical

The auxillary verb tao"

1.
£]

£|| tao" used as an auxiliary verb imparts to the principal verb the idea of the completion of the

action:

º_E.2,4}{##|| wan'-thano'pitei' an' tao()- we must arrive in the evening.

fill[Hjällä ſii### *

this
ask
wenſ') tao'ehe'ko'shi' meiºn'—did he about
affair?

ſiłłłºś|| diſ
#

che'ko'shih' ch'ing’ chen() man” pan" tao'—it really

is
ficult carry out this matter.

to

to;
£||

independent word arrive at; at; till.

an

As tao" means: reach; attain to;

to

to

to
auxiliary
an

an
Examples using
as

as
independent word
of

£||

tao" warb and

£|| #;

ſt.
#:

53
§
#

@
3

}}
{#

Zä,
{#

4}
14

4
JV. fü'
# E.

2S
£|
ºr
13
; :

#
B).

Hº

9
i

};

#"
{{

i
f

4
||}
iś ||
i"

2E. {{#

5. £]
i
i

# #
2
.

£||
4
|£,

{{

}]]' 2TS
i
3
tº

#!

[H]’
:
: .:

ſº
#1
#

Jj
:

#’ #. łk
£]

£||
jº'
::
i

£|| #: #' £||

15
1
 Veeabulary

†: (£ 4-
mang’ſ -

(r.
r. 49)—finished;

E.
61 - hurried. ended; past.

i"
)—buy

#: *( Y_ past.

-
120

r.
Classical books.
ph.
iſ: p'ai" send;
(r.

427

to
S5)—to appoint.

panº-pu"-tao(*)—unable manage.
Eğ

to
#753.) i(*).ching”—already.

pu" – push
#

(r.
to
#2S3] kan" unable 68) measure;

to
tao(*) liao" calculate.

to
—
-

through; impossible to arrive.

## liao" tao(*)—to consider; anticipate.

to
antici
of
#H#| liano'-ace-to think

to
# up;

(r.
64)—to pick up;

to

to
pate. t’ī” raise

*)
neit?)-hsiang'tao'- unexpectedly.
:ll

S/
####| mention.

# chieh" 64_ take; t’ī(*) tao"—to speak of;

T.

to

to

##| mention.
p(-,

receive.

to
–
\

h. 85
()
##| receive.
Jº
to

chieh tao"—
(r.

—
66) receive; take;

to

to

to
shou

(*) everywhere.
£Jºž
–

tao'—ch'u
accept.

# pan"
(#)-" shift; move.
to

tao(*)—to receive.
Jºãº) show"

Translation
arrived yesterday. 10. Never thought this (affair) would happen.
I

We were busy the whole day

(–5) till 11.
12.
when did you receive
Everywhere there
my letter?

are bad people.

evening
(£|Bº).
You tell him
13. Let them
(A+fillſ")
move to
(##|)
to
4. 3.

come over here.

will accompany you another place

to
to

send man live.

to
a
I

(##| (your) home. (You)

so
14. have already accompanied me far
)

£|#5E),
we
till

go
wait
5.

to-morrow (when) will talk (lit. please back.

to

here

again.
One long still
as

as

15. learns one lives and

will give you word.
6.

when the time oomes

I

leaves much unlearned (lit. live till old age,

(fāšā and yet there will

be

word) learn.till old age, three

This alone can not manage.
8. 7.

matter parts (in ten) unlearned).

(EAE).)
I

getting late (lit. The day early;)

not
is
It

is

(I)
be

16. did not anticipate that today would

it
to

(we) through
(I

am) afraid cannot push

as

so cold this.
day.
he

17. Did mention that matter you?

to
go

can push through not, you

9.

whether we
or

18. Have you received my telegram?

on

quickly, that's all. (lit. and that will do)

116
 Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

XXIX I.

ju,
LESSON #

#
-H

Section Dialogues

I
§
łŁ |- # # *K ## $ + M- #
# [ę
# Ę $ # #ā → # #ą $ 1 HK
–
#ų
$$R##Ę€≡Ķ §
Ģ E
Ģ &Ń
#Ë
Iſae je- –
# ÜR Ģ £ #Ų Ķ
și Ķ ſº # # Ģ ¥ $ E = įº
§ ± ķ ſą: $ # Ķ ¢
--
$ ¶= –# $
#ff

$ ¡ # HK * –
- $ # #:
#
#
Ķ € @
Ķ £ §
IR
Ģ
$ ¿ 1 și # ģ ſą Ķ §
Isae

# Ģ
$ № § # № Ķ ſą: Ķ ſº §
mae

# Ķ
-
$ № € ! 1 #ų ? № Ķ ſº Ķ
IR 1 4 # ≡ K. Ë
ļ
#&

Ķ ſ-º ķ
# # § № ≈ § Ē
№
Ķ și H
M
Ļ
# § #9 ≠ §$ ĢĶ +
#
Ķ ſº K Ș8
Ķ ſe- Ķ
#
# º #ff H, ≤
# K $ Ķ și
-4 £ $ ſe $ #
†Ķ$
–Ķ șă
ſe-
##
#ų

#4

117
 Vocabulary and notes

#if: Tºk

#i

to
k'an" pu(*)—to call on a friend. tiao(*) haia fall down.

–
(; ;)
foºt

Rij
yiin” yº” chu(*) la'—it stopped raining.

{{:
T
3: clouds; vapor; fog.

# * (; , -
### ## shuo(*)-cho” shuo'-cho”-during the
tº'ai" . 59
bright colours;
) conversation; meanwhile.
elegant; brilliant;

72
|HF ch'ing”

r.
sky

\ (
F')
ph.T82 )—a cloudless

-
3. 5%
yān (*)-ts'ai"-clouds.

K; yin' (r. 170) – shade; obscure; the female

clear.

la'
t'ien' ch'ing(*)

—
the weather has

T
}{H};
principle.
cleared up.
}<}; t'ien' yin (')—a dull day,.
£4:#;E la'-I must go.

T
wo” tei" tsou(*)
hsieh" (r. 173)—-snow; to whiten.
#:

go
—5. jdžE

to
k'ua(i)(*)-(e)th tsou"—to

iſ

-
Tº: *E* hsia"
1" (*)—to
heueh (*) w
snow.

*(
gether.
J}L r. 61
*L*
iſ:
suspicion. ºn?
º5
-
ph 8 )—ſear: dirt.

º
)—mud:

(
k'ung”-p'a(*)—I fear; probably.
(;

;
#k:H †:
2
mam

9
hurried.
)-busy,
(r. 182)—to blow.
§§ kua"
*...*
>
*

ºšič Å3;&T knal ch'iº feng

(*)

laiºla" has
-
it

begun blow. cart;

to

of
classifier carts.
a

(r. 32)—-earth; soil; Yº: 85 -

2

t"u" dust. yang

-H.
r.

++ )—the ocean; foreign.

ph.
Hºſjä
(

151
the point
on

ven” k'an (*)-cho”—about to;

# yang” ch"e"—a
Hi

ricksha.
of; moment; evidently.
in
a

tung" vang" ch'e(')

or
Rijº, 5E (*)rh-rain R}}}#

—
yuº tieſ.n) drops.
(Also:

JJJ jen” liº

*())
Hi

tiao" (r. 64)—to shake; fall down.

to

#i
Translation
Calling
on

friend
a

had not left yet when an old schoolfellow

on
go

Yesterday
to

to

intended out call friend.

I
a
I

After
(#): Seeing the weather dull
to

see me. while cloud arose become

came and that
(All)
a

he said:

(#): “At present”,

go

said, “the very warm.

“It
It

going snow; l'd better weather

is
to
is

will probably (#) rain. Wait little, and then

(#) go”.
a

118
 After a while the wind blew, and it was very dusty. Again he wanted to go. I said:

“Wind is the forerunner of rain. In a moment rain drops will fall. Wouldn't it be better to wait

till the rain stops and then go?”

While we were talking it began to rain; later the weather cleared up a little, and the rain
stopped.

“The rain has stopped; he said, “and the sky has cleared up; I must go”.
“Let us go together", I said.
: We went out and looked,—the streets were good to walk on and there was no mud.

As he was in a hurry, he called a ricksha, got into it and rode away. I also went to my
friends.
*
Section II Grannmatical
The auxiliary verb chru4
{{:

chu" as an auxiliary denotes the completion of the action of the principal verb. It must be
{{:
noted that in such cases the emphasis is always on the principal verb.

#if: chan(*)-chu"—to stop; to stand.

{#
ting(*)-chu"—to stop (of steamers, watches,

etc).

seize; to take. t’ing”—to

*{{: na(?)-chu"—to
({# stop)

But joined to another verb, is not always an auxiliary.

{{:
chu", when Sometimes chu"
{E
firmly; solidly; definitively.
an

being joined verb, adjunct and means:

In
is is to

adverbial such cases

is
a

the emphasis always on

f: chw":
on

phasis always

|jſł: ch'i' chu(*) la'—to keep fast

T

the saddle.
in

la”—to hold firmly.

#{ET ma” chu(*)

shuo" chu()la'—to say definitely

####T
an auxiliary and when

an
{{:

distinguish according
to

to

easy the sense when

It

is

is
chu"
is

it
adverbial adjunct:
t'a' men'pa” (sei' na(*)-chu" la'—they scized the robber. taei"—a
fillſ"]}}}####T (#):
robber;
a

thieſ)

#Egºriºſtriţ
||| # * ni” prº" che" ko" tung!-hsi' na” chu(*) la' pa" hold this thing
-

#">E
1rm.y.

£filfijäftſf:T woº ho" ta' shuo" chu(*) la' have arranged (lit. said) with him definitely.
-
I

When coupled with {{} te” or 2|S pu" and joined verb, the possibility
or

chw" denotes
to
a

{{:
(in

impossibility the principal verb

of

or
of

of

the action the sense the intensiveness continuance

of

the action).

As an independent word, chw" means: cease; stop; dwell; firmly.

to

to

to

{{:

119
 Examples of using
{{: chu' as an auxiliary verb and as an independent word

ji" K' 14 § 25 ºf Jº Kº Ug fi:' ſº tº

3
f § 27S WR
3
-
‘ſk

f
2ſ,
4 4 4.

*:
3.
4

i i ::
4
?

4.

º (7

:
4 4. 4.
ÜN

2
4 4. 2 4
H

i:: *i
:
- -
?

s
q
20 2
{{:
Vocabulary
{#
t’ing?
+-º- |j{# ch'iº chu(*)—to sit fast

in
the saddle.
( ph. }—to
stop; to delay.
te”

be
correspond

to
twiſ") chu"—to
{#fff; t’ing(*)-chu"—to to stop. #####
jî
;
cease;

Jang" polite.
r. 66

lease.
( H.-:F)—to put down; to re
Jºkál ta" ta(') ti'—very large; greatly.

jī, Y
#

lung”
r.

118
cage; basket.
pn.T315 )—a
a

fang" hain()—to make one's mind easy.

(

#Eff; chi'chu(*) - to hold in memory. ###

teng(')-lung”—a lantern.
te”

tien(*) chu"—to keep lighted.

shih" pu' chu(‘)— cannot for ######:
ſå2ſ.{{: be used

5: 29)—to receive; endure,

(r.

to

show"
a long time.
chu(*)-unable
to

p'i' 5:25 {{: shou" pu" endure.

(r.

pair;
of

22)—one
UE
of

classifier
a

horses. # p'i" (r.130)-spleen: stomach.

40)-solid; p'i(*)-ch'i'—disposition; temper.

ff

true; real.
(r.

shihº
|}}
{

#ff Słł chiao" pu' chu"(*)

–

to

keep
lao(*)-shih”—gentle; simple; good
2:2 unable

tempered. (as friends).

12()
# * r. 66
-
*

ſ:3&#

be
tso" fu(*)-ch'in"—to the father.
whole ; complete ;
ph. 127 )
entire; to repair.
ºff: con

to
kuan” pu% chu(*) unable

-
#3: cheng" t'ien ()—the whole day long.
trol.

2/SHEſºff'ſ put chu” tsui (*)-(e)th ti'—with

pen(*)-shih"—ability.
out closing the mouth; without stopping, ŽKHî
talking, eating.
# tiº
(...— enemy;
y; to p

o
.
†:
j}:
k'ao"
(...
ph.T/17
175 )—t
lean
gainst:
against; to
ph. 590 )—an

t
o
l

an
pose; equal.
depend.
pu' chu(*)—unable withstand;

ti”

to

to
be
k'ao" pu% chu(*) cannot relied
#2ſ.{{:
–

#2ſ.{{:
on. be no match.

Trans lation.
11. With such strong wind how can you keep

a
Where are you living?
1.

the lantern lighted?

Has the rain stopped?
2.

In

so
the day-time not bad (lit: not such

is
12.

it
The rain will probably stop soon.
4 3.

way); night

at
but cannot endure
a

I
Stop have something tell
(###):
to

it.
I

you. retain

so
His temper

he
bad that cannot
is
13.
My watch has stopped. single friend.
5.

a
14.

Don't worry (lit. make your mind easy), Hold this thing firmly.
6.

remember all.
it

15. Speaking whole day without stopping.

a

This pen truly not lasting one.

7.

is

16. That man indeed not reliable.

a

is

This horse not very good tempered, sit

does not listen to me.
is

cannot stop him;

he

17.
I

fast in the saddle.

18. You are the father and vet cannot you control
this way will your child!
be

To settle the matter fair

9.

in

-
to him. 19. Such small matter cannot embarrass
a

him.
certainly me very
he

1(). consider that treated

I

My abilities are -match for him.

no

badly. 20.

121
 # 3 #1 ºf
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

LESSON XXX #; E -H #

Section I Dialogues

ſº # # ģ $ # $
º
{{}

{Ç № Ē Ķ
= Ģ Ķ
$ – $$
Ë № $ $3
Ē # # Ķ # $ $ €
$ĶĒ $ $
<<

Ě # £ §
# Ķ Ģ $ E –1 §
*& ĘĘEE
Ķ
Ķ
Ģ
Ķ
#
$
*& 1+
*& Ęę Ķ Eå € *& £F#
Ķ $ £
+ Ę
£Ę
** ſą: $
€
#
#
—,
&
+ Ģ
*@ №№ * *
Ģ
* #-
gſ. < #
#
\R
ſ-
#1

# ſº # ſº
#
$
Ķá
ſº #
sé # jiſ
€ # # Eſg # +
º
% 4 # # # #| £
^ §
# #. #| = =
1 & #| 1 + & -
?
\
122
 Vocabulary and notes
40 # #f #
chieh" - shao" hºin' shu"

*
introducing new studies

r.
)—ºy.
r.

170

4.(

;
special;
ºft

#
---
}-To exclude subtract. ph.
31

ph.
(

only.

|º mnai" —
'a,” 1jan?
*

-
------ J215). ch'º \_
T

i'
liao’......i'
--

wai Eminent; eldest;

--
#

39
r.
men.9° -

4;

9
ph. 605 Mencius,

(
excepting; not including;
in
addition to.
ming” sheng' fame; reputation.

-
J215). i°-wai’-
except; beyond.
to

(i. 30
Ancient; antiquity; from

Hi
ku"
ph. old.

of
/)
702
#

daily; usual;
-

jih"-ch'ang" every day;

H

º; Cominon.
(#)-r.

4.
- -

9
tan
{H But, only; merely
hui'-hua"—conversation. All,
r. whole;
whole:
º

,
* ch'uan"
#–)- perfect.

78
ph.

w
wen”-fa"—grammar, book style.
3&#:
i°-hou"—aſter,
w

†.
behind.
66
J21%
r.

l
ku" old; therefore.
ph. )—cause:
(

702
85
- on; -
-
r.

or

#: chw" To fix eyes mind 40 --- -

-
--
:* -- - ting" .) To fix, stop; determine;
'E

r.

ph.
81

ph. notice; emphasize.

(

ph. 1887 tranquil.

(
,

# 60) Virtue; goodness; principles

(r.

te",
in

action; energy; conduct.

Translation
introducing new studies

You have now finished studying the twenty-ninth lesson. After you have finished the thirtieth
lesson, the regular assignment grammar and every day phrases you
to

of

of

addition conversational
in

(still) ought emphasize knowledge, morals;

to

of

read some Chinese stories. Some those stories others

all are special interest. The majority fame similar
to
of

of

of

but those who are mentioned are men

Mencius. Nearly all the stories are over two thousand years ago. The stories are old, but all the language

used new. think that after you all have finished reading those stories you will certainly have more
is

or
of

less of an idea of the affairs ancient China.

123
 &#$$$$$$$

Jº-E#IR-##################șĒ5 #8$$$$$$$

T
ſą######3ēšęĶĒĒĢĒ##ğęg? #Eåē#####3ēĒĒĒĖ

$#####ēHäłºśgēęſāgºšņ–#ff=&#ężaesae $

J
&######~<ĒĶIR##~##ºff) ș########## $$$$$T

Jºdła &#ş;&##### ſē#f śſ=#####J ŠKÈT Kș###J

124
LESSON XXXI
(Story)

J
I

&
F
șEğ&# DRĖ#EE}}&#T#I###### $+$£§§§K

###########################~#########-#
--- +
—
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

##

šē##€$£§!=#EȘ3-<Ę######################~ą

*H*SĒRĶſtºº-<;&#####~######ęgęzę-żsgrįg

§§§§§########~##ĒŅĶ<&#################
ĒĻ

#$
 Vocabulary

H # mai' i' Buying Righteousness

º chan”
(
r. 62
—to fight; contend; + trai: T.
64
O'
-
ability.

º
ph. 826 ( ph. 22. -)-alem,
terrified.
Warring States.
#% feng" hailan"-name of man.

chanº-kuo"—The *...?
mtºn,
Ré (++-)-people. citizens.
jº ch'iº
(
r. 210
ph. 421 )– name of state;

# * (i.
118
answer; recom

*
even; equal; to arrange. ph. 708 )—w

# (#
ph.
185
855 )—lead.
chief; origin;
Dense.

C. of verses. tº p'a'
(
I’.
ph. 156
9
)—servant
***:
• subject.

# hsiang"
++-)-. minine: to help;
{# M p'u"-jen” - servant.

Hä show”-hsiang" - premier.
# t’am”
(-ph.
T. 57
-to play; thrum;
826

H t’ien" r.
( Th.T309 T)–
102 -
field, land:
-
Sur
-
snap.(also read tanº)

name.

- † poe' (; ph. 856

40
- precious; honor

# ch'eng' ſ
\ph.
r. 115
600
600 ) to style;- call;- a
able; jewel.
name; title. 18
T.
£.
chism"
- edged

# chün" r. 30 :---- -------- - ( ph. 440 )-dable

(#H#–) king; prince, gen
sword.
tleman; Mr. (polite)
§| pao"-chien"—double-edged sword.

(; ;- -
heien.” r. 154 -
virtuous;- worthy.
Wit
(#H#–)
# ch'ang" i-r-,
to sing; call out.
# t’ou” r. \–to throw-into;
6+ sur -
intrº - sur
ph. 803
(ph. 399 )
§l (
to go to meet; wel

(;
render. ph. 308

# pin' r. 40
)–
-
a guest; to submit. Come .

§
;-860

feng" to wish; desire; be

r. 187 ino • Sºr
running; ph. 194
Žiš ( horse Sur
ph. 225 )—
willing; a vow.
name.

# hailan"
(
r.
ph. 187
;-)-warm. (also read # * ( ph.
r. 123
339 )-richteousness,
public;

nuan") adopted (child); meaning.

125
§ (; ; )—º
Jan” yes; but; right;
f (r. – Fi

ii”
ph 459 adverbial suffix. vii" (r. 195)–fish.

–ph.r. '" -
—alº- 130 -- - -
H
"

willing
(::
-

r.

be
këns sent.
To consent; 30
lſº
((

:
-
To order; command.
'
'

130 fen."

)
ph. 395

:)-
;
£f tai" Wait for; wait on;

(#)-
(

treat. 30 -

|||
fu
" \–
To order; command,

*(

-
Rough; coarse; rude;
#!
*:

(; #–)
ph. 623 vile.
yi."
fă -

8
beforehand; pre

-
ju’

jiu 38
s.)--.
i. r.

like; for example; viously arranged.

ſi
(r.
if. pei" 9)—to prepare; provide.

to
Translation
BUYING RIGHTEOUSNESS

Long ago during the Warring States, Minister Ch’i,

of

of

of
time the there was Prime the State

a
Surname, T'ien, name Wen) whom
by

T'ien Wen name, (lit. everybody called Meng Ch'ang Chün. He

great delight learned men, every quarter, men ability and scholarship
so

of
took virtuous and that from
in
a

him for patronage.

to

came
no At

country poor man called Feng Hsüan. Although ability, sad

he
that time there
in

was the had

a

he
so
heard that Meng Ch'ang Chiin was very fond
he

him. After
to

say guests,

of
one used time
a

his
Meng Ch'ang Chün that Feng Hsüan would very much like guest.

be
to

to
begged someone say
to

house

Meng Ch'ang Chān was naturally hospitable and when heard that Feng Hsüan was willing
he

to
come

welcomed him heartily (lit. completely). meeting Feng Hsüan said, “What are you,
he

he
on

The first day

“I

no

Sir, especially interested in?” He replied, special Again asked. “What special
he

have interests”.
ability have you.” The other replied, “Neither have any special ability”. Thereupon Meng Ch'ang Chün
I

laughingly said. “If that the case you had better stay here for the time being.” Meng Ch'ang Chin's
is

so

saw his master slight him, and course, they also treated him rudely, and daily served him coarse
of

servants

food.
So

Feng Hsüan striking

no

on

After somedays feel that there (in this). his

to

came was sense tune

a
go

sword, this song: “So long mine, back with you, for my
he

be

to

sang
of

sword would
in

better
it
a
no

food here there fish.” The servants hearing this went and told Meng Ch'ang Chün. Meng Ch'ang Chün
is

prepare fish for him for every meal.

on

then ordered them from then

to

(To
be

continued)

126
 # 3

ºff
#J

Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

LESSON XXXII

H.;
+
E
T.
#
*e Èè £€ ! Ē* –H
Section (Dialogues).

*
I

i
# # + III
## ## # ſă # !!
e # ## ſe $ = ſą £ 1 ? {R
ſię # # ſå $ *©§È+
Ę # # ſå Iſ +$ ® @ # £ §
• = $ -< # # © §
Ę # # #
*
§ !! ## * $
Ė @ ! # $ # # * ®
→ *
È # # ±
Eſſ-

= # ·§ &
? # *§ E £ $
© != -- ÎN # #+ #
® ## №

# § *§
# # $ © #
# § *§ ¡ È
#+ € æ ® #
= # £ #
1 !! # § a § ¿
§ =@ #$ ș8 Ez
# # $ H &
? £ #
TR

£ 11' #
a
¶
¡¿ = $
#
$¢
£
È
Eſg +< &+

© E; &
® & §
x
$¢|
$ Ķ
ķ
# 4; &&
# !!
1 = #
-5
 Vocabulary and notes

§{ yen.”
(#)— to exercise; to # wang"
(#)—to look towards;

hope.

to
practise.
p'an(*)-wang"—to hope.
lecture; to make a
####
ven'-shuo()—to
###
# take; receive;

(r.
chiang'

to
to
41)—to be
speech.
ready to.
#
(r.

chiang' 149)—to discourse; explain.

to
hereafter; future;

–
chiang'-lai(*)

in
speak subject);
#3%
ven'-chiang(*)—to
### (to

a
future.
give
to

lecture.
##

(')
a

to
viian"—how far?
yen'-chiang" hui(*) lecture;
—

####

a
a

(r.
village; mile

li”
166)—a Chinese

a
public meeting.
(1/3 English).

of
jih(")-ch'i"—a date; day.
fift

EH £fth
H

“li':

liº
san(*) to" ti"—three odd
pen'-lai(*)—originally.
2K2k
º
li' A.
the colloquial language

In
Note after
to; order;
H #
in
(r.

tz'u' 76)—second next always stands fi":

a

time; turn.
a

many “li"?

#
HE

liº
H!
chi(*) ti"—how
#—ºk cheſ") iºtz'u"—this time.
“li".
jñāājjī Hāj Jq

liº
t'ing() so" chien(*) Hää ssu(*) ti"-–four
ti'

so"

and seen. #|| we; tsan(*)-men"—(pronounced: tsa(*) men')

—

one has heard

ti"

what
us. (The speaker and those who
Él in;
(r.

arise; delight
to

hsing" 134)—to
~~~ are present)
#;

place
—
arena;
(r.

to prosper. ch'ang" 32) an for

§§: hsing(*)-wei"—interest. exercising.

-- £rlij hui" chang(*) –the place meeting.

of
# t'i(*)-mu" theme; problem;
a
a
E

[H]jã hui(*) t'ou”—to turn the head; mo

in
subject.

a
p'an" 109)—to hope; expect. ment; soon.
(r.

to

*(
#}
r. )— tranquil; weigh;
to
36 51

ZR ph. even; level.

Translation

Lecturing

Mr. Wang, (H }{j}) for our school

as

am very sorry, must go now to-day the date

is

but
1.

I
I

no

Usually However this time the

to

lecture. have time attend (hear) lectures.

(25.3k)
|

well known person has been invited come and speak.

to
be

lecture will unusual. hear that

a
I

he

abroad, going speak (lit, when delivering the lecture)

to

has just returned from

he

is

Since

the foreign countries. going

to

am sure be
he

is

has seen and heard this time

in

on all that
it
I

interesting. Yesterday the subject (of the lecture) had already been put up (written out).

128
 2. What is the subject (of the lecture)?

is:
3. It “China's hope find (lit, think) this subject very interesting.

of
the future!' you

If
I

I
hear (the lecture), come o'clock, will you?

to

to
wish me

at
4
All right. How far your school from here?
4.

is
“li”. you want go, come first my home, and then we will
5.

From here

to
about three

is

If

to
go together it
to the meeting-place.

See you soon.

6.

Good.

Section Grammatical

II
The auxiliary verb chien"

5.
5.

an

auxiliary

an
the accomplishment
as

of
chien" used verb indicates the principal verb. As auxiliary
Jä.

chien" usually joined perception:

to

of

verbs
is
#

k'an(*)-chien"—to wen(*)-chien"—to smell;

H.
see.

to
H.

hear.

#!
#5. t’ing(ſ)-chien"—to hear.

As an independent word means: see; find; look; seem; every.

to

to

Jú. chien"
to

to
an
H.

an
Examples using auxiliary verb and
as
of

chien" independent word

#! # #
H.

-
ſº jīf.
l

ſº

2
4

-
1

i q
| }

i
i

4.
2
.

: 4.

Y
/
i

:
:

#.

129
 Vocabulary

–ºh!jëſ; Jājīf

tie
(n)*-(e)—rh
5. vu” iº

be
(of

or
chien" hao(*)

to
seem better

–
ZH
(i) (*)-(e)rh there little odor.

–
we

is
illness).

a
wen (*)-chien"—to smell;
#|H.

to
hear.
AEE tsu" (r. 157)—the foot; enough.

# pao(*) shang"—in newspapers.

E.

chien(*)—it

AE
tsu,” evident.

H.

is
H-5,
a"

162
#f
r.

place);

or
(time chien(*) chien"—to introduce.

i”
ph. 209 )—near
(

Jiliff

an
recently. chien" mien(*)—to have interview

jñāpājū chin(‘)-cho' tic(n)-(e)th-a little

with.

Jāº: laughed at.

be
nearer. chien" haiao(*)

to
–
##5. sui (*) shu"-(e)rh years

of
–

the

-
pu" gao" chien"

a
haiao(*) don't
person's age.
2Kºš H.3:
laugh me.

at
be

sui(*) shu"-(e) rh—to

sh

ang"
of
_E}}:{{jū.
# kuai" (r. 61)—strange; blame.

to
old age.
Hº: chien' kuai(*) think strange.

to to
–

it
Jilºk chien" t”ien (*) every day. take exception.

J.E. chien' chang(*)-to grow up;

to
make
H13);
te”

pu” chien"
2ſ.

hao(*) not very

–

good. progress.

Translation
this room; do you smell it?
1.

There little odor

in
is
a

Have you seen any important news the newspapers lately these few days)?
2.

(lit.
in
sit

little nearer; far away.

3.

Let
us

so

cannot see
a

do
4.

an

do

He has reached old age, his ears not hear (and) his eyes not see.

here everyday.
5.

He comes

This thing very good.

6.

not
is

getting better.
7.

be

His illness seems

to

high and Evidently

8.

he

he

The house where lives large. well off.

is

is
9.

Let me introduce you two each other.

to

10. have not seen you for long time.

a
I

11. To-morrow when see him, will (then) speak about this affair.
I

12. use chopsticks; don't laugh me.

at

cannot
I

13. Don't take exception.

14. Your child has really grown.

13()
 J
#####Ęiſ

$
$

I
J
Źſ-ż ęāſą &######## $=#ëſēĘšſēșĘ&-&

ſ&#2 ! !!! !!!###J ?&+&IETIJ??!! !!! !!--E&-&# ºāº

|
## ºğ##ā##############-########& ĐĒÊ

¡
£§##-# $¢ ¿ Đ#}&#FF-ſ.--ſaeſſä####~<&#~

|
# 3:

J
3 *****< #sæ#æ√≠√∞aess ***********
|
(Story)

J
£)

gºg #&#f #EŠEŘIROEË##ĒēĖTËț¢&#$%&#№º##

J
ſąštº? ī£§!<RE&=#:####&###### ĒĒĒžęſ
ſº
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

LESSON XXXIII # = + =

====***************-*=+esses #P.

ºſſº-<śzēſē#######&x=x:ą Eºſ=#JºšËštiſ
T
≥±±ęĶETE&ſ=4;&ę *-*=>{È**Ē##ë

#}; :TX
 Vocabulary

{} jenº
-

(##-9
ph. 216 )—yet
H# mai"-i" Buying Righteousness

still, as before. # * ::2k 1

( r.
Shantung
-
140

feudal state.
)—name
of a small

jeng”-chiu"—as of old; as formerly; still.

ſt ——1– )
(i.
(; ;-)-w
{}{# chai" r. 9
)—aa debt
debt.
83

fäſt.'(;
chao"
Hć illumine; enlight
( #
;-)-.
ph. chieh" , r. 9 *
;

on.
en; look after; according to. »;
ch'ien”
(; ;-)-diº

#
sub

to
lots

##
—

chao'-ying" of; look

to

to
take care
scribe.

—-
after.
ch'ien' tzu"—sign one's name.
$#:
-º-;-)-.
ch’ileh" 121
r.

broken;
J-broken;
#k
#
deficient:
deficient; chi"

r.
75
machine;

or
ph. 482 its

•
ph. 346

(
vacancy; post. power; chance.
a

#29
ch'iyeh"-shao”—few; deficient.
## chi'-hui”—opportunity.

(i. # (i-

to
77 substitute; change;
r.

*...* this; t”;"

this: here
–

)-
IHE tz here.
u

(;
ph.

...
129 465 act for.
)

ping" (r. 1)-together with; and also. mien" 176 face; side; surface;
Iñi

)
-Slſ.- ph. 766 honor.

(Also
written
#) :1-2 -
184)-food; - eat;- -
(r.

to

to
ft. shihº drink.
-)

— moreover; and;
T.
H.

ch'ieh.”
ph. 623 imperative.
(

—
#
•

*-ch'ieh (8) 76
.

ping'-ch'ieh (*)-moreover;
r.
Slſ.

JT to sing;
kot
H.

and also.
-

ph. chant; song.

a
(

699

Translation
BUYING RIGHTEOUSNESS

striking his sword, sang: “So long mine,

he

be
on

few days again

of
After tune sword would

it
a

you. When no cart.” Meng Ch'ang Chun

to

better for me go back with go out have on hearing this

I

So

gave further orders they should provide cart for him. cart and holding his sword,
in

that seated the

a

Meng Ch'ang Chün was treating him.

he

of

went his frined and told him how well

to

the home
on

Once again some days later striking tune, before, sword, sang the following song: “So
he
go as

his
a

long mine, back with you,

be

to
of

sword would for me when care

to

better abroad am unable take

it
a

I
on

do

my Meng Ch'ang Chiin hearing these him, “Mr. Feng, you

of

home”. words went and asked

“I

Feng Hsuan replied, home, however,

an

and mother home?” old mother she

at

at

have father have

a

lacks clothing and food”. Meng Ch'ang money give

So

From
to

to

Chün dispatched man with her.

a
he
on

this (time) did not sing again.

Meng Ch'ang
an

few months passed and Chün had person account book and show his
A

to

take
it
a
go

guests, and ask them which one willing the city Meng Ch'ang
be

Chūn's
to
of

of

would Hsüeh
in
to

them

Feng Hsüan,considering
he

on

place and collect some loans; would please sign his name the book? the
opportunity have arrived, signed his own name Meng Ch'ang asked the servants,
on

Chin
to

it.
so

seeing
it

this?” They
all

“Who replied: “Just the guest who formerly sang songs.” Meng Ch'ang Chin laughing
is

said, “Yes, had, however, forgotten Go quickly and invite him me.”
be

him.
to

to

sure. come and see

I

132
 # X

ºff
#0

Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

XXXIV.

#
LESSON

JJ
Section Dialogues

# $
Ēģ $ -
{R$
$
£ $ $+
€$$
I
|
** ſº ¡¿ $$ ii+
Ek #º $ ſē #Ë
<-
Ķ$
Ķ$
Ē$
Ģ ER
© $ $
\; $ $ ** $$ $$ $ R+
ſă
§!
HK $
$
ĶĒ $
# $
Ģ $
Ķ$
< $ €
§$£ ** $ $ſº § §
Ek
+
#
@ ºg
#
#
+ ķ $
# § $
№ § £
¢
@ $ €

$<1
# £ ** ģĶ ## ķ €–
ſ.ſ. 111
śg ¶R
#
# šiſ § €
§±
$ ? és
$ 1 TË
** ĶĶ & #S 1= ºg
ER

** ĶĶ ## ## $ €†
#+

# –, HK
ț¢ # -- $#Ë
£@§
Ķ | # $#
$ ÜR Ë
€§§
© # ÙR
$ĢĒ
$ĶĢ
F
** Ķķ ## 1# $$$ *±
-H

Ę
Ę
# Ģ
@
§ Ī
ģ
$ķĶ
— # Ķ ** și # $¢ ≠≤
# …}
Ę
–
$
§
43
Ķ
Ķ
ſſ. # Ķ
E#Ķ
Ę #4 Ķ
* ſº & £ ≥
#
#
№ſ
III
#, șš © ±
=:
 Vocabulary and notes

*: k'o" ( on. 742 )—a guest.

º r. 40 FFH, ch'ien'-wan(*)—ten millions; by all

means.
## tien"-pao(*)—a telegram. ##j huai(*)-ti'—spoiled; rotten.
shang(*)-hai"—Shanghai.
_Eiff jf.JH Éj

so
yung(*) ti'— that which used.

is
wan(*) ch"e"—the evening train.
Hi
(;
H%

f;
chia" furniture;
Jijj (#-)-household
ph. 286
is
ch’u’ —a kitchen.

(;
utensils.
Jij-f. ch'u(*)-tzu"—a cook.

ſk
huo" furniture.
;-)-household
gii" r. 18!
— beforehand; pre
#i ( phr 1 14 chia() huo'-household effects; utensils;
{#ſk
viously arranged. ware.

ſi pei" 9)—to prepare; provide. tai(*) lai”—to bring.

(r.

to

#2k
(; ;-)--
f;

Also written
ſº fen" portion; lot;

a
)
(

make ready.
#iſi gü(*)-pei"—to prepare;
to

share.

Jºãº ssu(*) tao" ts'ai"—four courses (of

a

sufficient;
(##–)-ample:
§
to
ful

dinner).

(;
diffuse.
pai(?)-ts'ai"—cabbage.
#H

Žiš
# gü” —surplus;

–)
remainder.
;
(r.

t'ang" 85) broth; soup.

–

#fff; fu(?)-yü”—surplus; extra.

Fläsig º'er ranº)--bºsºp. money;

to
sheng" ch'ien(*)—to save
###
º, # #
viº

95)-fish.
(r.

economize.
123)—sheep.
71)—since; already.
(r.
ÉÉ

chi"
(r.

vans'
flesh.
or

is.
as

chi(')-shih"——since;
130-met. ÉÉÉ.
(r.

it

gang(*) jou"—mutton.
=#|^j chu(*) jen”—a host; master.
#EM
a

# 195)—fresh; bright; pure; rare;

(r.

hsien"
be

iso" chu(*) jen”—to host; play

to

ſ:#EJN
a

few
the host.

kuo'-tzu"—fresh fruit. 154)—expense; waste of.

(r.

hsien(*) fei'
#}{-f. make.
£qt+
cause;
to

to

chiao"—here:
ionº) woºtº-died ºut. [E].

/J-E- hsiao(*) hsin'--to take care. %)\ k'o(*) jen”—a guest.

ch'ihº pao(*) la'-satiated with food.

#fff; hsin(*) haien"—fresh. |12|ft|JTſ

§
an

t’ing 53)—a court; office;

(r.
|É

hall.
(r.

tean" 140)—ten thousand.

- P- - -
§§
r

85)— sea; lake; oceanic; vast.

(r.

hai"
 fjúſá fan't ing(')—a dining room.
##; t’aiº-pu(*)—a table cloth.

# 64)-ten; pick up; put

(r.

to

to

in
shih” k'a(*)-fei'—coffee.
||||IUE
# —H-] 117

r.
order. tuan' upright:
—upright; correct; to

-
lºft
ph. 614

)
shou(*)-shih”—to put order.

in
II. arrange; bring.

to
50)—a napkin;
(r.

chin' kerchief.
k'o" t'ing(')

—
reception room;
%:#

a
-
napkin; towel;
=P.

shou(*)-chin"—a
ſil

a
- drawing room.
handkerchief.

(; ;-#, )–:
chi" chu(*)—to hold memory.

in
#Eff
# f"ai?
table;
a
stage. Hiji ch'e' chan(*)--a railway station.

# chieh'—here:

to
50)-cotton fabrics; spread. meet.
(r.

to

pu"
Afti

Translation
Inviting guests

Hu-erh, this morning telegram that eight friends mine will arrive here to-day from

of
received
a
I

Shanghai by the evening train. am going evening. Tell the cook

to

to

to
invite them dinner to-morrow
I

prepare four courses (for dinner). For the first course want cabbage soup; for the second-fish; for the
I

third-mutton; want also dessert. also want fresh fruit and dried fruit. Be careful when buying
a
I

provisions. By no means buy things which are not fresh. Use (for dinner) the set things which brought

of

I
be

from abroad. Dinner (lit. dishes) must prepared abundance (lit. with surplus), —you need
in

not

Since host, no matter there be some extravagance. The important

(2\,X)=conomize.
is

am
if
it
I

thing make the guests contented (lit. up the dining

to

satiated). Clean room. Use for table cloths

is

and napkins the newly bought set. Also change the flowers on the table. After dinner we will not take

coffee the dining room. Serve the parlor. By all means remember what have told you. Now
in

in
it

I
go

the railway station

no

other business, you can go. will meet (my) friends.

to

to

there
is

I
do

Of course (we) not want spoiled fruit.

*

Section Grammatical
1:

Auxiliary verbs
%

Bº

wan”, ch'eng” and 'Eting'.

The verbs
5:

wanº ch'eng” and

as

ting" auxiliary verbs are used exclusively

Bº
to

indicate that
Żë
the principal
of

the action verb has been carried into effect.

ſéjà nien" wan(*)-to have finished reading.

tso'ch'eng(*)-to have made.

MEBR

#E ting(*)-to have agreed upon; understanding.

to

to

shuo' come

135
 Examples of using
% wan",
Jº ch'eng” and
# ting" as auxiliary verbs

ar
ºf: # 3: – 2

: #5

#
#

E.
#"
— º
:
4

:
B. §§ #.

i :
T.
:
7

i:- i:
4 | 1
fill BH

12 BK

:-
3R 10

2
%tº

**>
ºft
ſ

2
2

2
i H'
#,
:
'/-a.
2

w
w
:
:
*E'

£
:
i
i

:
:
ié
T

º
Vocabulary

*E*: have spuandered.

£53. na” ting" chu(*)-i"—to

to
hua'-wan(*)—to hold

a
decision.
+5. tzu"-(e) rh-a copper.
r. 75 -
# Åf "ai?
at
(#
is
S
F

162)-to stroll; ramble; sight-sce. )-meterial.

(r.

kwang" 22

# p'ing”
(-; ;-) bottle; vase. ts'ai(*)-liao'—stuff; materials.
to –
a

#}}}
y

-
2

(r.

Fº ch'eng’ 62) complete; accomplish.

#E
–

k'an"-ting(*)—to choice;
to

have made

#5. chang"-ch'eng(*)—to have grown.

have chosen

Translation
After have finished dinner will go out.
I

Have you finished reading that book?

This affair has not been talked through yet.
:

all

His money has been squandered,—there not copper left.

is

136
This ink is nearly finished; better (#) buy another bottle.
Everyday when I have finished studying, I go out for a walk.
To-morrow it will be ready for certain.
This letter has already been written, but not yet sent.

I have arranged
(#Jº) that matter with him.

In the 8th month all fruits are ripe (lit. full grown).

Have you accomplished the business he requested of you?

In transacting any business one must hold to one's decision.

I have already chosen the material for (my) suit.

I have arranged the price with him, but have not yet given the money to him.

137
 șșºrăș########ĒĶĒJ

3-ſk Ē#########ERR§§§§=##############f

1
Í
&-&&##}&E&#####șEK≤EI Ř###< ###J £$
ſaegſºkszą Kºïſſºſé &###-###J =Eãºłºś

Ek###ēĒĒĒĒĒĢĘ######şR-ĐEēģĘĘĢĢae .

J
#ášťgºģșº-<ſ≤=și #&#f fä#######
##

###$5$

*****\############~#ssę&###--###J

J###~#####-Jae-gae šº-###ĒĒ#

138
LESSON XXXV
(Story)

#######-sząș#-- <ĒĒĖĖ##############
3: £)

sºłį###~#4 Jºſ&###ĒĢ&##~#~<ąłą §§§Kºšſ

E -H
(;

|
ſg=&E&F&## ##āſ-šķ###-##-#--############
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

}
|
&#ę;&#$%$§§§§ ; &##$$ #{{#######IEĶĖ
#

J]
şşg-sº
I

####3–ī£&########T Kšķī£§&#$

J######
Ź&##{{H&E&#ffix®;&#############&#
I
ș=SÈRE?<;#44ğiş8ț¢șTÈ82;&#### ####çTR-##$
#$
Ëmſ
 Vocabulary
H #
*(;
mai" tº Buying righteousness

;
r. 64

#
#3 hail; beckon; call; all; much;
( ph. 715 )-to ph. 850 )-many,

#3
#:(\
-tai'
r.
ph.
60
46 )—receive
or entertain
multitude.

#)\ chung' jen”—people general.

in
*
guests; usher.

# – f||

r.
18
6]

tº
r. gain.
( strange; weird; find ph. )—interest,

(
ph. 511
43

fault with.
# chieh.” T.

9
H
kuai" taui"—to blame.
(#-F#-) to lend; borrow.

####
#j yüeh” 120 \- covenant;- about.

r.
# kan”
(#–º-

a
—to influence; p move; ph. 231

)
ph. 345
chieh" vieh”—a promissory note.
###, wick—a promisory

—:- l-
affected by. which

86
– to
~
r.
be grateful;

*
Kää kan”-hsieh" to thank. burn:
burn;

to
bake:
bake; roast.

to
ph. 391
(

)
# r. 108
)-
14

exhaust; all; 30.

(
at

r.
to the
ph. t 07 +++)-ayal alas! dear me!
(
uttermost; completely.
:
2....?
t’84t

ſt tai” r. 9
for; instead, genera
(Hº-j-)-them
ph. 386
and then; just

( ph. 328 )—
now.

ſt;
tion; dynasty.
-
J})

kung
I

tai" lao”—do instead of one.

(;-...-)-ment, efficacy.

# *( r. 64
)- to select; choose.
ź hsiao.4
(Hº-j-)-w
;,
,,

ph. 505 imitate; efficacious.

§. )-
en' r. 61
grace; favor. kung" haiao" merit; result.
( J}J%
—

ph. 771

&
(r.

12)-public;
# tº'º 160)—to decline; refuse; words.
(r.

to

kung' just; fair; male.

pretend;
ſ:
false
to

but, on the contrary;

)–

r.

ſtºn (r.
29

;
JX

fan chia
B

rebel, supposing.
*

to

\ph. turn back, ph. 639

(

215
)

r. to transmit;
-9
{j

ch'uan.” summon; preach,

(r. 75)—plums.
li"

pn.
h.

839
)
(

2}: ann CulinCG.

#F#, hsing (*)-li"—baggage. # lao”

(i.-. )-ºº:
ph. 449 services.
meritorious

to toil; trouble; labor.

139
 # hsiº
(f 6|
)– 3.

(r.
affection; 61)—to breathe; increase;

to

to
hai"
ph. 799

-
pity; regret. rest; interest on money.

to - -
- - - - king; prince;
3%

en” r. 96

d;
(r.

g;
remit; forgive.

p
avoid; HE trang

A
'nien" 10)

*
–
-

\ph. royal.

71

)
ſk rest; desist; give up;
:-)-
hair.

to
)— but, only.

;
h;1.8
ſ:
'

chil,
"

R
ph. divorce; good fortun ph. 757
(

486

(
Translation
Meng Ch'ang Chiin seeing Feng Hsüan said,"Until now because business
on

has been too pressing have

I
am
entertain you person, and truly ashamed (lit. truly can't face you). Not only have you
to

in

not been able

go
the contrary you are willing
on

not blamed me, but

in
to
my place and collect debts; for this can never thank

I
lam
so

you completely.” Feng Hsüan replied, “Don’t polite,

be

he
do
delighted for you'.' Thereupon

to

it
his

Meng Ch'ang Chün, saying:

to

baggage, came and bade farewell

Packed “When finish collecting the

I
debts, what things shall buy bring back with me?” Meng Ch'ang “Will you select
to

Chun said, something

I

which my home lacks and buy it?”

When Feng Hsüan arrived the city

of

all
Hsüeh, together
at

he

gathered those who had contracted debts

money), and, pretending proclaim
an
to

(borrowed order from Meng Ch'ang Chin said, “The debts you have
formerly contracted,—now you need not repay any”.
he

When had said this,he took the promissory notes

All
all

and burnt them up. the crowd was utterly grateful. He (then) took leave of the people and returned

the Kingdom Ch’i; Meng Ch'ang Chin there-upon welcome him, saying, “Mr. Feng,
of

hurried out
to

to
all
lot

you have taken trouble; have you collected What did you buy bring back with you?
of

to

the debts?
a

Feng Hsüan replied, “When left, had already planned for you. Your mansion moreover lacks no
it
I
I

material thing, only lack righteousness, (i.e. other's good will) that all. For have bought
its

this reason
is

is

you!' Meng Ch'ang Chün said: “How can righteousness bought” Feng Hsüan replied,
be

righteousness for on

“Since you have your possession the people the city Hsüeh, you ought have compassion them,
of

of
in

to
So

and should not make gain out proclaim from you canceling their debts,
an
to

pretended
of

them. order
I
up

They were
all

all

and also burned the promissory notes. deeply grateful for your great generosity. This
just the righteousness that have bought for you.” Meng Ch'ang Chün heard this, and with very little
is

I
go

enthusiasm, said, “Alas, Sir, and take rest.”

a

year later the King use for Meng Ch'ang Chūn prime
no

Ch'i Minister. The

as

further
A

of

had

only thing for great

he
do

city Hsieh. When

of

him return still distance

to

to

to

was the was

a
all

the city women, young, coming

he

Then
to

from saw the men and old and out welcome him.
“Only
his

only did say, nodding the righteousness Mr. Feng bought for
he

do

head, today
of

see the merit

I

me.”

140
 # |}}

Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

LESSON XXXVI # = + zk #

§ * # §3 # £ + Đ $ # $
Section I Dialogues

58 ** Ř + ## $$ È+ $- ## $$ Ř
№ #Ë <-
#
HK

# *Ř $ $
-4
– # Ē # $ –|
HK

** Ř– $$ # ## ºl ## § ĒĢ ¢£
$)
№
—
| ** # $ # Ë Ģ # $ #– €± #
#|.
\ {E të
## @ TIJ {S +í
}}<

§§ ** # ## $€ | Ģģ šį $ ĢĢ ≠− ĢĶ
$)
RE
#- {S

** 'Eis ## £# & Ķ§ € –† ĶĶ ×± Ķ
{R $R
<`$

*· 1# șși §¶ →§ £€ § ĶĶ & →
±±
ķH
ºg 4. #; H-
&#
** $€ șI istº ¡¿ →ſs §¶ ĶĶ \;& §
©

** £g și § £ && #– ¡¿ ĶĶ ſ
rrj $¢
® 4:
#ff

* – ſº & și ķ
#-
№ čº $g
&& ſº-
-<

141
 Vocabulary and notes
-
2-1.
{}
j4 -
tail (r. 60)—to wait on; to treat.
-

§§ tsao" p"en(*)—a bath-tub.

tai' yu(*)—to entertain a friend.

# 64)—to rub; wipe.

(r.

to
{}}< ts'a'

#Jj yüan" fangſ")—a remote region.

on
pour boiling tea;

(r.
#|| ch'i' 85)—to water

to
make tea.
chu(*)-hsia'—to reside; to stop.
{ET
hsia(*) jen”—a servant.
#| Hº ch'i' shang' ch'a(*)—to make tea.

Tº JV (r. 149)—to chat;

to
t’an” converse.
#%
lie

down; sleep.
(r.

to
wo" 131)—to
§M
Éjj ## hsien” t'an (*)—to chat; gossip.

to
|\}; wo" fang(*)—a bed room.
hui(*)-tzu"—a little while.

+
*
Jj
(r.

ch'uang” 90) bed.

–a

#K
Fij nan(*) fang"—the southern regions.
written
(Also JK) feng(')-su"—custom; usage.
Jälſä
#* ju"
(–; ;-) mattress: mat. |### shui"-chiao()—to sleep.
-a

pin.

#
kai'
cover; cover;

(r.
build.

to
140)—to
#

a
82.)—a rug; carpet;
(r.

t"an” blanket.
a

2-4
#)
*

£ 75)—a pillow.
(Also written
(r.

chen”

£jä chen(*)-t'ou”—a pillow. ## p'u(?)-kai'-one's bedding.

#

29)—to fold up.

(r.
tieh”
37)—an envelope;
(r.

t’ao" case.
a

#S
£jižs chen”. t'ou’ f'ao(*)—a pillowcase. (Also
written jº)
ju"-tan(*)—a sheet. tieh(*) ch'i' lai”— fold up.

to
### ###E3k
&
(;
teng”-here; when.
;

Tr tsao” 85
*

§§ —to wash;
(Hº-)
ğ
bathe.
to

shu"
)

#k —to rinse the mouth.

hsiº-tsao(*) —to have bath.

a

k'ou(*)-to rinse the mouth.

II

shu"
#k
ğ}} hsiº-tsao" jang(*)—a bath room.
### hsiº lien(*)--to wash the face.

Hiſjø
*
tsao() fan"—breakfast.
p"enº
...—)
cup; basin. #ſ; kao' chia(*)—to request leave.
–
a

a
(
º

Translation
Entertaining friend
a

Yesterday stay. put

to

to
of

friend mine from distance came told the servant bed room
in
a

a
I

prepare bed, putting on new mattresses, blankets, pillow-cases, sheets, etc, and also
to

order for him and

a

the evening when had taken his bath, and tea

he
to

clean the bath-tub the bath room.

In

had been
in

served his bed room, and some cakes (prepared), we chatted for while. He told little about
in

me
a

had done during these past few years. By that time was already after
he

southern customs and what

it
go

one o'clock, and only then did sleep).

to

bed (lit.
to
I
 When I got up to-day he was still sleeping, and the door of his bed room was still closed (had not been
opened). It was ten o'clock when at last he got up. I entered his room and looked. I saw that he had

already folded up the bedding himself. After he had rinsed his mouth and washed his face, we both went

to the dining room to have our breakfast and again we chatted. So,
accordingly(+h) did not go to school
to-day and asked for one day's leave.

Section II Grammatical

The auxiliary verb

T liao” (la')

The verb liao" (la') is often joined to other verbs and attributes to them various shadings.
l. is very often added to verbs to denote the past tense. But sometimes the context requires

the future tense and the imperative mood. It is easy also to distinguish the tense of verbs according to the
As a tense ending
T
la'
context. is always read (properly speaking read somewhat between lia,

lo
is
it
one writes often
ſly
of

and la. Therefore instead la" and lo'):

lift
T

t'a" lai(*) la'—he came. will arrive to-morrow pro

{{{2|KT bitſ
ably.

##|ſ £Thiſ
la'

k"o" tsou(*) the guest went gao" hsia" yū(*) la'—it going

is
away. to rain.
he
la'

t'a' k'uai" lai(*) will

{RHI}|†T

do
{ij}}{2}<T

la'

—
ni? k'o" pieh” tiu()
soon.
corne so
e

not lose.

#
la'

Jj9&#|| ming” t'ien' tao(*) pa"

firmly.
T

**

na” chu(*)la'—hold
{{:
T

la' combined with pu" and joined categorical negation

2.

to

2ſ, verb denotes the future:

in
a

a
ſ ſ
{ij

put ch'ih(1) la'—I will not

MS3K
t’a pu" lai(*) la”--he will not ZSſ2Tſ eat

come (formerly
he

to

had the intention more.

come).
pu' ho(*) la'—I will
#2R3; wo" pu% ch'i(*) la'--I will not go
TSTAT not drink
ſ

(formerly had the intention go). more

•
to
Ila'

other parts speech denote the categorical

of

to

follows some verbs and order

3.

in
T

the present condition

or
of

affirmation state:

+
la'—enough.
%)

so; yes.
T

la'—it kou(*)
is

shih(*)
ſ

#T correct; you
be

hsing(*) la'—this will do; tui(*) la"—this are

is

can done.
#TT
it

ch'eng(*) la”—done; pretty right.

Iſſ finished:

ºffſ
T

la'—what the matter?

is

tsen(*) ma'
well.

Coupled with te” or pu' and joined

2ſ,
to

As regular auxiliary read liao’.

is
T
4.

verb
a

{{}
a

on

denotes the possibility impossibility the completion

or

of

verb the action:

it

43
|
 ſ

tex
pan(?)
#4}

be
liao"—can done.

panº pu' liao(*)—cannot

#AST

be
done.

pu' liao(*)—cannot
#2ST

be
na” taken.

mai" pu' liao(*)—impossible buy.

to
}{2^T
As an independent verb
T is read liao" and means: to understand: to complete: to finish.
Examples using auxiliary verb and

an
as

as
independent verb.
of

T
liao" (la")

# #
T
T

*
:
4.
:
Zſs
: 3.

:
T.

2
9
I

:
i
i

:
i
:

.
£)

7
2
I

:
i

ſR
T
13

£R ºr

2
#;"
#

tº
T. 5' g| FJ ſº
50

ſ
i*

#
th.

25

#"
Hiſ
3;

fill
T.
Hā:
§

ſū
ſ.

T
is

§:
º

# E

it
ºf
ºf
is
8
I

3
s

Il;
:

#" §§ T' jš.

#

ii.

ſil

'Hi'
Vocabulary

TZST
jº

liao" pu'
—

liao() last;
—

finish;
#7RTafter
at
to

unable moº-mo'-liao(*)-(e)th
all.
cannot be done.
TÉj#
la”

ti'

liao(*)
T

shih"—a settled
-

£]T
jū.

tao'-liao(*)-(e) rh—at last; after all;

affair.
finally. wai(•) jen”—an outsider.
Wi.JN
liao(*)-pus-tes-la-—it
75)—end; last; afterwards. TAK4#T terrible
(r.

is

ŽK mo"
no help for it!

144
 Translation.

Have they finished their meal (lit. to eat)? 14. Never mind if you cannot finish it to-day.
They will finish soon. 15. I have long been wanting (lit. thinking) to

Has he come? come to see you; only I cannot.

Probably he will come soon. 16. Why start again an affair
(###E3%)
:
Do not forget.
which has been already settled?
Certainly I will not forget (lit. impossible to
forget). It will be terrible iſ outsiders hear these

I cannot handle this matter. words.

What is there in this that cannot be done? Have another cup of tea.
After all it is still not good. I have drunk (too) much, I cannot drink any
He came at last. more.
When you ask him you will know. right.

all
20. Do it this way, and it will be
Go quickly, that is the point (that will do).
21. Tell him; that all.

is
This also cannot be considered a great
matter. 22. This matter cannot be settled.

145
 Ēș&#########K#####-Ę###{śgĶiģ#91;&####~

1 —
Eºſ J#91;&##########ģĘſ-ſkºzāſ șEŘśg&&###-##

F
ſ==<ſ==<ę Jºgºſë |+Eſæğ####}}<țgº £i=ſ+$șºșii

égłąłżksºș####Ę4-eſ Jºſ&#f éșºaeae ätſ

I
Fºx Jegºš |+######## Jºwiſkºšſ ###-#EEēķiºſº

J
ſ&#K#C######-##-##-##32 =#$%$§$£§ #ſ=##-##
# 3

Story

ſešrºgą;&###~#### Jºwiſkā *T***&ſa=#-##-##

LEsson xxxvil
#1

ºgłºſ== Jaeg#Kººſſeſ}==<#ņț¢ EĶēHë?!=#F#

#

#wikë:{{{##-##-#####<$#@#############-##-##şę
ſº

-- +
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

-t:

ſą
ſą
T
Ķ##Ęērģłg=iſ&#HEſgºſ +###########ĘĘ
##

=
*****ș;&= &&#-##-## *æTJșº-E-#####&

1
Įi1
T
=

§Ê --####### =#ffi### ######3śg-<£J

$i
$
$
$
 Yi #

cow
H. nai' pino' nie' selling a sick
Vocabulary
Jº
** 21
(; 12 -

*(
r.
#
Fº

--
-

r.
military. 149

(; ;-
pino
;-)-soldier, witness; prove;

to
–
-

2
ph. 733

)
2

yang -
|}} sun; principle;

-
male evidence; proof; testimony.

jº
open; this life; front. witness;
#}}

to

to
cheng" ming” prove bear

;
t’ai"-yang”— the sun.

*(
make clear; certification.

}: §
r.

161
agriculture.
(£

85
chien.”
ph. 357 )-farm, diminish; reduce;

to
–
ph. 344

)
nung”-fu'
£5& farmer; husbandman.
–a

retrench; lighten.
ch’u’
r.

167
)—a

§i) hoe; mattock;

to
ph. 624 chill” r.
(

Mä ph. )-price,
cost; value.
842

(
hoe; cultivate the fields.
fang'
§jjā ch’w”-t'ou.”—a hoe.
dawn; (++-)—to hinder; obstacle.

É _to know;
72 -
r.
-

hsiao”-

*(++
ph. 391 perspicuous. 48
(

*
*
)

ch

)—
fortunately.
t’ow"
r.

{fi: to steal; pilfer;

)-

(; ;-)-te
ph. 619
(

secretly; stealthy. chi?

utmost; extreme.
->
\–
(i.
149
i-i ‘’’ language; speak,
’.

en” 170 an exclamation; an

–
(

r.
v

740 word; saying.

)

ph.
a

699 interrogative final.

(

(#–;-) - )
principal; orthodox;
IE cheng"
exact, straight; right,
just then, la'
|-)- to draw: pull; lead,
i (

(H+) bind edge; help;

to
#

pano company; flock

:

(## to assist; help; niu” (r. 93)-an ox; cow.

a
B})

chu
ph. 624 secondary.

Translation
SELLING ASICK COW

“How going
to

sell this
to

am anybody?”
Tso
I

he
an

as

old soldier himself

to

said was leading cow.

a
At

the time the sun had already set behind the hills.
In

the distance farmer was coming

towards him,
a

on
his

head wearing straw hat, dressed cotton cloth clothes,

in

on
a

with straw sandals his feet,

and carrying
a
At

his hand. glance one could know

in

hoe
was coming back from working
he
a

that the fields

in

147
 “What does this old soldier want this cow for? Most likely it has been stolen and brought to sell! I

was just wanting to buy a cow to help me work in the fields. This may be considered most lucky”, said the

farmer much puzzled.

As the two approached each other, the farmer began by saying, “Friend, is this cow of yours for sale”

The old soldier answered, “Yes, this is one that my master told me to take out and sell. Does it suit

you? Do you really want to buy?”

The farmer said, “I have been thinking of buying one, if you are willing to sell to me, that will be

excellent. May I ask what is the price.”

“Will right”

all
The old soldier replied, twenty five taels of silver be

off
The farmer said, “That little too dear, please take some.”
is
a

The old soldier replied, “(If) you want buy, spending few extra taels does not matter.
to

a
This time, however, your account will reduce the price little-twenty four taels-it

be
on

can not

a
I

any (Hi) less.”

“All you."
all

The farmer said, right, right, come home with me, and will get the silver for

The old soldier, leading the cow, followed him. On arriving I (the farmer) once again looked
at
home

the cow over carefully, defect, and only then did

no

clear that the farmer hand the full sum

to

make had
it

The old soldier, taking (the money), left.

of

silver the old soldier.

to

48
#
 # 3 #0 ºf
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

LESS ON xxxvill. §- -H j\ }}

| |
Section I Dialogues

# ȧ # 1 §= $$
È&
1#&

§§
###

***
IR
$
#####
#5

***
++$#
= #
###

#
!=
1
M
{{#ſē

$s=$#
ÈJI
# 'E$
+
-
##-E.

$**Ë

ēģ########
Ē
TRË###?
#$$ſ

E
{};###

-{{######Ē
È######ę
Ģ

ĒĶ

##-#-ĚĖĒ
Ē+<<łėſ

=
Ķ 1 – +1
ĒĶſ-

№ſ-
1 Ē ºg 1 Ģ

\ſ+
--|#ģş
RHK$

¿?
Ķ $ =1 &Ē Ģ
Ķ $ § * &=
11

$ ≤ R@ 1 $Ē
$${R}-º

EË,
Ē###

###
ĶTR

HK ER
ē @E
|
$ |R $ - # $ Ķ § = ĶĒ
ĶĒĶ
ĶEI

№ § #1 ē
№šº?
###

= =
ſ; $
¡¿R #= # # $$ º +# §€ –Ė ĢĶ
Ķ
+#|#|

Iſ-?)
1-3=

šīIJș*

I
##-##-##IE

*
######Ę

Ē s; $ #±ĖĶ
|
#{{№

# Ģ $# { ± $ *1 Ę Ķ
TR-1

£äłę

Ģ №. € £ – $ # Ę
{{#ĒĶĒ

M-##

ºr H 1 £ 1 € ºj # – #
ſię

1
HK?

§@ §III <} £ # -- F
:
№

HK #K
€
|
#№=
& șx § 3
#-##

iſ
/-Kºńſkāſ
≤

=
Rī=

ſë
ĢĒķī£

# ≥ 1 ºg &=€
§§§

± § & g.
Iſis;

ſºtſ

1
£###}}<

$3
&% → = și
&-º

#ff;ğ
\–ğşiş
§§
$HK

&#EĶ

'+
149
 Vocabulary and notes

ſijä #

(r,
t’ung (°)-cho”—together with; with. hsiang' 186)—fragrant; scent; incense.

#
120)-plain; simple.

(r.
(r.
lan” 118)—a basket. su'

*H ch'i'-ch'e.(1)–a motorcar.
#2$ suſ") ts'ai'-vegetable food; plain food.

–
—išH. ch'ing" early

in
i"-t’ung(*)—together with. tsao” the

i'
—-ſii)
morning.
[[j hsil-shan()— the Western Hills (near
III

# pu"
77)—a pace;

(r.
walk.

to
Peking).
–35–3; i"-pu' i'-pu(*)-step

by
53)—a temple. step.
(r.

miao"
Jää

É- wn"( Illſå

5t.
shan'ting(*)-(e)rh—the

of
summit

a
170
r.

)—

court; palace;

-
-
ph.T389
a

a
T

-
mountain.
college.
jä
a

jih(*}t’ow”—the sun.

H
É+. yiram ('), zu"—a courtyard.

#jj 86)—fire;

(r.
Jº
huo" heat:
tung"— active; animated;
to
huo(*)
-

ºtt
-,-)—a
96

(-,r.
,
ch'iw”
move; £R globe; sphere.
to

walk.

a
-º-
...!
#
(-,

k’o
*

*
)—
60
wangº T.
to go past;
of

classifier trees.
)—a ££ ph.

71
proceed toward.

(
#: fei' (r. 175) not; wrong.
# r.
|-)—a net.
-

( ph. 647
#;

ch'ing" (r. 174)— azure; green; black;

ta” yü(*)—to catch fish.
#ſſºl
tº
a

-
"
young.
#2S3; kuo' pu' ch'i(*)-unable pass.

to
chih" 75
r.

AE;
3-) the branch of tree.
a

ph.
#I

(Hº-º'-)-ſed.
(

ph.
#
8

lii"
r.

120
reen
)—

-In 525-)-gºn.
ſº

hsiang"
r.

)—
like; resembling;
(

ph. 291
(
Él

wei?
surround; be
to

|-}=)—to
ph.
similar.
(

#fff;
-
hao”-hsiang(*)—just like;
if.
as
an

siege; enclosure; circumference.

- ----- -
(*)-all round. ...?
JJFäl 31)—a map; plan; plan;
t’ *

ssu" wei
-
a-

to

to
w?(r.
|:

- wish.
4

(Hº-'.
)—
to

to

sow seeds;
#ff chung ..T2/T #t hua" (r. 102)—to draw; picture.
a

JH+.
cultivate fields. Read: chung"—a seed; kind.
a

ſºlº
- picture.
pic

(*)-hua"
tºº-hº'-a t’u
-a

hsien' hua(*)—flowers.
###5 yün(*)- tung"to circulate;
to

Šišājj exercise.
81

yen.”
§ſi colour.
)–
|

(→...→ 66)-to change;

(r.

kai" alter.
By
to

ph. 284
139)-colour; kind; quality.
tº
(r.

se"
kai(*) t'ien'—another day; some other
Bººk
ñſif, yen (*)-se"—colour.
time.
()
 Translation
The Western Hills
Last Friday at 4 o'clock in the afternoon I with two friends of mine, having taken with us a
basket of cakes and a basket of fruit, went in a motorcar for a trip to the Western Hills. At 5 o'clock

we reached the Western hills and stayed in a temple. The rooms of the temple were exceedingly

clean. On the evening of the first day we did not go out for a walk but only walked (for a while) in
the courtyard. In that courtyard there are ten odd big trees. Although they are very old, they are

still very vigorous (lit. black boughs and green leaves). Around the trees there are many flowers
planted. Their colour is beautiful and the smell is really fragrant. So we looked at them for a short

time and then took our dinner. The vegetable food they prepared for us at the temple was not only
clean but also good to eat. When we had finished our dinner it was already 8 o'clock. We read books
for a while in (our) rooms and went to bed.

The next day we got up very early, ate some cakes, went out of the temple and step by step

began to mount a hill. When, with great difficulty, we reached the summit and looked to the
east, the sun had just come out, and was like a big fire ball. After having looked for some time we
descended the hill. Having walked not very far, we came to the bank of a small river. An old man

was catching fish with a net. When we saw that we could not cross the river, we turned back. We
looked again at the hills: -green trees, red flowers and white clouds, piece by piece,—it was as beau
tiful as a picture, and I said(to my friends), “We are day by day in the town doing our business

and we have not a moment for exercise. Now when I see such a beautiſul place, I really do not like
to go back (to the town)”
My friends said. “Let us return to-day, and come (here) again some other day.”
And so we returned to the temple, got into our motorcar and went back.

Section II Grammatical
The auxiliary k'o'
Tiſ
The verb k'o' is often put before verbs of feeling, and in such it is translated,
Tiſ cases

“worth”, “deserving” (something):

Tiſ?? k'0".ai(•) - lovable. Tiſº. k'o(")-hsiao" -laughable.

- irritating.
Tiſº. k'0"-ch'i (")
Tiſlſ.
k'0"-p'a(*)—to be feared.

Other miscellaneous uses of k'o":

Tiſ
– but;
Tiſłł
Tiſ

k'o(*)-shih" however. k'o(*)-cho”—everywhere.

-
ºf

-
'oſ?)."—i ----
be

so; that will do. -

TJJ2I
-
k'o(*)-i”—it -
-

can 1.4 quite right;

4
*

-
:

k'o(*) pu" shih

ASA';
itſ

Tiſſ,
|

happened;
as

so

k’oº-ch'iao(*)
it

why
of

course
fortunately.
 Note: For of the expression k'o(*)-shih', vid. lesson
Tiſ k'o" used as an abbreviation
T]}}
XVII, note A.

Used independently k'o" means: can; may; able; fit; competent; possible; cor
Tiſ to be to

respond; at last.

Examples of using an auxiliary verb and as an independent word

Tiſ k'o"—as

#
H.

TJ
#
ſil

#
#j

Žiš Tiſ 2k'

jī'

4
T.
##

jti. #
3.

.
20 T.
:
:
15

#; 4.

4.
AS

i
TJ
4;" •UN
i
:

16
1.

āſ;

10 }]]'
i

i
:
: 4

13
{R M.
j\

Vocabulary
hen" k'o'-hsin(*)-worthy
§

iń. Tiſſä
of

hatred; credit.
to

hate.
)–anger.
º

(; ;-)-
(

-
Tiſ TA k'o'-hsin(')—to please.
#
|!

chiº
the utmost; extreme.
ph. 24
É

shang' consult; deliberate;

(r.

to

30)—to

jº yü"
;-)—to merchant.
a

meet; happen.
to

pn.
.
(

shang(') liang"—to consult; deli

to

###t
-

yū(*)-chien’-to meet.
-
#}l. berate

152
 p'ien' 9)—cheap. 1–real;
ſ: chia"—false.

(r.
chen

H.
{}i
(Read pien"—convenient; cheap; then) jíſ; chen'-chia(?) the real nature,

–
(r.
40)—fit; right; proper.
§
i”

#;
'H'. kaol-high; ai”—low; short.
p'ien(*)-i” cheap.

-
{{iff. #, kao'-ai(*)—height;

#
stature

#%j ch'ang”-tuan”-long and short; length;

§ shen"—deep;
§ ch'ien"—shallow.

size.
adjectives opposite §§ shen'-ch'ien(*)-depth.

of
Note. When two

ji
k'uan"—broad; chai"—narrow.

*H
meanings are joined together, they form

quality:
již
of

an abstract noun k'uanlehai(*)-breadth.

Zy

hao”—good; tai"—bad.
#f
TIII

jū.
k'ou(*)-(e)rh- good eat;

to
k'o”
hao”-tai(*)—quality.
#37 palatable.
great; hsiao(*)-small.
J& ta(*)
ZI-
-

#2ſ;

no
wan(*) pu' k'o"- on account

Hſ

is
it
Jº/I- ta" haiao(*)—size.
-

possible.

Translation
This affair really laughable. At last saw him.
ll
is

I
These words are very irritating. 12. am really sick.
-

It I

That man very hateable.

so
still really

to
far. am unable
is

is
13.

I
Fortunately met him. walk
I
:

says)
he

His words (lit. the words are getting late, really must go.
It
is

14.

I
credible.
What to be done?
is

15.
(You) must affair
to
6.

not mention this

December has come, but the weather

is
16.
other people.
not cold.
This house pleases me very much (or,
7.

The dress fits (lit. the size

of
17. (me) the
like very much this house).
dress fits the body).
They decided (it) definitely (lit. well),
8.

This food really good

to

eat.
is

18.
but did not carry (it) out.
impossible buy such thing any
to
It
is

19.
a

The price cheap, but

9.

the articles are

is

Peking.
in

where
not good.
On no account may
be

20. done.
it
At

10. last you have come.

153
 F***************șºs

=
'
{{№łąºesº ******==+++=

Jºſ swig &#32;&s=4 ******-***#*

free-ą, jswigs *******ś##########-a

ºs
ſee *************-1Ëcºs

1
=#####< ęșºseaeg *****

*******£<ĖJĘāņšEirºgaeggae,

154
gesae ---Jºe |*##-#-ºffſkº ***
Story Continued

<
gae, ≤ ſą: ĶĒĶēņš *******ĒT
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

aes ae ***********# *#暺s:

LESSON XXXIX 3 E.-H. jL ##

**************æękšę=#;- -s

, ,º\
Ee=ºg&ſa=4 *************

********< ##******<==ă
***

*|
1
=

ſąsaeggae, |=#fffff=&#####~FFæręš.
 Yi #j *H mai' ping" niu” Selling a sick cow

Part 2
Vocabulary

jj fei"
(
r.
ph.
130
558 )-lungs,
lights; pul # *( r. 159
ph. 839 )-w
turn; revolve;

monary. transport; return.

(..
-
hui”-chuan”— to turn about; return.
Hijjāj fei’—ping"—phthisis; consumption. [H]iſ
º sung"

)—s
5: A. L.
A.

D.
jºr ch'il r. 76 ung dynasty,

d
cheat; deceive. ph. 484
( ph. )-w
§
102
960-1127; surname.
p'ien”
(#. ;-)—to cheat; deceive; 4-,-h'an.”

## -Sung
» sung"-ch'ao
##5 dynasty.

swindle.

tij
88w" 30

r.
control; preside;
# (i.
s ph. 701 )—to

(
8ttºn
wound; injure,
#. -)—to
board.
spoil.
Tij}; surname.

–
saw"-ma” double

% shih"
(
r. 37 lose; err; a fault.
pen"-shih”— originally; bottom;
AKłł

in
at
ph. 481 )—to the

fact.
#%
*(
sun"-shih"—damage; loss.

*(
r.
138
r. 149 E} ph. )-good.
virtuous; very.
㺠)– guileless ; verily;

*(
361
ph. 347
r.

10 light; glory; naked;

—
truth; honesty. 3% ph. 390
)

#ff ch'eng”-shih”— sincere; honest, only; adorn; illumine.

to

(; full; entire,
i
)–

man?
(†-# )—
.

Kuo? fruit f.; result; ph.

º: ph. 507
ña. (r. origin; truly; actually;
*
Jä

3/?tan
effect: truly. ph. 194 plateau; forgive.
to

(; ;-)
(

%,
(+)- I. 61
suddenly; to disregard. article; thing; matter.
we
%

hu

155
 Translation
The old soldier as he walked along meditated:—“When I started out, my master said to me quite

clearly, “This cow last year in the summer contracted consumption. If anyone wants to buy her, you must
frankly tell him; you must not deceive others and cause others to suffer loss.” Yet, my master made me come
out and sell the cow because in fact he needed money. Now the cow is sold, the master will without doubt

be glad, and say that I have ability. Since the farmer wanted to buy, deceiving him also was no harm.
I’ll go back and tell my master, “There was a farmer who wanted to buy that cow. I told him that it had
consumption, and he said that it was no matter,’ and that will be the end of it.”

He meditated up to this point, and kept on walking without stopping. Suddenly he thought, —“It won't

do! It won't do! (If I) do this way, my master is sure to be satisfied, but in the first place, I will have deceived

the farmer, in the second place I will have deceived the master, and in the third, will have deceived my own

it,

it,
conscience. What good can came of that? Ah! I've got I’ve got man.” Having

be
an
still had better honest

I
thought this far the farmer, the farmer, “Friend,
he

to
turned back and went again

of
the home

to
and said

I
my master just now forgot inform you,
to

to
further word which told me say; but now want

to
have
a

I
tell you.” Continuing had consumption.
he

having The farmer

of
then recounted the matter the cow
said, “Since the cow cannot help back my silver,
(I

sick. am) afraid that me. Please give me and

is

it

I
will give you back your cow.” The old soldier said, “That goes without saying.” (lit.

of
matter course)

is
a
The two parties then each returned the other his original possession.

By that time was already dark. The old soldier went slowly back leading the cow. This old
it

under Szu-ma Kuang the Sung Dynasty hundred years ago. He

of

soldier was soldier

in

fact some nine

a

went back and reported the Szu-m Kuang. Szu-m Kuang delightedly, “You certainly
to

matter said
a

and trustworthy person.”

an

are honest

156
 Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

LESSON XL ºf + #
I Dialogues

– § K- rģ Ģ
Section

{& != ſĒ rſ} ą£ ț¢
§
[ſae +<
— Ģ ſae € ºſſ Ķ Ķ <ķ£ę#
= și șĶ §
trīſ
€Ģ £ tº Ķ Ķ
$Ģ
1Ķ
$3 Ģ ſg
$Ķ#
$Ķ#
€$Ķ#
< $Ķ @
< Șº Ķ
* # Ķ HK g-$
14- -
{<
#

# Ķ $Ķ# > €# # * # Ķ $8 ##

=#Ķ#€
ÜR Ķ
EI Ķ
$##
$ #
$ #
#
#ſ
*E§
§
£ @ #
# # # ģą $ £
###€¥
ſēję

# ĶI #.
# $Ę# ±& € # ÜR $ £ $
€1@
M-

§ſ
# $ + №. # È $ # $8
--|#

ț¢
$ £§ × ! £ # # $#$ #g

$ §$ # +- # & 44 ##$#$
$ @ 1# 1 K @ # # # și # $
$ § * != § § § ? @ # # $
|
#| § § º § # 1=
№
$ #
K. æ ? € § § |F
¶R #ų 4a
#¶$#
#¡€#E
$
$ EI – £€@&
|#|
€ K. ſâ ¥ șº # 1 # £ #
#| ¿
## #+
£ šiſ #ş #3 $ ț¢ *H &+ ++ TR @
157
 Vocabulary and notes

#jj
|3:
kuang"
4 – ?--/4

lung” (r. 170)—imperial;

- -
miao(*)—to visit a temple.

high; eminent
-
fit wan”

trifle.
(i. º -a precious stone; a

à fu”
(i. #)-happiness.
. 113 -
prosperity;
-
Hiſt *-wan(*)—curios;
ku"-wan(*)—curios; antiques.
antiques

blessings.
Zſº pu” kuo()—only; merely.

# 41)—a temple; hall; monastery.

**( #.
(r.

#
ssu" clear.

a
a
)—pure

ÉÉ lung-ºfu°-ssué")—the name temple

#

of
ch'ing(') ch'ao”—the Ch'ing (Manchu)

a
##5
Peking.
in

(i.;
dynasty.

#ji
#

spread; arrange: rotº-behind;

to

pai’ —to houſ') after.

to

distribute.
#

to
kai"—here: build.

# 64)—to spread out; stall;

(r.

t'an' booth.
a
a

#H hsi
(...}, regard;

to

to
–
ph. 799
Hiſt kuo'*) huo"—native goods; home products.
pity; regret.

to
- -
-5 l-iſ") -- “...l-l--
#
F....
8

yang”
vast; foreign. k’oº-hsi(')—pitiable;
* what pity!
º

a
#
H]

)—ocean.
(

19 - -

Jää
|#)

row; noise; disturb;

(+...+)-
tung" yang(*)—the eastern sea; Japan. mao
4

Jiā hsi' gang(*)—the western sea; western

bustle; scold,
ming(*) ch'ao”—the Ming dynasty.
countries; European countries. BHää
H;

30)—old;
—j#5E
(r.

ku" ancient. k'ua"(i)-(e)th-together with.

i"

Translation
temple
to

visit
A

a
no

Saturday to me,
A

Last afternoon there were lessons our school. schoolmate(of mine)said

in
go

“To-day (we have) nothing

on

Let Lung-fu-ssu walk and the same time buy some

us

hand. for
to

at
a

flowers. What do you think?"

“All right”, said.
l
on

on

We put overcoats once. We (also) did not take (lit. sit) rickshaws but went slowly foot.
at

When we came into the temple and looked, there was really an immense crowd, and the animation was
They had every kind
all

There were also very many merchants. goods

on
of

unusual. stall which kinds

of

(lit. things) were displayed. The goods were mostly home products, and there were very few Japanese
or

European goods. were only

of

of

of

There were also several stalls curio-dealers which the time the

Manchu dynasty. As the price was too high, we did not buy (curios).

We (both) then went the temple.

to

of

the back

158
 After looking a while, my friend said, “When was this temple built? It was built so beautifully.

What a pity that at the present time it is in ruins.”

“It was built during the Ming dynasty,” I said.
Walking and talking we came out of the temple and went to the place where flowers were being
sold. On seeing that the flowers they were selling there were not only cheap but also very beautiful, I
therefore bought some very nice ones and presented them to my friend. Then we together returned to the

school.

Section II Grammatical

The auxiliary verb ta”

#T
ta”

an

The verb auxiliary comparatively As always precedes the

as

seldom used. such

is

it
principal verb:
ta(*)-t'ing"—to make inquiries.
#TÉ open.
#TÉ
to

ta(*)-k'ai"
–

ta(*)-suan"—to intend.
#T#.
As an independent word
ta'

very largely used and has many most varied meanings. The
#ſ
is
ta”

is:

proper meaning
#ſ strike; beat, but means also: from; by; arrange; buy; catch, etc.
of

to

to

to

to

to
it

The following examples will illustrate the various uses

of
ta".
#T
as

Examples using ta” an auxiliary verb and

as
of

an independent
#ſ word.

ſt' A
#ſ

#ſ
#J
#I

25 ſi' # ji jº
27

4.

jë.
16

12

#T 20
#ſ

hº #ſ

30

#
º"

4
1

21 |7
5

3.
I

i
i
".

bva {R
-

3.

ã. 14
|
%
*H
i
:

:
º

15
1

7
|

159
 Vocabulary

ſº

(r.
ta” tien"-pao(*)—to send a telegram. 30)—to sneeze.

i'
#T ###

t'
# hsiang'
(#) -a box; a trunk. lift
p'en!
(#–)-to puff out;

to
snort.

64)—to dress up.

(r.

pan"
#}

ta”
#Tºšić ta°t'i(*)-p’en' (pronounced: t'i-(*)
ta(*)-pan"—to dress one's person.
#F#} ſen')—to sneeze.

f;
sao" (r. 64)—to brush; sweep.
to
40)—an officer; official.

(r.
kuan'

#ſ; ta(*)-sao”—to brush; sweep.

to

an
30)-to

ii)
manage;

(r.
ssa' officer.
5E

go
ta" na(*)-(e)rh where from? kuan(*)-ssu"—a law suit;

'H'
#T#. law.

to

to
-

ii)
ta" ch:(*)-ma'—by this way.
#Tāºš ta° kuan(*)-ssu"—to go law.

[i]

to
#T'H'
ji #| #

(–; ;-)--
(r.

ku" 207)—a drum.

*
3.
und.
# t"u(*)-shu"—a seal. ta' chia(")—to fight; blows.

to

to
come
:..5 85 - #T}}
r.

chiu
(+}|-78 )—wine. chang(*)—to fight;

ta'

be
|

war.

to

at
- 85 #TÉt
(#s-)-ol.
-
""2

r.
ih

# lei” (r. 173)—thunder.

(r.
9)

san” an umbrella.
–

#& ta” lei(*)—to thunder.

#Tiff
Bj%: yü” san(*)—an umbrella for rain.
shan” (r. 169)—a flash.
BJ

# 75)—firewood;
(r.

ch'ai' fuel.
td” shan(*)—to lighten.
50

#T
#
:--~2
liang 19
(#-828 )-san.
.
I

food.
ta" chia"-(e)th-to bargain;

to
beat
5.

#Tſ:
(r. 184)—food; eat; down the price haggle.
to

to

to
ft.

shih" drink. :

#ft
ſº

liang(*)-shih”—grain; provisions. chia" (r. 9)—value the price.

;

(#) #ſ £iš
& ta” chu(*)-i".—to decide; to make
ſº

a
ha'

laugh loudly.
to
–

plan.
Má.

on

61)—to breathe; interest money.

(r.

hsi"

#ſº, 154)—to gamble;

(r.
tu"
§

to

bet.
ta" haſ')-hsi" (pronounced ta”-ha(*)
:

ta” tu(*)—to bet.

shih")—to yawn. #Tºš
Translation
May Three days more from to-day.
7.

ask you about some matter?

I

telegram was sent Where did you come from

9. 8.
to
A

him.
?

go this way.
to

Open the box. little nearer

is
It
a

go to-morrow. 10. Strike the bell.

to

intend
I

dressed up truly handsomely. Beat the drum.

1.

He
is

To Affix
:

Sweep this room. 12. seal. seal.

a

16()
 To catch fish. 23. To sneeze.
To draw water. 24. To go to law.
15. To buy wine. 25. To fight.
To buy oil. 26. To go to war; to be at war.
To take an umbrella. 27. To thunder.
To make a cart. 28. To lighten.
To make a boat. 29. One cannot haggle over this thing.
To collect fuel. 30. You must make out a good plan.

To

let

on
us
If you do not believe,

it.
harvest. 31. bet

To yawn.

161
 #############~#Ēģ

1
=Ęșjā;&########8– *Ę***# *®ș{H}−

→
1
ſ-ºff &&#Hºmajstā? ??-1 #???! !!--Eſjē!=###|

1
1
șā#######-### ≡mĘ:TJŠ&#???!- #Ę#|-
Section

{{{1|wºſèſ-i $șFESșāšų&&&&##}&{;:<ț¢â‚¬` §§§Krț¢

# 3

I
LESSON XLI

162
§
ſą4-E#######K####K##}&&&&##è! !! !?!*®

#
Dialogues

iſ]
Jq

ſ
&&##########K###### #№|№=#} ######ķī

+
ºf
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

+########Ę######ĒJĘſ-Eſſ&#ī£>{{<£####
–
#
#
1

[$$$$$$1&#####&&###< ș#--##-##ęĘ##########
1
šķ##### Ķī£§@#;&#№ā #K#C############Ę
#
MH

3
#6
ȘI
 Vocabulary and notes

# ºf

fly

§
ºf
Chuang'-Tzu"

ti"
Che'-Hsüehr

“
Philosophy Chuang Tzu

of
30
r.
*
#j#
#

ise.
-j-...-)-wise, A:

-
‘-ch'ieh'—truly, certainly.

ti’
discerning.
(

Éſ
ºf
*#5 T. 69
f'ſ

*33.

Y
che'-hsüehº-chia'-philosopher.

)—

-
decide;

to

to
ph. 882
#E

hwang'ſ
chaut
r.

140
settle; give judgment.

to
stern;

(;
)-sedate:

a
ph.
(

163

;
*
farm; shop; village; surname.
ph. 705

)
chou'
}{j

3ſ)
(i.ph. \-butterfly.
)—

on all sides; com

(i.
tieh' 142

r.
ſ
730 głſeh

3
10

)
l
plete; surname.
'HF
– # feil 183

r.
61
r.
h
*

ph. 414 )—go quickly; fly.

to
kindness; grace;

(
ph. 840
(

kind.
#3;&#3; fei' lai' fei ch'a'-flying

to
and

# ch’iao” (_r.
75

Isº
ph. 583
-a bridge. fro.
s

£1:## H. tzu

)—
ſº
ts'ung'-ts'ung' jung" jung” — ; bear; carry;
-
-

to
(
p
-

easily; freely. careful.

(;T.
;
if
""

ramble; travel;
ph. ..)—to
266 {{#il
tzu"-hsi'—careful; minutely.

swim. kwan" r. 47
|
#

at; examine;
)—look
60

pn.
(

yung"
#k 85 swim; dive.
#
**
T.
)—to officially
(r.

examine;

*(
cha’ 40)
(

investigate.
# ###* 40
r.

)—solid; reliable: sure

r.

112 - inspect;
ph. 515 )—to
ly. observe; examine.
(r.

#. 66)—to disperse; (r.

—

san" scatter. 69) off; break; to

to

tuan' cut
to

to

decide.
(;
#

bº chiha r.
º;64.

the finger; point. dream, obscure; phantasm;

Aft

(r. 36)
—
to

meng"
-
-
)

visionary.

jià
(r.

#
tsui' 73)—extremely; very.
(r.

pien' 149) change; mutiny.

to
—

-ºr
§§
te"

(r. 75)— joy; ching" (r. 117)—to finish; exhaust;

to
to

rejoice; laugh 5u,

finally; only; then; the whole time.
Ijø interrogative particle,
(r.

ni” 30)
% fai (r. put forth; rise; start; grow;
to

105)
-

become.

163
 Translation
The Philosophy of Chuang Tzu

The great philosopher, Chuang Chou, called by everybody Chuang Tzu, was taking a walk outside

of the city with his friend Hui Tzu one day and came to the top of a bridge. Chuang Tzu pointing
to the river, said to Hui Tzu, “Look at those fish swimming freely in the water. This is the happiest
hour for the fishes.” Hui Tzu replied, “But you are not a fish, how can you know the joy of a

fish?” Chuang Tzu asked in return, “But you are not me, how can you know that I do not know

the joy of a fish?” Hui Tzu replied, “To be sure, I am not you, and in truth I do not know your
mind, but following this line of thought one may decide that since you are not a fish, you are certainly

not able to know the mind of a fish.” -

The next evening Chuang Chou dreamed a dream. In his dream he suddenly turned into a but
terfly, and flitted to and fro, thoroughly happy. He had completely forgotten that he was still
Chuang Chou.

Some time later, he woke up and only after he had examined himself carefully did he realize that
he had changed again into Chuang Chou. Out of this, accordingly there arose the problem: After all
was it Chuang Chou who dreamed that he had changed into a butterfly, or a butterfly dreaming

that he had changed into Chuang Chou?

! 64
 # 3 #0 ºf
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

-*
-*
LESSON XLII # Du + I. Hº
=

º • e••••–
Section I Dialogues

£ £ +< §# ğ & § §Ķ#№

14 13 12 11 1 0 - 9

$
© © Ē § # = FR €# + $ # Ķ # HK
$
J
® ® Ģ 4S # + ## $ $ # ķ # --
E Ķ ;§ # # ## T # % # g- È
##

™ § Ķ * @ # El ## ≤ № # № mſ º ţ
mĘ

Ā 1 < &# # Ē r} ## # º # # – #

i
Ē # H №# Ģ & ## * $ # $3 #
Ģ @ & ſe # Ķ # ## ± ! -- iſ #
Ķ §ą # 1# Ķ # ## + ¿ © £ Ģ 1
##
J
#[ *
# # @ +# Ķ # ## # $¢ Ę # Ģ ≡
]# tº# ?£1§ $$ ## ##± ## £+ ## #18 ĢĢ E§
@ # º § € # #+ #
– # £€ £ # #= # Ķ # $ Ķ @
# § #ā ME
Ī
ſº- # # † ſ , # Ē# # £ Ē $ E *
?, # ## ſą # Ģ# #Ę + # Ē <- *>
? # #+# ſą # Ķ# Ę Ek # Ē HK £
# — ĶĒ 1
& # ºff # ºś # <#
& # &&# -- # ER Ē Ē # § -º
# Pű H Ģ # 1 $3 #
* +< &#

i #

*3
\ № = ## +<
 -
Vocabulary and notes

#H#H ti-‘li
(*)—geography.
chou"

r.
85

)-.
}H continent.
# ph.

to
(r. 96) manage; notice; 426

(
liš

.
-
reason, principles.
Hijº ta' chou (*) five great con

–
wu" the
Vf
li"

fix; soon;
(r.

117)—to

to
establish;

H
immediately. tinents.

^\f. # tai"-here: climatic zone.

by
kung' li(*) the public,

a
-
established

:
2}\}} hsiao" haileh (*)—a primary school. # han” (r. 40)—cold.
## han(*) tai"-the frigid zone.
(r.

counsel; to
zº ts'an' 28) visit.
to
—

kuan' 147 Éjità man" pei" chi(*)—the north and south

r.

#!
ſ

look;
-)-to observe.
to
...

ph.
(

poles.

##! ts'an'-kuan(*) visit for inspection.

to

#ſº
–

ch'i(*)-hou”—climate; weather.
-

chang(*) principal
of

#H# the
a

Asiao'
##

je
school. (*) tai"—the torrid zone.
% 70)-side;
(r.

P'ang" lateral; other.

ch'ih (r. 155) red; bare; naked.
##

—
p'ang"t'ing(') —to 75
be

listener.
a

equator.
## chiao" shih (*) class room. ŽRää ch'ih”-tao(*)—the
–
a

jä (r.

–
produce; bear;
# ch'an" 100)

to

to

a
kan(*)-shang"—to overtake; catch up;
to
H.

property.
how (*)-pien' behind.
–

###
Hijã ch'u (') ch'an"—natural products.
{{

viian”- military officers.

(r.

30)—civil
or

jen”-min(*)—the people;
JNB: the masses.

£il chiao"-yiram (*) teacher.

—

H tsui”
a

již (r. 73)—extremely; very.

chihº r.
#

bº
4.
6

the finger; point. sheng(*)-huo"-living; living.

Af:#;
to
–

get
to
ph.
)

a
323
(

j; ch'iano” (r. 32)—a wall. 25 (r.

diminish; to shorten;
to

sheng" 109)
—

province.
a
(r.

1)—an generation;
|IH shih" age; the ve
a

(')
##
SH
4

tai"—the temperate
:

zone.
I

wen

(; ;- -a
world.
p'ing(*)-ho” even; smooth; har
Zºfil
–

chieh.”
hern 102
}.3

boundary; fron
a

monious.
tier; limit.
# out
—

kai" (r. 75) summary; general

a

|E}. shih (*)-chieh”—the world. line; level; even.

to

to
—

generally speaking;
J&#
on

11)—all; complete. ta"-kai (*) the

(r.

2'- ch'ian”-
whole; generally.
t”u

Žeſ: ch’ian” (*) general map.

–a

jíž hsing” (r. 59) form; figure; shape.

—

ti'-ch'iu (*)—the globe;

fºLIR the earth.
hift; ch'ing(*)-hsing” conditions;
–

Jr. º. circum
,

pan'-ch'iu (*) –hemisphere. cºinoſ’)

*B[R ances,
st

166
 ya" (r. 7)— ugly; in order. ch'ang"-ch'eng (°)—the Great Wali
#5 the second
{#ſº
Hi}}
ya(*)-chow'-Asia.
# yān"
(
r.
ph.
162
838
– to transport; to

§ſº tao" (r. 46) – an island. Convey.

### haiº-tao (*)—an island.

#}ſiſ
yün‘-ho(*) – the Grand Canal.

º Žíž,

ſºj
panº-tao (*) –a peninsula. yw” ming (*) ti'—famous.
*E

(; ;-
(r.

E.
49)—finished; past.
ſº

i”
(r. 9) order; repair.
to

hsiu" put in

to
—

‘....

1
ching
* #. — religious
#
rai
t8:10 162 - past; and
r.

make; build.

to
ph. 717 )-to
(

classical books.

Eğ
to

hsiu"-tsao(*) build.
–

(*)-ching" already.
{}}#

–
i
Translation
Geography

1st
(1) Yesterday morning o'clock schoolmate went public primary school (2)
at

to

to
and the
9

a
I

First we saw the principal. him, “We come to-day your school (3) planning
to

to

to
visit. said have
I

visit for inspection.”

Then the principal went with (4) class-room. At

us

the 2nd that hour we were just time for

in
to

geography. (5)
on

We
to

their lecture sat down listen in.

in

the back

on
Then we pointing general map that hung
of

world the wall and

to

saw the teacher the

a

“The divided into the eastern hemisphere western hemisphere.

to

saying the students, globe and the

(6)
is

The (lit. five great continents and five (7) great

of

has) oceans.
In

earth consists addition there are five

zones. The north frigid zone and the south frigid zone are near the north and south poles; therefore

extremely equator.
on

(8) the 'climate cold. The torrid zone the There are very many natural
is

is

products, and (9) living extremely easy for the people; but the climate exceedingly hot. The best
is

is

are the south and north temperate zones; the climate (10) mild, and the natural products are not
is

few.

only the (11) general conditions globe.

on

What have talked about the And now will tell

is
I

you about our China. Our country (situated) Asia. (12) The territory (of China) immense. The
in
is

is

whole country has more than twenty provinces. There are also islands and peninsulas, lofty mountains

and (13) great rivers. There products

(JNT.) (such as) the Great
of

are also the human labour

Wall and the Grand Canal (which are) (14) famous throughout the world.”

When teacher reached that point lecturing, was already time class;
in

to

the his dismiss the

it
we

(15)
so

went another class-room.

to

167
 Section II Grammatical
The instrumental verbs
* na”,
JH
vung",
ſä shih”.

When it is necessary to indicate in a sentence the instrument of the action, the noun indicating
the instrument is preceded by one of the three above mentioned verbs. In such cases these three

verbs can replace each other without any difference in meaning:

2 s - 4 - 2
k 4 tºu"
2 s ta(*)
*###ſ
s
na” pi" h h3 tzu
2 (*) na” kun'
**{{###: haieh°
to write to strike
JH%;%: yung' pi" hieh" tºu(*) ) with a
J####ſ yung" kun" tºu" ta(*) with a
pen. stick.
shih” p." hsieh" tºu(*)
{{i^{{###: ſää-##ſ shih” kun' tºu” ta(*)

As principal verbs, they have the following meanings:

* na"—to take; to grasp; to hold; to seize; to capture.

yung" — to use; to employ; to resort to.

JH
ſä shih”-to employ; to use; to order; to send; to commission.

Examples of the tise of

* na”,
JH yung", and
ſä shih” as instrumental and as principal verbs

# JV.

:
19 17 15 Tº 5

• ==
ŽH. 11 £R

*
:
13

.
:
I

i
3.
2ſs ſº w

ar
J* {}

i
{}

s
:
i
==
JH'

i ; i
º
16

2
2 £R

1 8 É 1 2 }|

#i' #

i: i : *
*
i ::
2 1

: 68
*
 Vocabulary

*
Hi chung" (r. 166)-heavy; Severe.

* 2Kążk na” pu" ch'i" lai(*)—not

## chilan’ kuan (*) purchase admission

to
–
to be

able to lift up. into official life.

|;íſº sui”-pien(*) – follow one's con

#
to
(r. 79) kill;

to

to
murder.

—
sha"
venience; as you please.
yung" fan (*)—to meal.
– J#f7 take

a
pu" chu(*) cannot hold it
*#2Rſł: na”

JHjä vung(*)-ch'u'—use; service.

(; #- -a
firmly.
4.
kun
staff; a stick. yung (*) fa"—method; way using.
#
JH3:

of
rh- Bij}
-
jū.

one stroke; (*) shih”— leisure time.

—Tº ---a haia (*)-(e) blow. haien
i”

a
ºr 4)-
liaug(*)-(e)
4

hao” ko"
chao” rh—to throw
H{{{#|3:5. mang(*) shih”—busy time.
light on.
†:Hä

Hº
a

wing)

te”
ſä254; pu"

be
used;

—
cannot

it
an

mai’kuan (*)—to purchase office.

º
# *( 64 that will never do.
r.

)-

renounce; to
ph.
to

759 money order;

#+ 'iao(*)-tzu" bank

2
a

a
either voluntarily re p'iao()
or

subscribe,
in

note.
an

sponse official demand.

to

Translation
This thing heavy, alone, 11. Have you dined
1.

I,

cannot
7
is

too

raise it. 12. has not the least use.

It

Do not take mythings just you please.

as
.

13. Not enough for use.

Tell about with the Chinese language.
it

14. This not the way

to

use.
is

He cannot keep money. (lit. He cannot

:

How much money

to
15. necessary use?
is

firmly
it

hold money his hands)

in

You take yours. To prepare use when busy.

to

16. leisure and

at

hit him once with stick. This thing cannot

be
a

17. used.
I

To take tea for wine.

18. To buy things with money.
To throw light with lamp.
a

19. This will do.

To official post with money
an

buy called
:

is

important job.
an

20. This
is

“chian kuan.”

To
be

10. slay man with knife. 21. That banknote cannot used.
a

169
 regnae **********--ſae =#######№ssa

1
|
&=&&ſ= EHH###ſ==== #º
ſê-<Ē4;&######--º-º-º-º ****<###-###J

15ē##################<ſ≤

iſºººººº-№-№ſſ-<#Eē&####€$£§=geg:
§
#

s-aeg #######ſ==-º-º-º?;&###€$£§ =-și

17
() ****èā№ſſ-ºſ-ægſ&####-№gaeg
–
№gº 1 =#H*$§§§§§§Ę#Hºº
LESSON XL| || #

*******ë!=&##ëſēęsłº–##€$£§! !
Section I Dialogues
JD

* &#&#ęgę§-gae iſ-ſ+<!=) #########&#3ē

+
|;
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

| i
Eſſex $ ?eÿ ######~##############rēgaeg
E#

1
***#!g=gae 1:33, ≡≡ ***# *+

=
1=
1
№sſae ##-##
- #################
1

geſſége, ≡≡≡≡≡≡ſ='i **<ē##=###|-

È
N
##
º
 Vocabulary and notes
Āl Bº 2 #
Ho Shih Chih Pi

Jade of Ho Shih

** **

* jñ

ade;
t’ung" painful; acute feel

-
T.
104
( ºs-)—a rvel, prince. ing; very.

(
ph. 594

)
††
ly

gem. /her."

(r. (r.
61)— To hate; hatred.
...
i-
;
;
hsien
4

iš
º

85)-

To
offer up; present. haiao melt; disperse; digest.
pn. )—to
(

military; martial; violent; ##. hsiao'-hai"—news; tidings.

it.
—

wn” surname.

(; # pei".
4.

T.
...

61 pity.
)–

grieve;
in

is
anger; rage;

(-
""

to
—
#

-
ph.

41

)
{#
"(.-... wound;

)—
censed. hurt.

to

to
**(
ph. 238

#f. 187 swindler.

r.

pei" shang' r.

9
)—a

)—
commis

to
ph. 5t;6 ####

-
ph. 238

(
Jºã ch'u'-chihº-punish; regulate. erate; sad.

£k
r. 12
# *( r.
140
|

)—
cut; chop;
to

to

Pan' hide; conceal;

to
ph. 44 )—to ph. 644
(

stone. Store.

Family, clan; female;

83)

JK,
(r.

whil' FE wang" (r. 96)— King; ruler;

–

maiden name.

2
it;

genitive; he, she, To dare; bold; presumptuous.

Sign
iš.
of

(r.

(r. kan" 66)

-

chihº
—
4
)

go; this; that.

to

possessive;

# # (r. 149)-Lie, #
#

huang" false.
(r. To restrain; revise; pick up.
;

;
chien" 64)
–

ti

yi. (r. 96)-Jade; gem; imperial; you.

FE 4}. ling'
(r.
9)

order; Haw; rule.

to
–
*

#, From; by; permit; cause;

To rejoice; happy
(r.

huan 76) (r.

-

yw”
#k follow; origin.
|

102).

# -
#

Joy; To connect; succeed

Hi

rejoice; delight ..]..

2l;

(r. #. chi
to

hsi" 30)
r

(r. 120)
–

ii
|

hereditary.
-

adopt
to

enfold; cherish; carry

H]

64)—"
(r.

ch'ieh" 26) To refuse; but, truly. {{j pao" (r.

–

in arms.

# pei" (r. object of;

be

145) suffer.
to

to
—

Universal, all, large;

#

p'n'
(r.

72)
general }ſi.
To

command; decree; life,

|

miny" (r. 30)—

|J

fate.
jià
(r.

t’ung' 162) pass through; alºng”

to

to

I54
1.

reward;
((

to

ph. 588 )—ºwards

succeed; all,
bestow: enjoy, take pleasure in.
7
 Translation
The Jade of Ho Shih

One day Ho Shih, a subject of the Kingdom of Ch'u, picked up in the mountains a stone of great

King Wu

So
value, and came to the decision that there must be jade in

he
in it.
took and offered

to
it

it
King Wu was greatly delighted and went find jade have him see whether there was any

to

to
worker

a
jade or
it.

The craftsman, after examining while, said, however: “This piece very

of
for
in

is
it

a
a
dinary stone, where there any jade." When King Wu heard this immediately great

he
flew into
is

a
lie

no
temper, and said, “Ho Shih certainly swindler;

he

be
to

to
even dares come and me; there can
is

a
punishment”. gave the order

he
have Ho Shih's left foot off.
to

to
other course than administer So cut

Afterwards King Wu died, and King Wen him the throne. Ho Shih again took that

to
succeeded

King Wen. King Wen also called jade How

to

at
it.
stone and offered worker and look

in

to
come
it

a
King Wen also was deeply

as
would make the same reply
he

could one tell that the former craftsman!

Ho Shih's deception and had his right foot cut off too.
at

incensed
few years later when King Wen's son, King Ch'eng,

on
succeeded his father the throne, Ho Shih
A

did not dare again present that piece He simply sat, crying, Mt. Ch'u, holding
to

at
of

of
stone. the foot

his arms, and continuously days. King Ch'eng, on hearing this news,
he
in

the stone cried for three

“I
so

ask him why was crying broken-heartedly. replied, grieve

he

Ho Shih
to

sent man for no

a

other reason than this, that this piece precious jade regarded (by others) stone, just

as

as
of

I.
is
-

a
am, am treated, alas, (by men) swindler”.
as

the honest man that

a
I

The man returned and reported this conversation King Ch'eng. King Ch'eng worker
to

ordered

a
jade found; and when they opened the stone and looked,
be

be
in

in
to

there to sure concealed was.

it
very valuable and precious piece jade. King Ch'eng then rewarded Ho Shih with great generosity
of
a

and also gave that piece precious jade the name

of

the Jade Ho Shih.

of

of

O. T
N.

This story which Fei-Tze, the T'ai P'ing Yù Lan and

in

in

found Han
is

-
-

King Wu and King Wen

to

to
of

of

other works refers the State Ch'u and not the

sage kings similar the Chou period.
of

of

names

172
 Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

· I-
LESSON XLIV # + Jº

ºK Ķ i $
UH Hº

•
Section I

e • • •• –
Dialogues

1 §
15 13 12 11 9

# |- ĢĒ H @ ſą: # #
14 1 0

Ķ ķ ſº ſſ K # — =
F * H + T. të & ķ §
%
ſe- $ iš È TR ºg ** – §
TIJ ſť # #
*± № ##
# ± k # 1 # # {< № ŠE ſ; @ = 1 ¶ ** -
§
# ≠ @ ± #Ę #- ¿ Ē # E E #
− # # 1 # ſ- $¢ Ē # #
#5 × $ # = # # £— Ģ # # # ± #
#€ * |* §
†
* ?
ä € #Ę -º # # E # # # − # #
#→£Ę$1##
§
# 1 ×# #
# # Ę (R := # 1& 1 # Ģ ≤ # #
-§ J§
ā
E € # ę $3 # #= # ģ ≥ 1 #
* $ + Ė '+ # 1 R# ! → ±- #
@ $ $ Ė → #- # = # 1 Ķ # № È #
–
*
Ī § §
§ §
₪ -H € # ſſ ºg # ### # Ř ķ # # # #
și ſą £ # # $ §
# Ě # №@ #
§
€ ț¢ # Ē Ģ # -º #
Jfé J §§
#1 të © !
– E ® 1 # £š £ # H Ģ # & @ º
#--#

§
# & № @ šº €ſe # K Ķ # IR €) §
# §* ķē # ir £
# 1 #3 āķ # € EI ?
K Ķ @ # ſº &
? ș. šż 1
?
£
–
–§
€
 Vocabulary

H; veh" (r. 165)—country; wilderness; wild.

3:#5. ch'a"-kua(n) (*)-(e)

—
tea-house;

rh

a
veh”-wai(*) the desert; the country.

in
*( –
H}}}. tea-shop.
jº

a
(;
66
r.

place; put

to
ph. )—to
#
261 k’ao? 175

#;
upon;-

to

to
down; lean
release.
to

ph.

jīſ;

)
fang" chia (*)—to give holiday.
a rely on.
fit play;
50

waſn)*-(e)rh play.
to
–a

};
TH, p'ien' (r. 91)—a piece; slice.
#

r.

kol 30

a
an elder brother.
)–

ph.
—Jr;
699
(

p'ien' (*) strip trees.

of
i”
shu

–a
an

ko(*)-ko" elder brother.

–

####

—Hºjū. tsao (*) (e) rh—early morn jºš fang" yang(*) tend sheep.
in

to
–
i"

the

1ng.
*H niu” (r. 93)—an ox; cow.

a
(r.

#j yñeh" (yo") 120)—to bind; agree;

to

treaty.
jº/H. fang" (*) pasture cattle.

to
–
miu

J&#j (')
—

twº-yieh most probably; nearly;

about.

# (; ;-)- 157)- To run; gallop; abscond.

(r.

lºuan.”
inn; hall; #) pºw”
an

ph. 751

school.
written
#) jätk t’ung (*) -k'uai" highly delighted.
–
(Also

Translation
the country
In

(1) This week Monday our school holiday. together with my elder brother, riding
on

gave horse
I,
a

(2) the morning went outside Tung Chih Gate. Looking the south,
to

early
of

water
in

in
back the the

the river was green color, (3) and the trees upon the bank were both high and big. Under the trees some
a

small children were there (4) playing.

(Thus) riding along and looking we felt ourselves truly delighted.

go

(5) My brother said: “Let

us

eastward”.

said: “All right”. (lit. very well)

I

(6)
an

whipped pony twice, galloped.

In

quarter hour probably

of

my and onward rode five

it

I
I

“li”. looked back, -my brother had not yet come. (I) minutes, (8)
be
or

(7) six
or

waited four five

-
I

He approached me and said, “Look, go

on

(9) Let
us

fore he came the south side, there tea-house.

is
a
.

(there) and drink some tea",

74
|
 So at once we went there; dismounted from our (10) ponies, entered and asked for a pot of tea. We sat
down near the window. We looked outside, (11) and far far away saw a strip of trees. Under the trees

far
there was a shepherd (tending sheep). (12) small boy was pasturing cows. Riding

on
Not from there

a
was singing very cheerfully.

he
We looked

or
cow Behind him there also followed four five cows.
a

still further and really boundless space was open before our eyes. (lit. one vision could not reach the end).

a
(14) We our tea and felt perfectly delighted (lit., ten parts happy). At that time looked

at
drank

I
my watch, was, already after o'clock. (15) We then mounted our ponies and went back. Although

9
it
not tired we were hungry. (16)

So
we hurried back home eat our breakfast.

to
Section II Grammatical

to
The verbs used form passive constructions
There are Chinese spoken language some verbs, which form constructions similar the passive
in

to
the
European languages.
in

These verbs are:

p;| (r. 30) call out; cause.

# (r. 64)
to

to
–

chiao"

to
ai” suffer.

–
# jang" (r. yield; resign.

to;
149)
to

to
—

(ai'-next order)

in

-
gº
#

on"
pei" (r. object of;

(r.
be
to

145) suffer.
to
—

29)—to bear

to
suffer.

The first two joined object producing

or
always person

of
verbs are with the the action the

principal verb, and are mostly used the common colloquial language:
in

jen” ta(*) la'—

#|||}|{Vijääſijº ſiſ: lo'
he

t'a' chiao" che"

T
{tl|]})\#TT
tung'-hsi'jang" ta' na(*) ch'i' la'
-

—
by

was beaten somebody. la”

Kjºlºfjº

by
- this thing was taken
- - - away him.
-

la'

jou" chiao" kow” ch'ih (*)

ſ

che" pen" shu' jang"

ſ
#2}{######!}{
by

the meat was eaten the dog.

by
t’a (") mai° la'—this book was bought
-
kow” (r.
s

94) —the
(%) dog.) him.

As for the verb

# pei", refined language sometimes joined
in

to
used the more and
is

is
it

object producing action, sometimes immediately principal any

or

person verb without

to

the the the

object:

£#jRij#######: yi,” san”

##
tº

pei'
T

icos
be
na

(*) seized.
to
–

pei" t'a' chieh (*) ch'i' la'—my umbrella

was borrowed by him.
borrow
to
–

chieh"

re
{# (*)

manºsaurº
ta

tto
o be
-–

be beaten.
*

b
j

###ſ
ma" l’uai"

tien (*)-hsin' pei" hsiao" hai’-tzu" ch'ih ()

by

la"—that piece
of

cake was eaten the

pei" shang(')—to
be

wounded.
child. ####
The
#
&

verbs ai” and always joined directly principal

to

express
to

show” are the verb

mostly
º;
an

unpleasant nature:
of

sensations

aiºma (‘) —to –to

be

###, abused. show" k'u (*) suffer hardships.

§
#

To curse; scold; rail.

(r.

140)— Bitter; hard, affliction.

(r.

m"' 122) k'u'

-

ta(*)
to
––
be

ai” ta(*) beaten - -

*

##T
to
b

º:%; (")--to
lei

show' endure trouble.

175
 |||||
%
# *^ f; # ſº # * #

# ch’iang'ſ
##| kua'
}: taei" (r.

Chiao"

door,
Examples

r 1ſ; % ſå # 38 5i 33 tº ºf
# Hº 81
5%'

ph.
#! # ^ * ºf £ {}.

men
(*)
64
679
ſº, # X 30 5% 29
T.

* # fi * 3: 28 r. #' ſ & fill 27

-to
154)—a thief;
- a
to 5%

call
ſ 26
#

ſ. N ºf B # W ºf # 25 #
#' #'

ft. * ºf 4 £
or

rob;
tao()—to blow down.
robber.
24
21

5%
1

to
ſº; # flá' (# # 23 #: # 33 fill 22 #ſ ºff — r #

knock
of varions uses of the verbs

at
T

#1 20
×

# 5: # 5e, # Jī’ # ſº 5 #; º' # ſº 19 r.

plunder.

the
|||

176
ſill
#|

{}
ºf

18

Ji, #'
3 N # ſi tº # ſº # # # 17 gº H.
Æ,
chiao,”

3K
#

|E}}}
H.H.
14

fill iſ, 16 53 ºf 15 ºf fill

mi"
ºf F# # Å, ºf H.
#

#.

chi'
– # ºf ſº.
5.
(r.

ing.
jang",

$3 # 13 #1, 12
3K.

T # Bi is 4: # * r. 3. ſº Äl HI ºf

tsao"
#

tsao
5* 9
I.

is E ſã up 5 11 10 He

119)--rice,
is #, ºf # ºf
pei"

* & ſº ºf

)-(
6
#

+: 3k nº fill s × it h # # ſº nº tº

(##–# )—the
–a #8.
T ºr
a?”

(*)-(e)rh–early

chiao" heing (*)—to awaken.

fowl;
# nil H. 5 4
|| ||

H. 3: g T 3: tº & ºf FH
T.

H. up
º:

in 36'

the
3

M
1

2
show",

# T. #' Bº T. # §§ ſh All sit

the cock.
T. fºr & H #. tº

morn
 Ilºk chiao" mi(*)—to call out for rice, viz, to (r. 86) calamity; evil; suffering.

–
tsai"

give orders that rice should be brought

#
pei" tsai (*)

–
suffer calamities.

to
§
to the house. Likewise-of coal; flour;

:-)-.
tun”

H.r.
etc. 181
time; turn;

a
# (r. 86)—coal.

**
mei"
meal.
show" teng(*)-to keep waiting; to make
—##ſ tun" ta(*) beating.

-
i”

a
wait.
ching" (r. finish; exhaust;
(r.

Hºf 117)—to

to
%; vian' 40)—to oppress; wrong;

to

to
5E,
deceive. finally; only; then; the whole time.

# lum?
-to reprimanded.

be
drip; ai” shuo(*)—to
wet:
###
to
et; to
(#H#–85
ph. 492
y
## ai(*)-cho”—near;

by
(; ;-)-to
side side.
soak.

1.
jºr ch'il shang
{#
*— wound; hurt;
to

to

to
deceive: ------
insult

i
p

ph. 102
injure.
fá

to
fu" (r. 154)—to
on

bear the back.

# shu" (r. 72)—hot weather; the sun heat.

on

ch'i(*)-fu'—to insult; pick (of child

£rfá
to

## shou" shu(*)-to get sun-stroke.

a
ren).

#Tº kao(*)-hsia'
#254} pu"te”- unable
to
—

accuse. shou(*) endure.

to
pei (*)-kao'-(e) rh- defendant. pu" show" tsou(*) difficult walk.

to
–
####5. 25.5%:E
a

Jä yiian” (r. 27) origin; really; fact.

#ſº show" ch'ih'—tasty; savoury.
in
–

Jää;5. yūan(*)-kao'-(e) rh—a plaintiff.

2F5:# pu" show” pan(*)—difficult settle.

to
Translation

by
by

This tree was blown down the wind. 17. am very often deceived him.
1

by

(lit. people).
by

brigands. somebody
4. 3. 2.

His house was robbed 18. He was accused

Somebody knocking the door. 19. He the defendant, am the plaintiff.
at
is

is

are crowing; day calamity.

be

The cocks soon will 20. The place suffering from

it

light. 21. He suffered (or, got) beating.

a

me very early. reprimanded all the time.

5.

To-morrow call 22. He

is

6. Hurry wake him up. 23. To suffer cold and bear hunger.
to

by

You go 24. my side.

sit
to

and call cart come. Please down

7

by

He went order rice. temples, people

do
to

of

25.
In
8

houses the side

.

9. You hurry order coal. not like to live.

to

10. (I) made you wait. 26. He has been wounded.

11. Do not allow him come here. He has got
to

27. sun-stroke.
a
by

To deceived, picked
be

be
do

12. (However) not deceived him. 28. insulted. (or teased,

13. did not take an umbrella and have been on.)
I

To
by

seaked the rain. 29. suffer poverty.

14. He younger you, (lit. He compared 30. The heat unbearable to-day.
is

than
is

you you must yield 31. am very sad.

to

small) him.
to
is

15. Yield little (in the price). (This) on.

to

32. road difficult walk

is
a

(or, invite him) into

go

16. Let him the study 33. This dish very savoury.
is

and sit down. This affair

to

34. not easy settle.

is

177
 =
1
<ț¢<ș ***#!*<z<ț¢< -}

<
ſ
&=&3&&3&&3&&3&& tºgėš###ER-ſq:=&#######}

{Er-š'-º-№gg-ſë;&# *>{{&###Ęs##] #{{-ſ}}<=ºff&ſR

*************************< #

Iſ-H== *****#fè##āś#{&#{&#{R+###############
#

ſ-<
Ķķ########-###J #ņķa śſäFEŠĶĒRĒ#]###5
Section

| I

|
gºtº #######]#-#ſkº-gºĞE###ręē&&?#*º

78
LESSON XLV

£*###################]#-######ī£§§§§
#
Dialogues

Uſ]
########58£§§§<##Ēșą#####s-№gº=
+
|#

H.
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

<######$$];&###ī£--HEĢērģ#####ģ==$#ģeºgræeș

H.;
§=#######]#-########ękºśāš-<ęś&#;&##Ę

######Ē=#€$£§!#############################

-1
§1

ţ
Ņg &???Eēģ ſ&######ĒTŘEė-Šī£<;&###
→
<

§
§
§
 Vocabulary and notes

fji
JV
# JN

fil
ch’on,” ho" jen”
jen” ch'in'
Enemy and Relative

iſ,
Hiſ ch,
ch'i.”
fjL)\ ch'out-jen”—an enemy.
i.

(;
r. 13 Surname.
}—here:
(

ſº pao"

;
---

to
ch'ao” chien" have an audience. protect, guard;
#}}l

to
—
-

)
p
*3 chin"
72

H T. guarantee; guarantee.

pº
-

a
—ancient state.
ph. {{-)
(

ſº chi." 134

r.
:-----

-
Pi—ggiº)

–
p'i nº kung"—prince P'ing.
Mº.

raise;

to
ºf

introduce.
ch'iteh' 12
#k
r.

t;

de
ſº
post; vacancy;

§
)—a pno” chi"—to recommend.

:
ph. 482
ficient.
# chiin"

};
;r.
sovereign; superior;
#k

—
ch'u' ch'ieh'—absent from official duty;

(
ph. 678

)
|

shang"

E
vacancy.
to

make
a

your majesty.
---
{{: Jen'
9.
r.

—office; employ; re
:

jem"
ſ

ph. 68
;
)

)—official duties.
(Hº-º:
*
sponsibility. 1.
ww."
f
#

– undertake;
64

t.
#
i.
,

(Hº-j- |-
bear
*
ſ:
145

r.
ph.

\
jem' 74T
(

fill vacancy.
)

to

a
"
--- ch'ijeh"
burden. #k
#ff luo"-shih”—honest; without vice.
(,
;
T. ić

ph.
;

590
)

hsi" r. 9
-fit; )—". connect with:
40

proper; suit {#6

r.
2

ph.
) \

- 887
,

ph. 624A able.

(

concern; consequence.
# - hałeh" T.

É
#)

-
here: Surname, also kuan'
ph. 169
r.

643
(

— —Hº- J-connection; elation

relation.
ti
ph.
)

chieh”. 635
(

hai"

Å —94— {#
(-;

hu”
r.

)—ox. /\. kung'

ph.
...)
r.

407 ‘IN
Dh. 392
(

ch'ou.” - - -
r.

{ji.
)—enemy.
foe; hos 77
just, upright; im
)"

cheng"
ph.
IE-
r

302
(

TPh.T partial.
(

tility. 127

§ Rule, pattern; reach; wise; re

to
#

District; magistrate.
(r.

ko”

hsien" 120) 75 search; science.

r.
-

)
(
|

kºng' (r. 18) Hard; firm; just now. (r. close;

-

{* 30) harmonize.
to

to

ho”
–
|

To lay hands on, press down; k'ung" hole; Great; The sur
+L

(r. 39)
—
#

an" (r. 64)— according

to.
of

name Confucius.
chin' (r. 159)—an army.
#.
# pi* (r. 162) Avoid; flee; shun; evade.
-
£f

Property; funds; fees, aid;

(r.

11)– Within,
(r.

154)
Pº,

tºu" nei' inside, inner; native.

-

help; trust
to

179
 Translation
ENEMY AND RELATIVE

went for an audience with Prince P'ing of the state of chin. Prince
One day Ch'i Huang-yang
just
P'ing after talking with him for a while, asked him, “The magistracy of Nan Yang District has
suitable man to appoint the office?” Huang-yang re
fallen vacant; whom do you think the most to

I see

be

to
Hu.”

it,
plied at once, “As would best appoint Hsieh

it
Hu your enemy? How that you
“Isn't

it
said,

is
Hsieh
Prince P'ing was much surprised and
him? Huang-yang replied. “What vour

to
specially wish recommend
not recommend another, but
do

the magistracy Nan Yang

of
of
Majesty asked me was, who had the ability the duties

to
undertake
my enemy, yet considering from the point
Hsieh Hu

is
District, not who was my enemy. Although

be
Yang District would most

up

it
magistracy Nan

of
he

his ability, should take the

of
of

if

view
your

to
according

let
“All right,

be
replied. done

it
fitting.” Prince P'ing nodding his head

suggestion.”
again asked Huang-yang question saying, “Our kingdom, now.
few days later Prince P'ing

a
A

vacancy?” Huang yang, there

the army; who do you think can fill this
of

still lacks commander

a

Prince P'ing great surprise said,

in
honesty and frankness replied, “Then appoint Wu.”
all

upon,
in

the army?” Huang-yang replied,

of
be

recommend your son

to

commander
“How's that! Do you wish
to

the army. So

of
of
be
to
was, who had the qualifications commander
“What your Majesty asked me

or
ability. As whether Wu not

is
to

is
told your Majesty the one with the most suitable
of

course
I

P'ing Chin thereupon

of
my son, what difference then does that make?” That very day Prince
the army.
of
of

appointed Wu undertake the duties commander

to

the way Ch'i Huang-yang re

an at
said, “Good! Look
he

When Confucius heard these two incidents

re

on
enemy, the other

a
name (avoid) on the one hand
to
he

commends talent; does not hesitate

and upright man.”
an

Truly impartial
he

lative.
is

180
 ## 3: £) ºf
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

|
LESSON XLVI # JH + /\ E:

• • º • • - Section I

+
Dialogues

|
È * * *È * § * Ē § $
È*$ i * *1 * Ē £
14 13 12 11 10 9 +
# ºº

i
+
F T
% ## ? * € 5 Ē € € #
# |= #
- - * *º * * <í
ĚR # # ## 5% # & # # ¥ %
№ £ # ſiſ 1 # E # * ÉS $ È -
TJ & € E ſ=
ſae # £ ºº * J ##& &# $
E #Ę # Ē * + # $ #
+ # # + < ę # # # # £ № $ ĪS
<4

- *
f1 # # {R F tº Ę # # # 1 E $R
§
≤## # Ę ±### & –
≥ ** * *
# # @ Ę k # # # § și
§§
±
ק
−@ ± # Ę =#$# € £ §
¡ ** * * * |
≤¿
¶ &+ # ##$ # @# ©
£ ± ##$& ## ®
*?
≥ $¢ # + ≠ ± = Ē # # 18
± £ g +− ≠ E Ģ # # & # E
*
j
− € =E × − \
g ## *± f *
= £ Æ = ≤ × și # # & ± &
: |
-g
š și ºg æ e g …! …; ş E
și įg ææ ≤ gę © = ;= 3. ?
] ; *ţ
181
 Vocabulary
–a

-
shih' fang (*) typewriting
4\{{}}
kung" public office.
#ſº:# ta” tºu" chi(*) ma.

a
hsiu" (r. 9)to stop; to rest. chine.
{K
bind;
#; (r. 120)— tie; knot;

to
to
chieh”

a
#
(r.
61)—to breathe; increase;

to
he'

to
Liv
•

fixed.
rest; interest money.

on
(r. 40)-solid;

f
shih” true; really.
H

(*)-hsi"—to

as
hsin rest from toil.
{{ Liv
#ff
•

chieh(*)-shih”—strong; firm.
(r. between; sep
[H]

space

to
chien' 169)—a
jifſä
H

(*) handy for use.

–
hao” shih
at atc.
1; (r. 60) serve; servant.

to
—
i"

a
(*)-chien" interval; period; inter
—

shih

2
H
-

hsiao" i(*) school servant.

###

–a
mediate time.
generally; all.

#:
kung" (r.
t’ai" (r. 30) –eminent; 12)

—
venerable; terrace.

*
#

-a
§º: —-ji: i”-kung(*) all; the whole of; sum total.

–
at" -Ls haieh" twº t'ai (*)
ai(?) writing de
desk.
#

finish, close;

#
pi* (r. 102)—to end.

to
the

§
imple
--
(r.

Fl. chi" 12) prepare; utensi";

to
—

(r. 75)—an affair; occupation.

an
yeh"
Inc nt.

## pi* yeh (*) finish college course;

to
–
literature;
3. ornament;

a
–

wen” (r. 67) civil

graduation.
officers.
7.2
t’u’ shu" kuan (*)
– library.

8
imple

-
I

—
\
chi;(*) stationery; writing

a
-

|#####
3.

wen”
H.

~*
ping" (r. with; and also.
iſ:

inents. 1) together
–
–

#)
shw' kuei (*) book case.
### written
a

(Also
f;

chiº 118
(,

ping"-ch'ieh (*)-moreover;
r.

record;
Slſ.

list; and also.

H.
a
a

)—a
º

ph. 799
pao(*)-chih”—a newspaper.
register. ##6
# (r. mixed; confused; mis
—

shºw’ chi(*) books; records. tsa” 172)

–

####
cellaneous.
JJJāº:
(;
kwng'-k'o" piao (*)--a lesson sched

;-)-

º
chih"
fié to remember: to
re
1.

ule. ph. 66
piao(*) time table.
||f|Hjää
—

shih”-chien' cord.
a

E-i- magazine.
ih"—a magazine
2

(*) chih"—a
4
i ..

chi ###,
%
:

- tsa
stand; classi
)-

a
a
(

fier.
-

te”

£4}} wei (*) shih"—in order to.

Iſſ

er” And yet; still.

(r.

126)
–

Translation
an

Wislting office
our listening geography, (lit. their) principal went
of
in

(1) When we had finished the class the

(2) his office, that time there was recess.

at
us

with because
to

see
a

up

neatly. On writing
it)

(3) We entered into the office which (lit. and saw that was fixed the
all

of

writing implements. the book case there were kinds books.

all

In

(4)
of

desk there were arranged kinds

182
Upon the wall there were hung the (5) lesson schedule and the time table. On a small table by the side of
the book case there was (6) put a typewriting machine.

The principal said to us, “This (7) typewriter has been newly brought from America. It is not

only solid but also very handy for using.”

So (8) saying, the principal invited us to the sitting room (where) a school servant brought tea to us.

(9) When drinking tea, we asked the principal, “In your school how many students are there?”

He (10) said, “Altogether over three hundred.” “Boy students are more numerous than girl stu
dents. In June of this year one (11) class graduated.”

After tea the principal invited us (12) to go and see the library. Although theirs is a primary

all
school, the library is big. (13) Moreover, newspapers magazines

of
there are also kinds and for
to

students read.

o'clock;
we

12

so
(14) When finished our visiting, it was already then we returned home.

Section II Grammatical
Characters which have double readings

There are many two readings, readings. The most

of
characters which have and few have three

a
by

those changes reading are attended change meaning.

of
in

\º
The following are the most important
of

such characters: .
–

Jising” go; harmony; pien" convenient;

to

at

—
ho”
to
–

peace.
walk. handy.
3.5ll
1.47 line; han" (hai")—with
6.ſi p'ien” cheap; advanta

—
hang” series,
–a

firm. hai"—still; further, ge Ous.

a

since.
4.
#
§

huan”—to return; ch'a'—difference; err;

to

to
ch'ang" leng; excel-
–

ling. repay. to mistake.

# #
7
2

X
ch'a'
—
ta"—great; big; tall. send on official
to
chang"—old; senior;
to

grow. tai’—great; big. - business.

l

(To
be

continued)

Examples
of

various uses cited characters

of

the above
#,

£||
—

Jº

-T.
§

4T
8

ºf
ſº

ſiſ

#.
Aſ

[H].
'

jū
t

- 3.
10

47
H+.
#}
:

#:
i
i
i:

º
.
:
|||
.

III

183
 l
#. |É # £

4
3%

8
1

3
1

1
1
#j
38 3 6 32 J&
É
:

:
.
4

: 4
{{

6
1

1
a >

}]]
º

:
#j

*
2

ii
#
||

:
i
ñº' #

º
2
8

ſ |
1.

i
33
ſil, #:

3).
+
{R
2.5

26
-

14
I

31
ſR

24
{# #7.
ſ"

n
:
:
i
Wi
4
2

2
|
ſº
Dav {{i' #. ſR
H.

29
r

{{

*
º'
s

jë. -*
2

#7

Jº"
25
jī

40
34

#:
if:

:
: *
:

ſº # +
%R

i
:

:
:
º:
:
2.

{{ſ'
ſ

Vocabulary
(r. 75)—plums.
li"

+: XHF
an

(*) official letter.

-

wen shu"

#f7; hsing (*)-li”—baggage.

##f firm;
–

yang’ hang(*) foreign firm

a

#—# tien (*) tien”—to check.

i'

selling foreign goods.

hsing(*)-wei”—actions; #47 vin’ hang(*)—a bank.

47% conduct.
yī

Bºlā; kuo' (*) national ### ching"-li(*) -to manage; direct.

to

dialect;
–

the
–a
•d

term -
##;
of *H*= (r. 50)—a market; shop;
W

nc used ste
instea trade.
TÉ
to
d

shih"
I

kuan' “the mandarin dialect”.

–

hua”
–

4THi hang(*) shih" the market price; the

# (r. 61)—vicious; wicked.
o'

exchange.
of

market rate
d

(Read wu"—to hate; detest).

# t'ang" 108
r.
to

move; disturb.
to
go

#47 t’ung' heing(*)—able ph. 237 )—to

* (
to

anywhere;

—##.
tºu
(*)

t'ang"
of

current. line characters.

–a

184
 on
hang(*)-chia"-a specialist.(of commerce, ho(*)-mu’-friendship; friendly terms.
47% 7FIIHÉ
of business, etc.) tzu"-ta(*)-proud; self-important.
H}<
3-47
wai‘-hang(*) - an outsider; one who does
father's elder brother.
Jºffé ta(*) veh”

–
a
not know the business; an unexperienc

Jºſé taº yeh (*)—the eldest son.

(;
ed person.

(*) tuan.” – length. uncle;

Mä
ch'ang senior.

"

a
ph. 804 )—an
(r. 44)—the Chinese foot (14 fro
JR ch'ih"
MH3&
po" fu(*)—a father's elder brother.
inches English).
#j 64

r.
chii”
chia(*)-ch'ien”—value; price. seize; lay hold of.

)-

to
to
{{{# ph. 227

(
chien(*)-shih"—knowledge; experience.
Jälä. #jñº

be
li(*)—to ceremony;

to

to
chü' stick

tºw (*)-the
Fº-f. chang” eldest son.
formal.

# pei" r. 159
|É (r. 181)—to obey; suit.

to
shun"
( ph, 418 )- a generation; a class;

shun" pien(*)-convenient; one's con

at
a SOrt. |{{ſ}i

#—# chang" i” pei (*) - one generation old

{j venience.

fa” (r. 122) punish; fine.

to
to
—
er.

#
(r.

9)—to borrow; lend. Grandfather; gentleman; title.

to

ꖼ

chieh" (r. 88)

-
yeh"

pacify;
to

reconcile;
*{{
to

ãºfil guarantee.
to

shuo(*)-ho”- kuan”-pao(*)

to
–
intercede between.

rh
ch'a(*)-ts'o'-(e) mistake.

–
lia? r. ###5.
9

{{j two.
ph. )—both
###5.

to
562 tsou" ch'a' tao(*)-(e)rh— take

a
(

lia (*)-two brothers; wrong road.

rh

#5 MWi ko'-(e) both

###j

an
brothers. t’ing'-ch'ai (*)-ti”— a messenger;

É mu'(r. 109) friendly; kind; cordial.

—

office servant.

Translation
(i.e.
it)

Check over the luggage. count acters).

3. 2. 1.

an

too hateful. 11. He specialist; am outsider (amateur).

His conduct
is
a
is

length five ‘‘ch'ih”.

In

current everywhere. 12.

is
it

The national dialect

is

Send an official despatch inquire. 13. Long sentences (I) cannot read.
to
4.

“Yang" hang” store selling foreign 14. The price has risen.
5.

is
a

goods. 15. (He) has gained sense (of young person).

bank manager. 16. He the eldest son.

is
6.

He
is
a

gold high. 17. He generation above you.

At present the market price
of

is
a
is
8. 7.

Which brother are you? 18. Pen and ink.

9. am the second. 19. will borrow from you something.

I
I

“i' hang” tau(*)” 20. The day very warm.

is

one can
of

10. (Instead)

also say “i’t'ang" char 21. Talk peace for them.

of

tau(*)”
(a

line

185
 very friendly

do

on
22. The two brothers are on 32. (Please) take your ease, not stand

terms. ceremony.

do
How many

|
33.

us

as
23. more are there? Let two we please. (said

at
each

a
24. Still better than he.

on
separating the street.)

in
or
restaurant table

25. But the money he borrowed from me, he 34. When convenient, please come my house.

to
has not yet returned. 35. This you bought really cheaply.

all
26. Did you pay up your bills? one does not punish him, truly one would let

If
27. All go together. him off too cheaply.

28. He very self-import:nt. 37. Nearly.

is

“Ta(*)-yeh" is) father's

be
29. means Vlit. the 38. guarantee that there will no mistake.

A I
elder brother. 39. great difference.
30. “Ta'-yeh (*)"means the eldest son. 40. You took wrong road.

a
31. Ask doctor look (i.e. exam 41. An office servant.
to

to

take
a

ine the patient). What official employment has he?

186
 Ešē#$%$&=&#x#####-# šEEā###+z;#####J

1
ș#####=gës ≡≡≡RÈK ĶĒĒĒĖĖĘĘĢĒ

+#############ęſęEKĘ:--J&#-## £§§féęgžņëķāſā

J
–è## ſąë+<ägſ-<#######!--##-#########-## ķī£

=
1
§##$%&#ĒĢĒģē#####ęgęžņā#33;&########%$§§
LESSON

&#3 *=-<##################~##ºf *Hºº##

Section
# X

I
KHEſkº-№ºrſ&##54$£§ ?=<șęx *S*Hºſēšā#Èë
XLVII

187
#1

Haeae-ț¢;&#####$ ##-##-Rºſſºſºk ##
Dialogues

#
È

|
±±##### EE șºſ jº<######āſ-##########și JD
ºff
+
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

Rºſť-KHEIĘ#<!-șșEš8–###+@HÄ№ķī£###Ęşș&###~##
-t:
#
{{!-&#ēHë H&#!--#####}} Tº ż-żēģFRA-&##Eaſtęłºżą
i
=& īſſºļģiz< -š;&########-#"] #-E#№łºżºșEē

1
1
=

Ešķ====##### ##-3-<=$##ī£ #!*+*KĘ###Ę

$IA &&
3 4-§.ſe/
 Vocabulary and notes
# f{
tz'u shang"

Declining a Reward

††
shang”
, - rewards; to reward;
ho"
who? which? what?

)-
*
Muſ
( , ) pn.

I
bestow, enjoy; take pleasure in. how? why?
r.
§§ tr'11" 154
- to confer; bestow;2 hoº-pi" why must? why necessary?

is
Muſſº,

it
–
( ph.
"...— . )
235

jūſuſ ju?-ho”

of
give. how? what sort?

–
shang?-tz'u'—-a reward; recompense, to

-
### wuz lun" ju?-ho"—whatever hap
grant; confer; bestow.
{{#illiſuſ
pens; under any circumstances.
3.
É
t’ao” r. 162 - to run away;
- ; flee;
flee
33%
( ) Not, without, wanting; initial

(; ;-
ph. 383 r. 86)

2
wu"

—
character.

(
escape. lun”
-to discuss; to Con

t
;
J. ph.
# t’ao?
(to 439 sult
++)-to

-
take refuge; flee kung"
ph. 108
ºnaºn4.

(i.
r.
19 merit; meritorious
2

-
from trouble. lao
449

)
£i fu" (
_r.
ph.
Ov
-) — to return, repeat; services.

-
reply; answer; recover; restore; again; tsun! (r. 41) – honorable; eminent.

… _

º
-
"4

repeatedly. noble; honorable.

|

—
kºtei
([

ph. 783
)
huiz-fu'—to return; restore; reply.
{{
[H]

(; ;-) —t-º-W
181
r.

chill” wish; willing:

H;
to
be *-*
–

y
duty; position; post;
-

ph.
9
.

194
viian"

*
office; service.

§
far rather.
chih”
75
g)
r.

to;

occupation, 1330–To arrive;

(r.

voca utmost; very.

-

ph. 156
(

*(
tion, profession.

(:: -.
t.
}) -
.

end; in
a

the termina
-

ch'en”
Hi

state, ph.
of

minister 541
)- a

pn.
tion; finally; last; whole; all; entire.
at

(;
courtier.
£
;

chih"
last,
to

the end.
at
–

ruler; steward;
to
(r.

40)— Minister;
-
#e
)

tsais - chung P*.

)

slaughter.
\
(r.

it. 18)—he;
it;

ch'i' that; they.

5)- Confusion;
(r.

#L lºan' rebellion; anarchy.

188
 Translation
DEGLINING A REWARD

When King Ch'u lost his kingdom, there was a butcher who also left the country along with him.

Later when King Ch'u returned, he wished to reward those who had fled with him, and the butcher,
of course, was one of them.

The butcher hearing this news of the reward thereupon said, “When the great king lost the
kingdom of Ch'u, I also lost my work as a butcher. Now the great king has returned to his kingdom,

and I also have regained my work as a butcher, and, as formerly, I have

f a profession. What need

is there to give me a reward as well?”

Someone passed on this remark to King Ch'u. King Ch'u said: “Whatever happens, he must come

and receive a reward from me.”

When the butcher heard this word he said once more, “When the great king lost the kingdom of
Ch'u it was in no way my fault, so the great king did not punish me. Now the great king has

returned to his kingdom it is no merit of mine, so I do not deserve to accept the great king's
reward.”
Again someone told this to King Ch'u. Whereupon King Ch'u said to his minister, “Although

this butcher's profession is not a high one, yet there is much reason in what he has said. You go and
get him for me. I want to give him an official position.”
This minister sent a man to go and fetch the butcher and tell him at the same time what King
Ch'u had said. The butcher said, “I know that being an official is much more honorable than being
a butcher. If I only seek offical position for myself, but thereby cause our king to acquire a reputa
tion for giving rewards at random, I will under no circumstances accept this offer. I would far rather
go back again to my butcher's shop”. And so to the end he did not accept King Ch'u's reward.

189
 # 3 #1 ºf
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

= • • - • • *•* –
ë J – ff. º F ! § № # № #§# +
LESSON XLVIII #; ſq + f\

º
==

E Section I Dialogues

i
1 6 15 14 13

§ $ + È ſº * # € E # Ē ¶# £
HR

§ $ & Ē * 1 £ < # — ™¡# # § TË

+<

€ = $ § Ģ # ≡ * № º?¿#
&&

£ – $ Ē § Ģ # ? $ — # --# #
№ $ - 1 Ķ # È $ № Ē Hº *& #
HK ER {<
ſā{
11

šā $ 1 § Ķ № – $ # — + * ºg #
¥ #+

tº T ≡ § – $ # # ſi### #
&#

$ = ≈ K ř $ # # ##* #
$ K ± & Ķ = š $ # # ###± #
+< ##

№ + − § Ķ 1 № # # – # ##≠ #
¡
ſ- ā # ¶ Ķ § # # # 1 ###± #
éș Ē * ¿ Ķ § # # & * ##−
șă ē ± → § # E # -ſ ± ##×
;i
#;

įš
#--

și Ģ − £ ſs § ſº # # −
$¢ -<
#+ 3}
+ × € < ſą -- # # × ºg# +
== #+

+, × £ № < şg # #-- % × ºg ## 1
ų ş
* × € = ºg # ~ ~ ≤ ºg ## s

· –
ą, ≤ ≤ © ∞ æ # & ≥ și№# §
ę, și ≥g så ºg & … ¿ = ≡ și№g## #
¡
19 ()
 Vocabulary

# *( r. 64
-to # lu"(r. 157)—a road; path; passage.

a
take; to receive;
ph. 85

# ch'i' (r. 85) Steam (new character).

–
to connect; to join; to meet.
# ch'i'(r. 210) even; correct; complete; all;

–
ÉÉl chieh" feng(*)—to welcome one back
whole.
home.

3&#T lai” ch'i(*)'a'—all have come.

JR ## tung' haing' low (*)—the name of an

(i. ;-)-

2
#
show
old Chinese restaurant at Peking. ph.
well acquainted; in

fift fan' kuan(*) - an eating house; a restaur timate; familiar with; ripe; cooked.

ant.
#)\ shou(*) jen” who familiar;

–
one

is

a
J}.
t&04

(
r.
ph. 432T
53
- a seat; a throne.
friend;

an
acquaintance.

jºſë
tso

ting" (*) seats; book

-
to

to

reserve
# pi* 60

r.
those.
seats.
( ph. 537 )—that:

#j yieh'-here: invite. (r. 77)—this.

to

tºw”
IHE

#
at;

(r. 133)-to reach;

£ill,
to

chihº arrive the pi*-tz'u (*)—this and that; both them;

of
extreme; most.
mutually.

####j chihº hao (*) ti'—the best.

t’ung(*)-k'uai"—highly delighted.
#

|# p'ei”- company; second;

to
to

to

bear

# chu!
r.

)-

149 many; all; the

assist. ph.
(

192

#|}; p’ei(*) help visitors. whole of.

to

to

tso" entertain
–

Jſ. ch'i'(r. fetch;

#ſſ chu' wei(*) —you, gentlemen.
to

29) take.
to
—

li”(r. 75)—plum; an' (r. 40) quiet; rest.

-

prune.
2}:

(')
an

#f7; hsing (*) -li"-baggage. ch'ing” present one's com

to
—

###
pliments; salute.
li" (r. 70)-a
fift

stranger; guest; brigade

a

army. good
an

fen' show (*)

in

to
#.

leave;
3)

to

take bid
-

jñ&# inn;
an

lü”-kuan (*) hotel.

–

by.
a

191
 Translation
Welcoming (a friend)

(1) Last Saturday just as I was writing in my room, my servant brought up a telegram that (2) a friend

of mine sent to me. He said that the next day (lit. to-morrow) at 12.00 o'clock he would come to

Peking. (3) I was extremely glad (and) immediately telephoned to the restaurant Tung" Hsing" Lou" to

reserve a (4) place (for me), and invited a few of my best friends to assist me in entertaining in order to
-
welcome him back.

(5) The next day at 11 o'clock I took my servant with me to the Eastern (6) railway station to meet

him. (When) we arrived at the station we waited there for a while, and then the train arrived. When we

(7) two saw each other we were very glad. I immediately ordered my servant to fetch (8) his luggage

and sent it for him to the hotel. We (both) left the station, got into a (9) motorcar and went directly to

the Tung" Hsing” Lou".

At that time my friends had not yet come. We (10) first drank some tea and chatted about the

incidents of the trip. After a while the (11) friends came. They known (to my friend),
all

all
were well
of

so that there was no need introductions.

all

(12) Eating and talking (we) were very happy, because we had not (13) seen each other for

a
long time, (and) now having met together we were unusually delighted.

“To-morrow,

go
When we had finished our (14) dinner, my friend said, will you gentlemen's

to
I
present my compliments”.
to

residences
all

(15) Then good-by accompanied my friend (16)

to
left the restaurant each other.
to

and bade
I

his hotel.

Section II Grammatical
Characters which have double reading

(Continued)
to

diminish; shorten; la"—to let pass; leave behind.

to

to

sheng”—
8.

292
a

province. 12.
# sheng"—abundant; great.

hsing”—to examine; watch; visit.

to

to

ch'eng”—to hold; contain; fill.

to
to

9.
# chieh”—to feel; perceive.
to

13, chung"-heavy; severe.

Hi

-
sleep.
to

chiao"—
o” –
"...an
ch'ung” fold;
-
layer;-
- -
repetition.
–

75)—joy; pleasure.
a

a
le’

§§
(r.

10. (lo")
14. morning; dawn.
—

...:- chao"
-

yao' (yieh)
4
/

music.
–

ll. # lo"-to fall; drop. audience;

an

dynasty;
to
to

ch'ao” have
–a

sink; settle; toward; facing.

to

lao"—to write.
to

192
 *#$±3ģ#*#Ķ Examples of warlous uses of the above cited characters

• –
# Ē¢=
mſ Ē £ și
&
1ķ
- # ĶĶ §?Ķ
ºº=€ Ķ șš {{}
#

*
—;
; Ģ € și ≡ ſg și și ## £ + ķī.
— Ģ # și ≈ $ ſae # șº # • # =1
3Ķ<º ≠ $ º
# ț¢ $ § E§
–z
<}
≤ $ šią
× Ķ r} £
≤ Ķ 1 º
≥ $ & #
≥ $ ſą
£- $ €
$$Ķ
< $ Ę 44 $ $ Ķ
-
& &@
§#
& §#
± $ 1 – # $ # € $ # Ķ # *
§
#4
− $ & 2 $$#£$## ±
$ $ ſą $$$#$#2 • +? →
$$Ę $8 $ $ – € !! § 1 §
– $ $ $ £ # € Łą ILI €
¡+
$$ę
$$Ė
ES $ Ė
È +1 ė
##$$$#
|
$ $ #9 №
! # $ NË #
#
#
*
£
¥
$
įE
#
#
Ķ•
TIJ

Ķ§
±

Ê<$ % # 5 Ë Ē ± E # Ķ#
Ê$$ K *
Ê < #1
! # # Ē, Ģ #
# ## HE #1
Vocabu ary
§ Ř ± ſ{
Ķ#

*H: sheng" chang (*) – the governor of a

*H sheng" shih (*)—to avoid trouble.
province.
*#! hsing" ch'in (*) – to visit one's parents.

-ºr
JE, ching"—here: only.
# ww."
( ph.
r. 61
763 )—to
notice; to feel.

*# aheng" ch'ien(*) to economize; to save

*f; hsing (°) wu" – to understand; to per
money. ceive.

193
 t’ai(*)-yang”-the sun.
# o' (r. 61)—vicious; wicked. J&ſº
#Tº la(*)-hsia'—to

or
(Read wu"—to hate; to detest) leave out behind.

#º ÉYiğ

–
mai" sui” haieh (*)

to
o(*) hain” — lit. a bad heart i.e. nausea. sui’ enter

####|N to "()" isn'-

as
each sale (as soon made).
a villain; a

la" chang(*)—to

an

an
malefactor. omit item account.

in
###
pao(*) ying"—to a return; to re chang(*)—to

an
make bill

or
###wº ###
lao" write enter

a
taliate. aCCOunt.

(r. 135)—to open; ease; comfort.

#f #
shu"

(r.
149)—to place; establish.

to
she'

fu” (r. 74) to assist; to submit; to obey.

}} }#} sheng" she (*)—an extensive menu; lavish

a
in easy cir array-of dishes.
###" ()-fº-comfortable

£ff
cumstance S.
sheng" ch'ing(*)—a great friendship.
pu" shu (*)-fu”—unwell.
2R&#}} chung'-chung(*)-ti'—severely; heavily.
Hi}{iff]
§o-i(-)-to be pleased; to like.

hsil (r. 36)—the evening.

3/

Jin (*)-yieh'-music.
###
—É5–5
$4
hai(')—short duration

of
chao'

i'
lodg
Tº # hsia (*)-lo"—a place of shelter; a

time; morning and evening.

an
ing.
a
;
Hº 173_\—
2Kłżi H!
r.

lu%
shui” lo' shih” ch'u (*)—the water dew.
ph. 713
(

falls and the stones are seen, -the truth

-
(r.

is discovered.
Jú yiian" 10) the beginning; original.

§ *( Jüğ (A. D.
(*)

r. 85
vian ch'ao”—the Yüan dynasty
the tide; damp; 1280-1368).
ph. 16 )—
#

Emperor; imperial.
(r.

huang" 106)
–

moist. dynasty
ming(*) Ming
--

Bjjājj ch'ao' the

## cº-he
ebb

1.00) tide. (A.

D.

1368-1644).
---
§§
'H. Jamg"
2%

170
r.

|}} principle; south

-

male ch'ao'nan(*)—to face the south;

ph. 236 )—the
(

the sun. ward.

Translation
understand, (or became
5.

to

provincial governor manages He himself began

1.

the affairs
of A

whole province. conscious).

a

Do you fell
7. 6.

He does nothing but plan save money.

2.

to

nauseated?

Malefactors surely will have their retribution.

3y

will
so

doing one avoid many troubles.

visit his parents. really hateful,

8.

He
4.

He returned home
to

is
 I am feeling unwell (or uncomfortable). ship.

10. Are you not cold? lit. Do you not feel cold? 25. Fill a bowl of rice.

11. Without knowing or perceiving. 26. Look for a vessel to hold water.

12. He sleeps. (or He is sleeping.) 27. He was heavily wounded.

13. Does it please you to do this business? 28. Punish him severely.
14. He studies music. 29. He had a relapse of his illness. (lit. His illness
15. He has no lodging place. returned.)
16. It is necessary to act so that the truth be 30. This dish is badly prepared; prepare (it) once
discovered. more.

17. The rate has gone down again. 31. This affair cannot be carried out in a short

18. The ebb tide has begun. time.

19. The sun will set soon. 32. The ancients said, “Human life is like the
20. He walked quickly and left me behind. morning dew.” (i.e. of short duration)
21. Enter each sale, do not omit any items. 33. After the Sung" dynasty there was the Yuan
22. I will pay at once, do not write a bill. (or dynasty. Before the Ch'ing" dynasty there

enter on account.) was the Ming” dynasty.

23. Really a lavish array (of dishes). 34. To have an audience of the Emperor.

24. Thank you very much for your great friend 35. He went southward.

19
 *
ģșigęſë#####<ș##āſ=&-&##########<ſtºj

1
==&s=;&######### §&##ęēķësº-ºkſaeſae

Eşitſięż: -,+#####################šºſ

'&#'< += EHāg-№ºaeg#######ēģēlilēEſſº
LESSON

i-
ººººººº«;&#######1 ſię ==&kzęſſ=ę
Section
# 3:

-*№ #####~####################
I

=#######Ë *ſºriº:№gº.H™&####< =< --

£)

XLIX

№rāEHja:№gā&##-###Ę####-##-##-###ēĘſsººſ
Dialogues

3.
ºff
Wu

=
1
<##### 11ī£§!--#####-C#}&###ēſāš4śāſ-
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

+
i
gº&##########ēc=#EſiHș##ē#ËÈ## șęłae J.
B.
=<########### #####ņiſlēE#####~###8£1

traeg##############~##### # ##ſi
HE

§§
|||
№
 Vocabulary and notes

E. ſ.

Hiſ

fi
san" ke” wen" tº

Three Questions.

#:
75

yº,
mou" hsiung'ſ
(Pi—#)-.
r.
(

tung 10

r.
certain person or
(#-F.-)-elder
-
brother.
thing; certain - z toes*4
ſiſ
º

#Ž (i.

r.
144

-
guard; escort;

to
ta”—to explain and answer.
chieh" 764

)
iš man” Pi—#) 85 protect; garrison; Tientsin.
r.

a
full; whole; Manchu.
-

ph. 563
|; ºf wei' ping" body-guard.

ſº

—
vin" 170
r:

j-to
RST
(+)-loyal upright;faithful.
retire; conceal;
ti

chung

1
ht

...
t

ph.
I

6
(

1
381 Ht:
)

4Ure
- h. 784

¥
P
hide; retired; dark.

(r.
chiu" 66)-To save; help.

-
-
|.
H.

vin'
an

shih"—a retired scholar; ascetic; - toesrº

hermit; recluse. ſé.
(Hº-É-) dangerous;
a

hazard
a

# p'ien'(r. Everywhere; whole;

–

162) time.
a
;

haiel,” ous; perilous; risk; sick.

(;

Iſil 61T)-blood.
nan
h.

(ii
3
º
3*,

had

(;
defile;
})—danger.

a
IE chih”
77_ -to stop; onl
only.
:

ph. 126 narrow pass; an obstacle; dangerous.

#A 61
#1;
r.

shu" - -
*Ula-
-to ho” chieh”-conciliate: make friendl
to
forgive; pardon;

y
Th.
-
(

554
)

mercy. ſjLÉ. ch'ou?-ti” enemy.

–

}}
(r.
ti"

57)— Younger brother

R.
I.

Translation
THREE QUESTIONS

The king certain country one day

of

considered the questions, “Which the most important

a

is

hour?” “Who the most important “What the most important

is

man?” act?" He asked the whole

is

country answer these three questions.

to

Not single person replied full satisfaction.

at to

his So later
a
to

he went hermit. This hermit was just sowing the field the king helped him
so

see his door,

a

sow (his field), repeated

at

and the same time the three questions

to

him The
of

number times.
a

hermit, however, did not reply. (Just then) suddenly, man came running towards them, his whole
a

body covered with blood. He ran before the king and fell down
on

the ground. The king and the

hermit stopped the bleeding and helped him into the house and
to

bed.

197
 Translation
Next morning when the king got up he went to see the man. The latter then addressed the king
saying, “Please forgive ine! You killed my younger brother, and it was as I was coming to injure you

that I was wounded by your body-guard and escaped to this place. If you had not stopped the bleeding

for me, I would certainly have died. From now on I want to be entirely loyal to you. Forgive me!”

When the king heard this, his heart was filled with joy.

Once more the king asked the hermit to answer his three questions. The hermit replied, “Your
questions are already answered.” The king said, “How is that?” The hermit said, “If you had not

helped me sow my field yesterday, you would not have escaped danger; if you had not saved that

wounded man, you would not have conciliated an enemy. So you must know; the most important

time is the present; the most important man is the one facing you; the most important deed is to treat
people well.”

198
 H# % #] #

Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

LESSON L # H + $
Section I Dialogues

§ ië• Ę •# šā ſº ā # • • –
(15) (14) (13) (12) (11) (10) (9) (8) (7) (6) (5) (4) (3) (2) (1)

ſº №-u ſā. ſº ſą→ != × §

Ég mº
€ ſą
† ſu ſg × ſº #; № și Ę# 1 $ §
!= =

º#, # $ -- #& # º Ę# ×$ §#
H
№
#
$ ¢ № = # Ę# ≤ 1 $
$ £ ā #& # ĘĒ ≥ ſą $
*á «å $ą №

№ §, # © Ē # * #; = Ęē ≡ # įk $
º { gå ſą:

# K # Ę Ģ # & k Ę# ≈ $ =
#= × # Ę Ģ # & ≥ Ę śg № $ #
E & # Ę # 1& ≠ Ģ# # !! $ =
*§ 1 mae

#ų.

§ –
& # # ſq№ @ ≤ ģ# # ## $ {}
HK ¶ # E # & = # ≥ =# № <- & –
# • & # k.= $ ± &# 1 № # È
*
§ –
# ± & $ # $ -4# = + # # §
# ¶ # HK $ # = $ # ## € E # #
IR ¡
# №. $ #á $ # È# & # #
Ēģ ș8 # # $ & % … S# # №. # # ·§§ E †
H## $ 1 Kº Ģ# # #? # @
4K Ē # $
§
Ģ #9 $3
! ſº Ķ # HK №
ſi # Ķ #. §¡
§¶
¿
*E §
199
 Vocabulary

# (r. 160)—to decline; to refuse; words;

#if: pang' help one

he
tz'u' mang (*)—to when

is
speech. busy.

jūIIH, ju’ (*)-thus; this manner.

in
tz’u’ haing(*) — to ake leave; to bid tºw
###f
#25T pu" liao (*)—it will not want

be
twan"
adieu.

- ing; frequently.

be
will

it
ch'i' shen (*) to start on a journey; to
#}}}
*ś. k’o(*) formal; conventional;

jś
ch'i"

—
-
move off.
Courteous.
93)—special; particular.
(r.

*} t’e” # shou"-old 2ge; longevity.

*## t’e”-i(*) purposely.

—

an
fu” t”ang(*)

of
–
shou" the name

2Fjä (*)-I
do

pu"kan” tang not dare; how old restaurant Peking.

at
sung' heing(*) person off;
##7

to

to
–
see

a
phrase conven
of

should
A

dare?
I

farewell reception.

(;
give
tional humility.

a
# ling" -

º;
r. neck;-
#-à-)
ts’ui" collar;-

)–
9

{#: press; urge. the the

ph.
to

to

438
(

*( to receive.
#

50
r.

help;
to

to

assist.
hsin" ling(*) receive spirit,

in
ph. 142 TN

a
it
-I
conventional phrase when declining
Bjj (r. 19) aid; help.
to
—

chu"
presents. etc.

#Bjj pang (*)-chu"—to help;

§:#
to

assist. do;
chiu' shih (*) la'—that will that
ſ

vieh" tiſ”)
JHJä:
of

the month.
—

the end all.

is

#ILáj}}{ p'eng”-yw"—an

ti'
{H} but; but chih' chi(*)
is.

tan" shih (*)

–

it

*(
difficulty. intimate friend.
£$#
be

man(*)—to
in

wei”

ºil Y_
19
r.

urge; stimu
to

to
#}| t’e”-pieh (*)—special; particular. ph. 384
late.
# yū." 162
r.

meet; happen.
to

(r.
#

ph. 575 )—to ch'iang" 57)—strong; violent.

(
#

vi(*)-chien"—to meet; occur. mien’-ch'iang(*)—to force.

H.

to

###

Translation
go

abroad; but not know when you

1.

do

(1) The day before yesterday heard that you will

I
I

will start.
go

expect days), especially

2.

(2) (lit.
to

to

few days one two and today

in

come
a

I
I

bid (you) adieu.

200
 (3) It is very kind of you. (lit. (I) don't dare to receive it). Why do you go so hastily?

4. Because a few days ago (4) an old friend of mine in Shanghai again wired to me urging

me to come to (5) Shanghai at once to help him to arrange an important affair, and in

any case to (6) get there at the end of this month. But I am in great difficulty, because

I am not familiar with Shanghai and have (7) not many friends there. I am afraid I shall
not be able to help him to arrange that affair.

Never mind. (lit. Not important) When you (8) arrive, if you encounter any special condit
ions write a letter to me. At (9) Shanghai I have a lot of friends whom I can ask to help

you.

6. Oh, that is (10) excellent. In that case, surely, I will not be lacking in requests to
you.

Do not be so formal. To-morrow (11) evening at seven o'clock at the restaurant Fu’
Shout T'ang" I wish to invite you to eat; I want to bid you farewell.

8. (12) You are very kind. (lit. I dare not presume). But I accept it only in spirit that

is all, because I am going the day after to-morrow by the morning train, (13) and I have

still a lot of things to do, which must be done at once. We are (14) intimate friends;
do not be so ceremonious.

If you have no time I will not (15) force you. Then the day after to-morrow at the railway

station (we) will meet.

Section II Grammatical
Characters which have double tones

Many Chinese characters have two tones and a few have three tones. Most of these changes are

attended by a change of meaning.

The following are the most important of such characters:

hao” – good; dear; kind; friendly.

1.
#f { hao”—to love; to like.

* * shao”

shao"
– few;
– young;
chua”-false;
little; seldom; short of.

of tender years.

unreal; to pretend.

ºf chia“ – leave of absence.

fa” - method; means.

ſ fa"-method; means; plan; law.
4.
#: fa"-law; rules; regulations; France.

chung"—the middle; within; inner.

5.
th { chung"— to hit the centre; to be successful.

(To be continued)

201
 Examples of using the above cited characters
T

4p
#

18

17
25 24

15

13

10
#
ji ji

2
1

º
?
ſil,

254
#

#
HE
*"

ſº
ºf

It
||
|H| 20

#
::
4

: :
º

4.
º
I

:
4.

4.

H]
|
i : Jº

:
##

19

||
6
1
i
:;
Jil
:
X

{{!
#5

2);
22

I
i

JH'

8
BC

i
i
# 3; Ž'
#. ſº All'

ſº,
iš' Éj

ſī;

HF:
ſh; #i #j
{p,
}

# ſº
r. ſã' fli
# {

ºf
H
# HI P

7
J. #'

+
# #

A º'
#;
# #

W)

11

#"
ſh;
HP, MS

# fl.
Bj H.

3.

4)
ż'
ſ:

#1
de' £7,

ºf
HP' 29,

T
"Vocabulary
(r.
%.

owe; deficient; wanting.

to

ch'ien' 76)

ti'
#####
–

ww” faſ") shih”— helpless

a
ch'ien” an()—uncomfortable; unwell.

*(
situation.
Hjjīf wen'hao (*) enquire after the health;
to

º
–

Y_
66
r.
|

laws regulations
regulations

;;

;:
present compliments. ph. 127
to

one’s
ling"
ing" (r. 9) der; law; rule.
order; polity.
—
to
- t

†† tsun' (r. 41) honorable; eminent. #ſº fa" cheng(*)—law and politics.
–

43-fºº)\ ling (‘) tsun' ta' jen”—your fa #5, #38 fa” cheng" hsüeh”-hsiao(*) college

–
law and politics.
of

ther.

(r. 30)—an interrogative particle. #Ej fa(*) kuo”—France.

a'

Iſiſ
2ſsif.º. put hao” i(*)-88w' not like to; H|H|5E chung' chie (n) (*)-(e) rh–in the mid
to
—

liberty to. dle; within.

not feel
to

at

#it
of;

#|{{j ken(*)-ch'ien’- front before (of lu" pei (*) (of

in

the northern side the

child and parent) street).
2);

2ſ,

(*) young years.

HJH pu' chung' yung(*)— worth
in
–

shao” mien useless;

*(
ww” chih (*)—ignorant. nothing.
{{}}|
#
(r.

125) interrogate. (Also

to

k'ao"
r.

- 119
#E one self;
)-
to

adorn
ph. 99 written
5%).
feign; pretend (Also written
to

(... !”
to

#k) 8hih”
ää. )—to try;
#Eſ; examine -
–

to
p

chuang' chia (*) —to pretend; ph. 329

to

make

believe. examine.
to

>}#;" K'ao'-siºn(•)
-

pien'
(r.

distinguish; dispute.
to

160)
to
—

hit

}}} chung' (*)—to suit; like; your fancy.

to
to

202
 Translation
That is easy to settle (or do, or manage). tinguish.

Did he recover from his illness? 16. He asked for leave of absence.

Present my compliments to the mistress. (lit. 17. He asked for one month's sick leave.

for me - ask the mistress after her health.) 18. I have no way.

How is your father? 19. That is also a helpless situation.

I do not like to speak with him. 20. He entered a college of law and politics.

He likes to drink wine. 21. He is a Frenchman.

How many are there? 22. How many years have you been in China?
I will not sell it for less.
23. In the middle of this alley on the Northern
We see each other very seldom.
side.
How many sons have you?
24. This is of no use, change for another one. (to
He is young and ignorant.
give me.)
Is it genuine or false?
13. In my opinion it is false.
25. On the occasion of these examinations you

14. Do not pretend. will certainly pass.

15. The genuine and the false are hard to dis 26. Does this thing hit your fancy or not?

203
 J
#&șH

**5.Riffſsºſºk&##ēĘ#șFERĘKĘş§§§§§

1
HK
ș###### fºșiș KÈ###############TĘÈH-și

i
Ł4*R**#:###șišgąs&ſtºg șāē###ēEËJ

1
ſē&#HºſťE######* ? #(.+####ę *****
LESSON

ºg
fff
#$-iſraeg Iſraeſ=&#ff ºKÈ#:##ſſſ! !&###È
LI

g
ºsiąg *******ė=&x-**********s
#

il
Section I Dialogues

&#ş iz<####>{#¡E-H ####< <ș###Ę&ēEſēj

Hi
+
# 3: £) ºf

1
=#<?#######4 ($:$ fºº=######ÈJ#:#EĶī£
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

–#

####Ę=##|-|#|#|#šsē###kaeſſ:&###ą&#E####

ſąłęłºżšrē#<ſtęș{ #########šķī£?{{<&#ēäſteſ

fºrț¢&#ģE&####ë £&########ē;&#####-##
#ķ
3:

#{{
§

§:
111
£
 Vocabulary and notes
# ſº

fly

sk
{}

%
kuan" chung" ti" san" chien" yao" ch'iu”

Kuan Chung

of
The Three Demands

---
2

O
ku

#
ii

huan
(#)-tablet. (Hi-º,-)-tenson, cause; old,

##i ^ ch'iº huan” kung"—prince

*(;
Huan late; formerly; therefore, because;

of

to
die.
kingdom Ch'i.
; ; of
9
#

second born of viian”-ku"—cause, reason.

ph. )—the ####
brothers.
## kung" shih"—work together.

(;
kuan” chung"—a famous statesman.
#44. #fff; chih"-shih”—to direct; give orders to.

to
ſº ºr.
tirt

#
9
f

on
hang down; low; base. shui"—tax; duty goods.
)—to
chih'-li”—to rule; manage; put gk Paan’t .76;
in

### order. sort; item; detain; entertain.

fj

a
4;
To deliver; pay;
(r.

fu" send. ming"-fen"—title; good name; relationship.

9)
–

3}
#ff tui'-fu'-to treat; act towards; meet.
##. chih" ch'in'—the nearest relative.

JF sheng'
:- {}^ chung"fu"-uncle elder Chung.
;

or
with; pro
)—to deal
(

# ch'iang”-sheng “-strong and powerful.

#

mote; advance; rise; ascend; pint.

a

# pa" 173
r.

cheng" chang" kuan'-chief

#F###hºw’ leader; conqueror;
ph.
-a
(

105
administrative officer. to.rule by force; among
be
to
chief the

# chi*4
(i.- :-)-affair,
ph. 83
merit; to feudal princes.

Hiš pa"-the

of
spin. wu" five famous rulers the

improve 6th century B.C.

-

|Bºš ch'eng”-chi' achievement,

shou"-ling"—the
Hjää
or

ment. head leader.

# yūan”
jJit li"-liang" force; power; strength.
- -

cause: connection:
(i+}120
º
º

ph. 287 )—a

since, because. T R. 2.
kung'-chii" tools; instruments.

Translation
The Three Demands Kuan Chung
of

Ch'i used Kuan Chung put the affairs kingdom Kuan Chung
of

Prince Huan
in
to
of

his order.
said, “This certainly very difficult, for how can one like me such low position deal with those
in
is

205
 Translation
nobles of high rank?” Prince Huan accordingly promoted Kuan Chung to be the chief executive
(administrative) officer.

However after some considerable time had elapsed the administration did not show any improve
ment. Prince Huan then asked Kuan Chung, “What is the reason for this?” Kuan Chung replied,

“I am a poor inan; at present all those working with me are wealthy. How can a poor man direct such
as they?" Prince Huan heard this and gave him the receipts of the market tax for the whole year.

But for some time to come the government affairs of Ch'i continued as formerly to show no signs of
improvement. Again Prince Huan asked Kuan Chung, “This now is for what reason?” Kuan Chung

replied, “My relationship with your majesty is simply one of a king and minister, outside of this there
is no further relationship. At present among my colleagues there are quite a number who are near

relatives of your Majesty; how then can I control them?” Immediately Prince Huan honored him
with the relationship of uncle.
From this time on the Kingdom of Ch'i began steadily to prosper, and Prince Huan became the
foremost one of the five powerful rulers of the 6th century. Confucius said, “Take for instance the

ability of Kuan Chung, if he had not acquired these three forms of strength, it would have been im
possible also for him to enable his prince to be called a ruler. So it may be seen, that if one wishes
to accomplish great things, one must have ability, opportunity, and resources (tools).

206
 Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

LESSON Lll # Hi
- =
+ T. #

„• … • …„ „ „ –
Section I Dialogues

tą ſą # ș sg g ? = E E ?
1 4 13 12 11 10

– łą ¿ 1
ÄR
12- 4= ? *
№.
*
# × 1 ? * # ºg =
&& ? g
&
43
$ <×
¢ ? ≤ £ tº × × |# * # gº E
$¢ =
g
£ '# ≥ + + ģ × × # * # $ = ×
ĶĒ
-1;

= ± r} + ºg × × * = # $ * ¶
#ē

≠& + # × ≤± *# $ * ¡
Ķ

-* ±− §¶ 5+ ## ×× ≥± * ** ## ¢£ ** –ſë
ķī£
{R
+
€

** ×# ¡1 4ſë @§ ×1 − * * #€ *#
× * - # ș; * #
** ## KÈ ſë… ¶ã ×± ± * º #± *#
1 * * # ã ſą #
= #Ê * § # 5* *# § Ę #
|ſā #* ÊÊ ** §- *± ±* ** ** ## ** §€ #*
tº ± Ë * Ē Ē * * * # * £ *
§1 Ë * Ē Ē = *
** £ * Ē
= € * ē $ ſä * #| $ * *
äā
* Í
#$ **
E=# $ **
HK
HK

207
 Vocabulary
*# ##

tea
hui()—a party. vao(*)-ch'iu”—to demand.
jīſ;
ch'a' hus'
fang" chia(*)-to give holiday.
jæ

(r.
54)—to

a
chien' establish; build.

to
&#: hsieh' nien(*) year.
§
–
academic
chu” (r. 118)—to build.

# ~~( 115
r.

–)-io travel; road;

to
chien(*)-chu”— build.
ph. ###

a
69
tang(*)

–
limit; chiang" lecture hall;

an
pattern.
###

a
a

k'o (*)ch'eng”—course
of study. auditorium.
###

[i]
viian”- garden.

a
à.

shih" (r. 56) –fashion; pattern.

# pu"

r.
145
mend; repair.

to
(*)

##". -to fit; suit; proper. ph. 597 )—to

to

ho'-shih

(
#
pu(*)-shang"—to
#f

add to; up.

to
hsº (r. 149) —To permit; promise; probably. make

E.
::s 1\ – jäääj## chung” chung (*)

ti'
hai" (*) great many. shih"
-

#3%
to

ch'ing”-different questions.
Fº liang" (r. 138)—good; virtuous.

Éf (r. 149) search;

to
ask for.

to
t’ao"
kai"-liang(*)-to reform;
to

BiºHº mend.

# lun”

r.
149
-to con

to
§

discuss;
of.

ch'en' (r. 156) To avail oneself

-

ph. 439
(
## chi(*)-hui”—opportunity. sult.

Éjià
} t’ao(*)-lun”—to

to
discuss; deliberate:
(r. rub; grind.
to

ven” 112)—to
ºg
(r.

ch'ieh" 18) cut; urgent; important.

to
chiwº 4)]
r.

3L 116
investigate;
to

to
-

ph.
T
(

302
—t) i”-ch'ieh (*) all; entirely.
–

examine.
H; chih”
r.

128
}% ven(*)-chiu'—to investigate; exam direct; an office.
to

ph. 93 )—to
(

yüan(*)
#

ine; consider. educational and

###
to

–
chiao" chih”

Hjäft tsai (*) shuo'-moreover; again.

to

say administrative officials.

it
F;

lin’ (r. 131) approach; about to.

to

bring up.
(r.

130)-to bear; rear;

to

to

viº"

####
chiao(*)-yū’-education. ÉÉ lin'
porary.
shih (*)-off hand; provisional;tem

163)-tribe;
(r.

#|, pu" class; section; board;

###E shu (*)-chi"—a clerk; secretary.
a

ministry.

#ET; (*)-hsia'- record;

to

chiao"-yi" pu(*) chi take note.

-

to

ministry
of

#####|, the
3%

mien" (r. 10) avoid.

to
–

education.

## fa'-chi (*)(or kei")-to appropriate.

to

assign; avoid;
3%,4} mien(*)-te’—to to.
so

as

not

t-'u(‘)—this time.
(r.

#2% che'
#. 66)-to disperse; scatter.
to

san"

Ääf wing(')-hsü"— promise,

#ff
to

up

()—to assembly.
an

san' hui break

208
 Translation
Preparing a tea-party

(1) Now we shall soon have vacation. In the course of study of the present academic year, there is
very much that is (2) unsuitable. Next year at opening of school it ought to be revised. Taking opportunity
of this vacation we (3) all will consider (this question). Moreover, the Ministry of Education this time has
promised the $20,000 (4) that we asked for building expenses. I intend to build five (5) more large auditor

all

all
ought replaced. However

be
(6)

to
iums. In the campus very many trees have died and these
(I)

by
different questions must you all. Therefore next Saturday
be

o'clock (7)

to
intend

at
discussed

4
arrange (lit. open) tea-party and

on
the same time deliberate all school affairs.
at
a

To-morrow you (8)

of

of
the educational and administrative members our school

to
send letter each
a

staff, asking them that day (9) little earlier. On Friday prepare well meeting place.
to

come a

a
Spread (on the floor) the newly bought (10) carpet. On lay and put few pots

of
the table table cloth

a
flowers on.

Ask Mr. Chang (11)

so
temporary secretary list what we are going (12)

to
as

as
to

to
act discuss
a

not forget anything the time.

to

at

prepare quantity (13)

of

Also tell the cook and tea.

to

cakes
a

When our conference over, we will ask everybody When they have

to
take some tea and cakes.
is

finished, the assembly (14) will break up.

Section II Grammatical
Characters which have double tones
(Continued)

tung"—ought; suitable; proper; meet; happen.

to

to
6

tang"-just; fitting; pawn; pledge; regard

to

to

to

as
.

ch’iang” strong; violent; overbearing; good.

–
#

7.
ch'iang” compel; force;
an
to

effort.
to

to

make
–
{

hui”— meet together; understand; society.

to

to
8

of

hui” moment time.

–a

ying"—right; proper, fitting; ought; must.

§
9.

ving"-to answer; correspond to.

to

divide; distribute; separate.

to

to

fen"
to
–
10.

A
ſ

ſon- part; share; lot; function; duty.

!

chih"-a finger.
11. #
ſ

chih”—a finger.
chih”— point out
or
to

at.
\

shu"—to count; calculate; discriminate.

to

to
p
§
12.

shu"-a number; some; several;

an

account.
{

litic
ºnan *— difficult; roudle
troublesome.
#
c

13.
ſ

nanº-adversity; calamity.

209
 Examples of using the below cited characters

2
#} 2K 2R He

# # #;

A-s'
JV.
:
º

ſºil
2ſ,

Å
2
2

ſ
H
33 #

8
Jää
2.
£; s

:
#' #.

§
ſty 11
!
}|

MS
ſ"
ºil.’
i
2

i
ſºft #.
4

14
7
2

i
ſº
#

3}.

7
4
3
2
2
5

i #
{j #
i 2

— {ij,
2
i

ſº £r' ſº
i
#
ff

28 {ij, 10
ſº
i:
13

ſº #
*
J21

15
}

TÉ
# &

751.
|

++
#,
[H]'
25~

ſil,
*
#

#
Å.
#!

Vocabulary
Jº ping" (r. 12)—a soldier; army. kai"-tang(*) ought; should; must.
-

###
#Jº. tang' ping(')—to
ižňI
be

soldier. (*) arrange;

to

mediate.
to

shuo ho”
–
a

wº- tºng' ch'u (*)—originally; iftſ; lanſ")-ch'ing”

{)

Jºã
§

first. really
at

tºo' sure
–

fact
in
ch

enough.
on

hsiung' friend;
be

#Hiſ
to

hao(*)
–
a

friendly terms. 5: ying" (r. 140) —brave; heroic; flourishing.

;

tang' (*)-face face; jčE. ying (') England.

kwo"—
Iſſi

before one's
to

mien

#jº tang' tºien (*) this day; to-day,

–

face.

210
## tang (*) p’u"—a pawn-shop.
#5}+. ch'u' fen (*)-tzu" con

–
to
make

a
BH; k'ai' chang (*)-to open a shop; to open tribution.
business. fen" wai (*) than the share; extra;

–
3}}}. more

H: chuang" (r. 32)—strong; robust. extraordinary.

# H: (r.

H
chia” 102) armour; scales.

—
ch’iang (*)-chuang"—strong.

#H chih (') finger nails.

–
– to chia“
Şää-
(;
vian'-i (*) wish; to desire.

}}
chiem”

# tiu"

to
–
cut with scissors.

;
To
(r.

1)- throw; cast away; lose. ph, 620

§
Å;
hua”—(here)

ying" huo(*)
work.
## chih (*)-wang"—to hope.

find work. hsien" ch'ien (*)

*(
–
to

###

–
hard cash.

164
#|
r.

iR t'ui" (r. 162)-to retire;

to
entertain; decline.
to
ph.
to
–

420
)

chin" t”ui(*) enter and retire; i.e. etiquette,

–
repay. ###!
ying(*)-ch'ou”—to
Häß entertain; chin" t”ui" liang” ad
to

treat ###### nan (*) —to

politely.

of or
vance recede equally difficult; on the
5. kuo" (r. 75 (here) really; truly.
–

horns dilemma.

a
£º (*)-jan”—indeed; truly. t’ao” (r. 162)
–
to
flee; escape.

to
kuo #é
(*) away

to
–
t’ao” man run
3}. fen"—here: 1/100 #&# from
of

tael.

a
a

.
trouble.
Jä
li”

(r. 27)—1/1000
of

tael.
a

####, t’ao” (*) ti'—a refugee.

#
man
(Also written
..)

**f; #: nan (*)-chu"—to embarrass;

to
place

in
fen(*)-tzu" share;

a
—

contribution
of
a

money sent very awkward situation.

to

friends on occasion
of
a

wedding, death, etc. #jä chih (*)-t'ou"—a finger.

Translation
My friend
9.

soldier. That pawn-shop

is

its

opens to-day.
a

business
At first we were on friendly terms (lit. 10. This still better than that.
is

mutually good). 11. He does not want improve.

to
to

Once speak
be

his face and will accom 12. He (lit. his body) very strong.
it

is

plished.
he

13. Since to,

do

does not desire not force

How must one manage this affair? him.
necessary talk peace between
to
It
is

them. 14. Can you speak English

or

not?
thought was tea, wine. 15.
in

fact cannot.
it

is
it
I

thought that
he

an

was Englishman. 16. did not notice.

I

The same day you go, you must come

.

back. 17. How could you lose (it)?

11
2
18. He will be right back in a moment. 28. There is no hope.

19. Did you agree? (or, accept the job? or, por 29. (You) count how many characters there are

mise?) in one line

20. Have you found any work or not? 30. (For counting) coin one says; “shu (*) it
21. He knows how to entertain people. shu”; (for counting) notes one says ,

22. Indeed my words came true. “tien (* ) is tien”.

(For counting up)

* 31.
23. luggage one also says,
Not a bit less. (lit. it can't be less by
100
“tien”, not “shu”.
+++) 32. I am in a very difficult position
1000

are
33. To go ahead and to go back both difficult.
I will divide this money between you.
34. There are many refugees.
25. To-morrow he goes to make a gift. (of money
Really, you placed very

in
35. have me

a
or things at a funeral, wedding or other cele
awkward situation.(or impossible position
bration.)

by
asking something impossible.)
26. To-day he is extraordinarily gay.
His fingers long. sign intel

(a
very

of
are
27. 36.
The finger nails are too long, it is necessary
ligence good fortune)

or
to cut them.

212
 ſſſſſſſſſſſ=###########}-<ſ<!--

###3– £<;&####șEſgººgº =k*È№=-<ff,

—«¿##RĒĒĒRĢ#:#####>{Eş######-###J ==####

={Ei}{#I#########1&șšēſ-########~##ºſ=#######
|
#########ıē&######}&E&############şș
Section
LESSON LIII

șĘ
# X

213
ſkšģē&#&## –ņē&##-##-## <£&###########]<£

#A
#0

Dialogues

######!--Kğáë! ?!&####### &#### #####-< Rºk Hi

+
ºff
&##########ęIR?? ??;&#<r#KŠĒ–ăț¢& ș########|
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

B
#

11
&##ēšņraeā## *=?${№-<!& #######]<£
i

№ſsasſaegſå ## ###]#-<=$#Këįſęſkë #sſº

iſ}

→
H+
 Vocabulary and notes
IE

[Éſ

N
cheng" chih” jen”

(; ;-) -
The Upright Man.
-
IElä

2
cheng'-chih”—upright; honest; straight. hsing
#|| punishment; pen
ph. 34A
# ch'ih” 64) control; hold,
(r.

#
To grasp
–
alty; law; ruler.

|
## ch'ih”-shen'-to control oneself. yung" haingº-to

J#
#||
inflict punishment on.

man
2

(i+)—to deceive; blind;

# hsing" 52
|

r.

)—
pn. luck; good fortune;
‘.

conceal the truth. ph. Io9

(
yin”-man”
or
to

hide conceal.
[...]
–
4.
w

fortunately; luckily; happily.

fl. 88w"
T.

115
selfish; per k'uei"

r.
141
ph. 868 )—private %5
(

deficiency;
ph. 52 )–ailure;

(
sonal.
11: knowledge
#

kao'fa'—to communicate
of

defeat; injure; fail; owing to.

to
a

Lil
by

way
of

hsing"-k'ueil-luckily; happily; fortunately.

to

facts the court accusation

##5
#|

(r.

lin' 163)-Neighbor; neighbouring; near

# #

(r.
tsui' 122) Fault; sin; retribution.

–
chºng' jen” witness.
fi N

.#
–

-
a

(;
4.
-

tso" yu"—attendants; left and right.

ZE Asia,
#-)-filia piety; filial;

JJ jen? 61
—º-º-º-)-patience;
r.

wº
Tº

endurance; obedient.
pī-337-J-Pº"
*
r

)
(

hsiao"-shun'-obedient; obey.
#|H

to
forbearance; endure; bear.
to

(++
g;

pu' jem"—cannot bear

2ſ, 3.
or

endure.
tıan' section; division;
a

Hiſ; ch'ung-fu' again; repeatedly.

ph. )—a
–– –

ſilii in 13 2-, parti part; paragraph; fragment; piece.

Aſ

ch'ing-yu”
ºf

causes; particulars.
’

Translation
The Upright Man

the Kingdom upright, who had never acted falsely

of

There was Ch'u man self-controlled and

in

an
all

private that kingdom called him upright

So

nor concealed the truth

in

his affairs. man.

in

it,
he

he

Ch'u and
to
so

Once his father stole another man's sheep,

of

and saw went the Prince

reported him saying, “My father stole today neighbor's sheep. This saw with my own eyes. Since
a

conceal the truth,

to

to

to

do not wish have come witness this”.

I

The Prince hearing great temper, and ordered his attendants bring
to
of

Ch'u on this flew into

a

the upright man and punish The upright hearing

he

felt
of

the father him for his crime. man this

214
 Translation

it,

so
could hardly bear repeatedly begged the Prince that might suffer punishment the place

he

in
and
inquiry into the facts and

no
inflict

to
the case, but wanted
of

of
his father. The Prince made causes

punishment.

Luckily

an
official beside the Prince who petitioned saying, “A
at
this time there was for him
man who can come and bear witness against his father for stealing may

be
sheep, considered the most

a
willing

on
upright men; take the punishment about his father, this again may
be

be
fall con
to

to

to
of

sidered the most filial. upright and filial besides punishment,

to
even man who suffer can
If

is

is
a
our kingdom Ch'u any who ought not punished?”

be
in

to
of
we discover

being very reasonable, hence thereupon

he
This statement struck the Prince

as
of
Ch'u released

the upright man.

215
 ## 3: #0 ºf
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

LESSON LIV # +

VI,
Hi Hº

º *= =• • ~• • •• •– Section Dialogues

I
=
+ E * TË # # №# E § S § +
# º * žx
№. H<
$ # # ſą € # € ×
# -ſ ſº #
# ſë № #
#*± ¢
##

£ # # º ſ ¥ ≥*
# £
# ºſ & # ≤
# #
# = ## +€ # # # g} № $ ≡=
¢ ≈#
ſ
&&
# ## -< (R < Î1 # & #№
# È # ȧ šº +# ! ſe £ ##
È© ģ
# È # £ # &=
i
Tj ſe © #
№.

@ ſº # È®# Ķ + #< $ ≤# ®#
§ ſê # ĚŁĒ Ķ F și §§ 11 ≥#
¶ $ #- Ě Ł Ē = ș8 ſi- # ≠#
–
Ķ}
$ $ Ē tº Ē & × #} &# ≤#
$ ¢ Ē # IR §
$ £ē## @
$ 1### §
≤$ &
≥
≡ &
|– * # ×≤ ## # ≥#
±#
&+
.•
* * $ # ≥# #$ •

-- + ## ≈+
2 ± * .ē #
șê
±£ # $# ##
º
•
№
≠ Ã ± tº #

# i
− # $# ##
≤§ $*
№
№ ſº 1+3
1 "? ſi § &
×# #
#| #|
• #
#| #3
it

#5
ſil
ſº

216
 Vocabulary
ch'ang" ch'eng(*)—The
§HR#fff;

#
liº
wan" (r.

of
ch'in” 115)—the name feudal

a
Great Wall.
{j

hsiung' (r. 20)—the breast. State.

jºl slave; servant; É; abject. shih” (r. 38)—to begin.

(r.

nus 38)— ##
A
{jiù hsiung'-nu(*)—a Tar Fm

—
name given huang(*)

§
ch'in’ first

to
the shih” the
9.
#####
#
-

tar tribes under the Ch'in and peror

of
the united China under the

Han dynasties.
-
#* ch'in’ dynasty.
.

.#
(r.

yen'
of
86)—the name a feudal State. ch'i" (r. 210)

of
here: the name feudal

-
ºb**

a
Read yen"-a swallow; feast.
a

State.

.
# (r.
of

156) feudal State.

–

chao" the name

ch'u' (r. 75)—id.
a

*\ –
4

—
yen' teng"
s

kuo(*)
I

chao” the
####|}} han” (r. 178)—id.
Yen Chao.
(; ;-)-id.
of

States and
we;" 194_Y_;
*;

r.
Note. The character teng" often
is

proper names. mieh" (r. 85) extinguish; exterminate.

or
to

to

to
–
added one several
If

translated;
be
to

one name,
i
to

added
is
it

t’ung” (r. 120) origin; leader; rule.

to
–

a
“and others”.
or

follows after two

If
it

t’ung"i(*)—to unify.
more proper names, simply expresses #—
it

the plurality
# (r. honoured; ignorant;
of

be
the names mentioned meng” 140)

to
indicating –
of

the same time the end the

at

obscure.
the proper names:
of

enumeration peaceful.
#; t’ien” (r. 61)
—

HEX. IEğranºuen',
Wang wen, cheng, and others.
cheng(*)teng”
#; meng” thien(*)—a proper name.

chiin" (r. 159)—an army.

}<}{257Rºſſ hino', war'. #.
tº
-

Ta ## chiang (*) chin"—a general; commander

a

p'ing(*) teng" haien"—The districts

chief.
in

hsing and Wan -p'ing.

jº pai” 66
r.

ſº (r. 9)—to protect; break,

to

pao" guarantee. defeat.

to

ph. 856 )—to

(

#
-- hu" 149
r.

protect.
to

assist; pai(*)—to defeat.

ta”
ph. 58 )—w #TH'ſ
(

{{# pao(*) hu"—to protect; guard. £3; nine)”—to

to

Iliş
rebuild.
- fang
|Jj
(i.
2

170
–

guard; shan' hai" kuan (*) town near

.

defend.
to

261 -)-to
which Great Wall sea
at

the ends the

|Jiſi fang (*) against;

to

pei" guard
to
–

Coast.
defend.
#
30

chia"
r.

lien” (r. 162) —to join; )--excellent.

(

#i
to

connect. ph. 716

jāfī,
lſ;

lien (*) ho”—to attach; join. yū‘ (r. 46)—a ravine,

to

217
 yi" ()—the kan'-fu (*)—the province of Kansu,
####| chia" kuan pass at the
+j}}

it)\
extreme west of the Great Wall.

shih (‘).jen”—the people of the world;

{i}
*( r.
ph.
112
839 )-brick

mankind. (Also
written
Ji)
# feng" 37)—to receive; offer;
(r.

wait Af, (r. 112)—stone.

to

to
shih”

upon.
ch'i' (r. 112)—to build (as wall).

a
{ſº}
#}< feng'-t'ien (*) the province Fengtien.

of
–

## (*)-ku"—Mongolia. #ff chieh (*)-shih”— strong; solid.

(;
meng

jāj chin'
jāj:L Hopei. ;-)-equal balance; all.

in
ho’-pei (*)-the province
of

IIITſū shan(*)hsi"-the province

of

Sharsi. p'ing”-chiin (*) average.

ZRíč,

–
& shan” (r. 170)-mountain passes.
R ch'ih" (r. 44)—the Chinese foot (14 1/10

ÉKVH shan(*)-hsi"--he the passes,

of

west English inches).

–

province Shensi,
J. (r. 27)—thick; generous.
so
of

written
in

the hou"

English
be

order not confused

in

to

(r. 40)—to guard; protect;

*F

to

to
show”
with the province
of

Shansi
(III'ſſi) maintain
a

H. kan' (r. 99)—sweet. -

wang (*) keep watch

-
#F#,

to

to
shou"

;
(r.

129)—respectful; majestic.
}} su"
observe.

Translation
The Great Wall
all

(1) Why (2)

to In

of

China the most famous constructions the first the Great wall. was the Great
is

on

Wall built great length? more than 2000 years ago, the (3) northern frontiers

of
such Because China
the Tartar hordes very often make trouble. The States Yen" and Chao’ being the (4)
of
to

to

used come
frontiers, protect themselves,
to

they wished to guard

therefore both built walls
to

nearest the because

for

against them. (5) However itself, and those walls were not joined together.
each State built wall
a

Subsequently, when the (Emperor) Ch'in’ Shihº Huang” had destroyed (6) Ch'i", Ch'u", Yen", Han’,
Chao" and Wei", (in all) six Kingdoms (and) united the Middle kingdom, despatched the general (7)
he

Meng T'ien with 300,000 soldiers, attack the Hsiung-Nu, and completely routed them. After that, (8)
to

all

(the Emperor) Ch’in Shih Huang rebuild the old walls (and) join into one the walls
to

to

of

sent men
the different States.
Chia-yū-kuan,
of

(9) The east end the wall (at) Shan-hai-kuan, and the west end (at)
in
is

length more than 5000 “li”, (10) and therefore people all call the Great Wall (lit. the wall ten thousand
it

‘‘li” long).
the Great Wall there are Feng T'ien and (11) Mongolia; inside the wall there are the
of

Outside
all

provinces Hopei, Shansi, Shensi and Kansu. The wall (12) built unusually
of

of

brick and stone and

is

is
all

solid. On the average twenty feet high and more than twenty feet thick. (13) At the high points
in
is
it

the nountains there are towers. From those towers (one) looks out very far. Those (towers) (14) served
(lit. observation places.
as

were ancient times

in
)

218
 Section II Grammatical
Characters of warious meanings

Besides the characters which change their reading and tones there are many characters which

without changing their reading or tones have various meanings.

The following are some of the most important of these characters:

; 55)—to play with; to handle; make; to perform; to do; to mock

# l nun'-(r.
to
1.
at; to ridicule.

fa'—send forth; to issue; to ferment; to rise; to manifest; to start; to develop ;

2
to prosper.

3-
# { chieh'-to receive; to take; to connect; to join; from.

4 -
35 {*-*. to spend money; indistinct vision; variegated; spotted.

(To be continued)

Examples of using the above cited characters

25 21 #j 18 16 14 12 # 9
4
#:
# 4

; :º i
25

: i
1 1

i
4

i
1 5

i |i
1 7 *R ;
26 #
£|| ſº

º
28 22
:

i
Å;
o

:
1

ſ
i:

ſº
ii

'Tiſ
. 4

?
:
ii

i:
}]]

#ſ
2
2
9
1
 Vocabulary
nung" ts'ai (*)—to cook; to prepare food.
# hsien" (r. 120) Thread, wire; spy.

–
nung" huaj (*)—to put out of order; to
tien" haien(*)—telegraph wires.
####
spoil.
nung" tsang(') — to soil; to make dirty. # chieh (*)-shang"—to connect.

H.
pu' (*) continu

ºf
lien”

–
chieh' twan
###2ſs
jià

Deity, divine, God; spirit.

(r.

shen” 113)
ous; uninterrupted succession.

in
102) –Keep; hand down; lay up; fla
#

liu" (r.
#}:

we
hsiang' (i) (*)-(e)rh fragrant

jù.

–
detain; leave.

#jj, liu” shen(*)-to care; to

VOur.

in
take bear

mind. #35-f. lao?

wº-tº-l beggar.
#ffff;

a
yao" fan (*)

tº
iſ: tsa” (r. 112)—to smash;

–
*(
strike.
to

ſ
r.

§
iii :-)– deaf.
hung" nung'(for euphony hu" nung")-to
#

[lit:
* ph. 315
fool of; cheat; humbug.
to

to

make
a

yenº hua (') eyes dim (with age);

—
the
ts'ai” (r. 154)—riches; wealth. HR#5
#f sight.

of
dim
fa" ts'ai (*)—to become rich. fei(*)—expenses; expenditure.
### 3Ełł hua"

#
86

shao' ch'ien (*)—to spend money.

2.ÉÉ hua"
r.

burn;
to

to
–

roast.
ph. 391
(

#}; get hot; Žiš hua" ma(*)—a piebald horse.

be

fa" shao()—to feverish.

k’ai, chang (*) make out

to
–
hua"

a
fa" han(*)—to sweat; perspire.
B}|{{#
to

##F flowery bill, charge

e.
for articles
or to
i.

fa’ hung (*) turn red; really bought, charge more than
to

to

blush. not
–

###I
the proper market rates.
£; ch'ou”(r. 61) melancholy; mournful; sorry.
–

alº yin' (r. 26) seal; print.

to
É||

stamp;
–a

## grieved
be

fa" (*)
or
to
—

ch'ou sad.
auw yin' pu (*) fancy
–

hua" chintz
;
É|J35Aſti
chieh" na(*)-(e) rh—from where?
##$5E cottons.

(')
(*)-tao"—to receive.
##5. chung"
to

chieh (e)nh cultivate

—

hua
-

###||
flowers;
(') —
to

vaccinate.
chieh' feng welcome from
to

##!.
a

Hºčjº ch'u' hua (?)-(e)th have smallpox.

to
–

journey. (with feast)

a

Translation
very rich.
6.

your He did business and became

1.

The food that cook prepares very

is

good eat. 7. sent him letter.

a
to

or,

Do you feel hot Do you have fever?

9. 8.

or

But do not spoil this thing. not?

a

How could you soil Your sickness, only you perspire once, will
it?

if

He did not take care and broke this vase. be cured.

Why
do

(you) cheat me? 10. You meet him.

to

send man
:

220
11. As soon as he heard this, he blushed. (lit. him.

his face sent forth red.) 21. Flowers which have fragrance are good.
12. . Why are you pale? (lit. your face put forth

is)
22. Lao”-hua(*)-tzu" means (lit. beggar.

a
white.) 23. The ears are deaf and the sight dim.

is
13. Do not be grieved. 24. your monthly expendi

of
What the amount

is
14. Where did you come from? or, You month need how much

in
ture? one

15. Have you received my letter or not : expenditure?

16. To-day will ). 25. He likes spend money.

to
he be welcomed (with a feast

17. Who wants to continue his business? 26. That piebald horse runs very fast.

18. The telegraph line interrupted; it is not 27. That write “flower” (i.e.

or
is shop likes

to
false

yet connected. padded) bills.

19. Continuously without interruption the guests 28. Fancy cottons.

keep coming. 29. To (for small pox).

or
to
plant flowers vaccinate

20. I must go to the railway station to meet 30. This child has smallpox.

221
 $:$

1
Egºigs ; №ſ **$###№ſēšķī£§ES;&#}&#și ***

&#F#############€$£§ #########

&&&&#g ĶĒRĒM-***# *+<?!?!? ? €=#ffēĒTJĒJ

LESSON

=
<

1
ſī£§§#########€$£§+$#šęższ-***#
1
Section
LV

222
# 3:

*IRËĒĖĘĚĖĒ3EĒĖĖĘ#ēælgeſ=ſſ&###########ş I

***********Ē-№ºaeg#####ęs
#0

#
Dialogues

Hi

g
#-##ĒĒĒĒĒ;&#HºsēſēņģēEſê:ggaeg
+ ºff
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

*******{&#}&&##########<ņſkaegſº-№ſſes
HE

į
Kſięgłęſę ********< #ſpeſºſ-##ęgę

1
****** |#-&##gººgº [+&ārdºšſē####|
Ķ
$
$
+

§
IJ
 Vocabulary and notes
+ £3 ºil E. :# 3E
shihº wei" chihº chi” che” ssu"

“A scholar will die for one who truly knows him.”

# #: i' shih"—knight;
i ; hero; patriot. jtjić kuei tsu”—the nobility.

4
-
# jang (
-: 4

pm. ) — to yield, resign; #j# fengi ti"—land conferred by emperor;

humble, polite.
# yū"
(Also
written
#) Imperial concessions.

3º fan." r. 140 chien" ti"—experience; insight.

YU,
( grass; sur H.Hi.
§§
ph. 306 )—plants ;
Iname. chiº tuan'-the ultimate; extreme; ex
ling"-ability; tremely.
ŽKä pen" capacity.

chan”
W.
p'ei"
—r. — -

-
r. —

t;
wear at Wals
}# 44.
-to unroll; open out; —

t
)1
(

t
354 ph.

(
ph. 557
expand. respect.

## fa'-chan"—to develop; exercise.

ſºft p'ei”-fu”—to regard; respect.

Jº £ ta' chang" fu"—a man of ability; a

%i shih' disappointed; despaired.

-
i'
great hero.
ch'ing' 159)— Light; esteem lightly.
(r.

to

shih
-
:

influence;
3}

%
— power;
# ch'ing' k'an'-despise; slight.
#

{
pn.

)
(

circumstances.
#
*A4
chih
...

2
7
r

knowledge.

(;
475 )—wisdom;
ph.
#jj
(

shih'-li"—influence; power.

*(i. ...)
;
2

po
MH uncle; eldest
)—an
# 145 move;- do;-
-a

*
to praise;
senior; superior. ph.
brother
.
,

Final particle;
(r.

gape.
Už
2

to
tsu va' 30)
jść
–

(º-º-)-tribe clan; rel

lien’-ho? united together.
–

atives. ###

Translation
“A scholar will dis for one who truly knows him."

“A scholar will die for one who truly knows him"—this sentence was spoken over two thous
by

the warring States Yū Jang, knight

At

and years agº, during the time Chin.

of

of

of

the State
a

So

was working under Fan Shih, highly although

he

Fan Shih did not think

of

the time too him.

it,

Yü Jang ability
so

unpleasantly said,
he

man full “How can

to
of

was was unable exercise and

a

a
up

great ability put with the slight

of

of

man men?”

the nobility
Po

He left Chih Po. Chih and Fan Shih both belonged

to

to

of

Fan Shih and went

223
 Translation
Chin, had large imperial concessions, and were very powerful. Yū Jang on coming to Chih Po talked
with considerable insight (with him) about the important matters in the government. Chih Po accord
ingly held him in the highest respect, and asked him to assume responsibility for the major military.
undertakings of the state. Yū Jang was once a disappointed man, but on coming to Chih Po and re
ceiving such confidence he was greatly moved and was continually saying to people, “Chih Po is one
who understands me thoroughly.” After Yü Jang came, Chih Po's power gradually increased and

later he put Fan Shih out of the way. At that time there were three other nobles in the State of
Chin, who seeing Chih Po prospering in this way were very much afraid. One of them, Chao Hsiang
Tzu, was an enemy of Chih Po. Chih Po used various means to make friends with the other two, in

order that they might all combine their forces to fight him.

224
 # 3C #J #
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

LEssON LVI # H + 7: #4.

Section I Dialogues

19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

# #I’ſº
# # 5 iſ #3: E ### I" & & E.

ſº
# * { {, }, it'p, jiàº. # #'T'# WH'É N # —'iº
# H.H. iść K.f.) tººk — #3 –# 1 #5 – A#
Ji. Hſ Fife #, 4;’-

iſi,
T

£ R.
It # #'

PI HI
#1, Hſ tº #1.

i.
{fjä
£

Sã
ži
#
*P

—
it.

£14|| 3r.
He
||

[W]

**::::::::::::::::::
A
*::::::::::::::::::::: #
#j
jū
§t

#
jū

||{l'É
#

#
JN

Hi’—
91
#1'=f'.H
iſ
k

Elż Eſſºff, Hººk'HE'#'ſ.

3,
#
it

Hi

º'+B.A. #.4%.

##-F Rºž rº'Ji r.;

Hä

#
3:

# It ºf

ſã1,5& Hº'ſ"
ºf

#4, ##| ###, ſ; X:

— 5 #

#
5; &

if
# #f
T #

#1
Tiſ ºf
# ºf 8
#r

fá.;E
#
£
—
#:

35

ſºil
# ſº
3B

#####! #3;
25
£ ſk

3E

#'—
#

MW
5

ºft'É'íº
–
Jº

K #
iſ

Ji
HE

### ||&#
# #|
ſº #

3:#; ºff, Hi'Ji

#

ſã
ſº
53

ºf
T

4: 5
tº

*Hi Hº-Hº &#|Hºſt.*

–

#×
3E 3.
B.
ſº B
&

#;"|| #.ſ:
#
75

#
||
#

Sã
tº

H
Tº

E.4%

Júñ|
º
ſi'É Hºllälſälä
£

4E
&

ºf ſº
4%
||

iſ #

3:

riºk
7k'#|

ſix #3 żºſ
3E
%

#
4

225
 Vocabulary
kung'I a...: 2Y
(*) -- -
(r. 158) the body.

—
yüan a public park.
&#| Jä. shen"

# Anno # t'i" (r. 188)—the body.

(r.
40) Palace; eunuch; mansion,
–
Jºë shen(*)-t'i"—the body; physique; health.
#
#

huang" kung(*) the Imperial palace.

–
*
fº
(r. 108)—benefit; advantage.
pu

i”
#5). (*)—fen’—a part;
a
section.
i(*)-ch'u'—benefit; advantage.
min” kuo(*) republic.
BéE:
–a

hills, temples,

of
tso"—here: classifier
J};

a
men” p’iao.4 ch'ien”—the entrance fee.
[*]: ###
ving” (r. welcome; etc.
iſ] 162) meet;
to

to

to
–

} tien" (r. 79)—a palace; hall.

a
receive.

# po" (r. 96)—glass; vitreous.

*
ying” mien (*) opposite to; facing.
iſlińi
–

# li? 96

r.
Jā;

53
r.

)—a

veranda; porch; vitreous substance.

ph.
a

547

(
ph. 362
(

po("}li”—glass.
corridor. ###
a

–47 i°hang(*) row; line.

*H chai" (r. 116)-narrow.
– –
a

} ch'uan" (r. 137)—a boat.

*(
pai"
(r.

75) the cedar.

#|
# 75
r.

pai(?)shu"—the cedar tree. —a bridge.

### ph. 583

£ºk ch'i(*)-wei"—flavour; smell.

# yang -
r.

184
8
ſ

rear;
(Hº-#–)-lo nourish.

to
#

r.

ts'ao" 140
grass; weeds; careless.
)-

ph. 795A
##; vang(*)-huo"—to support; rear;

to
to
(

ti(*) meadow; lawn.

–

ts'ao"
### nourish.
juan" 159)— Weak; soft; yielding.
(r.

#k hua(?) ti'—spotted; variegated.

2.ÉÉ)
juan(*)-ho” soft. (r. 140)—blue.
#kfil
#
–

lan”

Hi keng" still more. yw”

*- -to
—

*(
iñf roam;
to

wander ;
pn.
.
(

*** 116
r.

Zº empty; vacant.
)-

stroll; swim.
to
to

ph.
8

3:#.
k'ung(') ch'i'-air; atmosphere.
(Also
writen
#)
Translation
The Public Park
up

(1) Last Saturday got o'clock; seeing that the weather was unusually beautiful (2)
at

and
5
I

the public park. This place was formerly (3) part dynasty Imperial palace.
of

the Manchu
to

went alone
a

Only after the the republic, was this place turned public park. (4) Anybody
of

into free
is

establishment
a

walk there, and the entrance only

to

take fee cents.

is

5
a

226
 (5) Just opposite the front gate of the park there is a white marble ‘‘p’ai-lou” (arch) built very

beautifully. Passing the “p’ai-lou” (6) toward the west there is a long portico. Along the northern side

of the portico is a road. By the side of the road are (7) cedar-trees planted in rows. They say (lit. (I)
(8)

all
have heard) that these trees are more than four hundred years old. Under the trees there are planted

flowers, the smell extremely fragrant. (9) walking the lawn,

on
When
of

of
kinds which was was

is

it
I
really softer than carpet, and the red flowers scattered (lit. fallen) upon the green grass made seem

it
a

more charming. (10) thought that one could not but

to
still come often such nice place because the air

a
I

there (11) clean and the smell fragrant which very good for one's health.
is

is

is
Although (12) very happy, hungry. Looking tea-shop (13)

so
was felt little east there was

a
I

went there and ate few cakes. After eating (14) went the north. On northern side there

to
the

is
a

a
I

I
very beautiful and very big hall with (15) glass

on
windows four sides. Then went the south and came

to
I
river. The water river looked (16) extremely clear. pity that the river was
to

of

the bank
in

the was

It
a

a
too narrow for boat(to go).
a

Beyond the bridge there fish-rearing place (where,)

(i.
many of) basins, (17) fish

e.
in
tens are
is
a

being reared. There are fishes colours, (18) red, white, speckled;
of

different but the most beautiful are

the blue ones. They swim and fro the water, and (19) truly beautiful.
in
to

are

After looking (at them) for long time (lit. half day), went home.
1
a

Section II Grammatical
various meanings
of

Characters

(Continued)

drink;
to

ch'ih"—to eat; suffer.

to

sheng'- bear; produce; born; life; raw; fresh; unfamiliar.

be
to
to

to

die; kill; dead; inanimate: lifeless; gone; mortal.

to

to
-

8su"
:

huo"—mobile; lively; active; running; live; work.

to
H

pai”—white: bright; clear; pure; state; empty; vain; free gratis; common.
to

(To
be

continued)

227
 „ – , ,
r. ! g ?
ſe =
Examples of using the above cited characters

\ se
§ e ęą, ſg
#

28
7k 23 21 Ff. Aft'
yº &
zg ! … §
•
#

Jºh
16

9||
•
#j E
5º ×
įII ≤ ę ºg
#.
•
+
ſą și ! ¶

|f|
ſg
#
și ≥ Ę g # ºg
º ≠ Ę & # en
•
••
• −ș 2 « $ ;
š º ! ſº k
№. ≤ ę æ # -º •
••
• × # "] # 2
ſe # = # § —
4 ≥ j æ # sa
–1 ± < # ſº¡ º• ••
• ?
* #+#§•
1#€ ?
# § ſ № #••* # = • £ *
ã& ¿#
*R ù
* - £ E *
3 © të *•##
•• #$ # ? + *
#== *
$¢

= ® ºſ *H** * * & *
r}
*F*H # - º * ** ±& # * * *
{{

* º # ***ã R * * *
** & * # *** è § * ? =
# ***- * € * * *
=

* * |
§5

** tº ** #$ * ** * <***
* ** * $ * º * **å*
|-)-
º;

k'uei"
yen' (r. smoke; tobacco. opium.
86) fail; lose;
– –
ºff.

to

to

fi')
i

(Also written
(

Jºſſ] ta" yen (*) opium.

ſº;
defect.

ſºjºjº ch'ih k'uei (*)—to suffer loss.

twº

ch'ih yen (*) smoke opium.

to
–

ſº
of

chih' here: classifier boats.

—

4:
a

ch'ih yen (*)—to smoke tobacco.

# 85
r.

shen"
deep; very.
)-

also can say ph.

Hill'ſ d’ow-ver()
(

487
(one
228
 ſºy ch'ih" to (*) shen' shui”— how deep pu" chih (*) yi" not; not

to
so
as
*
ZRHäß

–
the
-
does (the boat) draw? extent of.
jen” sheng(*)—to recognize one to be a
#!Af: 3E# ssu(*) tsui’— the penalty

of
death.
stranger (of children, dogs, etc.); to be
asu (*) hºw”-t’ung"—a blind alley.
afraid of strangers. XE}}|ſii)

fi
§
asu (*) shui”— stagnant
(r.

t'an' water.

to
154) covet; desire.
to
–
35E/k
§7k
by
AEK birth; huo(*) ahui”-running water.

be
sheng' lai(*) from
to
–
by

birth; nature.
hu0(*) shuo'- speak indefinitely.

to
hun" 140
#

r.
º

diet; strong
)–
meat
ph. 838 ssu (*) shuo'-to arrange definitely.
(

3Eäft
savoured food.
fa'ssu(*) death-like; sluggish, inanimate.
#5E

–
sheng(*) jih”—a birthday.
H

Aft:

—##. pei (*)tzu"—the whole life-time.

i"
r.

k"ontº 64
#I] strike; fasten;
to

ve(n) (*)-(e)th-extremely

ºf
ph. 694 )—to asu” hain"
H5t.
(

35E
buckle.
to

stupid; stubborn.
huo(*) k'ou"-(e) rh—a running slip
5t.

ŻºłII
or

Hº

pi
107)-skin;
(r.
§
hide.
knot; running noose.
a

lai” (r. 154)

to
lean on; trust to.

to
—
20)-a
{J.

pao" (r. bundle; wrap up

to

{J.T.; WEB, ¥3 8su" p'i" lai" lien(*) shameless

–a
by

pao" kung" huo(*)-work done

fellow.
contract.
ch';4
#3

37
r.

lino"- here: materials. )—a

}} bond;

#Tºł
ph. deed.
(

147

a
lien” kung" tai' liao(*) labour
–

ch'i' (*) an
agreement;
$3% chih bond
;
–a

a
and materials together. title deed.

(r. 26)–a
J|| mao" period; time from deeds,- title
to

hung (*) ch'i" deeds

—
5

red
#[33
a. In which duly by

J|]+;
have been sealed the
.

by

mao"-tzu" huo(*)—work done the authorities.

day.
H% pai(*)
—

ch'i' white deeds,

-

unsealed

#JNäjº lun".jen” lun’ t”ien(*) according

–

usually
as

deeds substituted for lost

to

people and days. originals.

of

the number

Translation
Why
7.

you get angry?

do
(I

am) satiated; (more).

to

am unable eat
I

impossible 8. This child strangers.

of
so

much. not afraid

to
is

eat
It

-
is

He smokes opium. 9. There has come an unfamiliar guest.

Do you 10. Each one unfamiliar other

or

smoke (tobacco) more than the

is

not?

suffered (or unskilled, ignorant, raw).

or

or

not little loss.

a
I

How deep does this ship draw? ll. man clinging life and being afraid
to

of
A
ſ

death

229
 cannot accomplish great deeds. according to (the number of) people and days.
12. By nature (or, from birth) he does not like 22. Although the illness is serious, it will not end

to eat meat. in death.

13. To-day they celebrate his birthday at his 23. The (sentence) fixed is death-penalty.

home. 24. This is a blind alley, one cannot pass.

14. In this lesson there are very many new 25. ls this stagnant or running water?
characters. 26. Speak with him vaguely; do not speak definitely.

15. He lived uselessly all through his life. 27. He is too sluggish.

16. (I) fear he may not live. (or Probably he 28. I have already quite forgotten about this matter.

will not live.) 29. He is intensely stupid. (or stubborn.)

17. You must often move (i.e. take exercise). 30. Really, he is a shameless fellow.
18. A slip-knot is easy to untie. 31. During the day I have no time.

19. Are you busy with your work or not! 32. Title deeds are stamped and unstamped. (lit.
20. Work done by contract includes labour and There are both red and white title deeds.)

materials. 33. I went in vain (this time), I did not see

21. Work done by the day is (calculated) (him).

230
 |=
ſë#3;&#-* ## #####!-șEs=##ē$£§+?***Èși

##Ęs=&#####ģIR-#-<#####}}<șTJ#########ŁĘ

1
1
§§§§§########### ſ&########### # #-#āĒēĖėĘ

==#eee;&=&###ĒĒĒ####JĘ [####-##
# 3

LESSON LVII

&######№ēęškë-<&##K#K#####~###ī£ä

231
iſ

###{{ITIJĘŁKĖĘſ-Ķ-<###########Ęēģē##Ę
#

Section I Dialogues
Hi
+

|#######ī£§§§-ſ}}{\ſ*$$$+KĘ ſë######| ##āși

ºf
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

-t: Ég

=#ffff;&#:#E4ſ&############ĒĢĒĒĒĒĒĒĖĖĘģ<=$

|
+##########ĘĘH+KĘș&#ēĘ#####ſs=#ff=

####-№ĒĶºšķșĘēE###Ęſ-###!=###|=șāſ
$3
$
$
II)
#$
+
 Vocabulary and notes

+ £3 #1 E + 36
shihº wei" chih, zhi." “he” ssu%

for
die
“A scholar will one who truly knows him,”

£ 64
#jj
r.

- vin'-tung"—to
ti"

move about; exercise;

ph. 349
—to oppose; with
CanvaSs.

(;
stand; resist; arrive at; get to; pledge;

;;
security; mortgage.
# sheng"
conquer: excel
quer; excel.

* (;
ph. 468 )—to
(;
#

k'amo"
;
it,
k'ano -
)—to owne, ;:2),

4
e.

#
sist; protect. )—to exed overter.
ti"-k'ang" pass over.
to

oppose; resist.
—

{{#ſ.
#Iſſi hsing" erh”-fortunately; luckily.
§§ yieh"-fa" more and more.

–
#,C> ch'i hsin'-of one mind; unanimous;
& tui" 170

r.
ph. 388
-a group; army; com
united spirit.
in

-
*22, pany.
#
1

chiem
32
r.

hard; strong.
)—firm;
ph. 643
#: troops.
(

chün' tui"

—
r.-
-
Hil

ku" 31 !------ unexpected.

,

firm; strong; as i"-trai"

—

#}}. p
,
)

suredly; obstinate.
ti" ti"—to withstand; resist.
chien’-ku'—firm; strong. #kſá'ſ
ÉHil
Jºs
# kwan
;-) - ### tº-chu"—to stop; prevent.
4

water; pour;
to
;

pn.
(

irrigate.
JR kuo"-jam" indeed; really.
—
#)

(r.

ch'ian' 19)-- To exhort; advise, *Ye

Translation
die
“A

scholar will for one who truly knows him."

Chao Hsiang Tzu saw that were large and did not dare offer resistance but shut
to

their forces
the city gates and prepared for siege. Luckily his troops were united spirit, and the city wall
in
a
so

was strong, after several months the opposing forces were At last Chih Po
to

unable make breach.

a

thought plan, and prepared flood the city (with water.)

to
of
a

Hsiang worried, and sent envoys try draw away

he

Tzu heard this

to

to

When Chao became the

Hsiang Tzu, his power
Po

(other) two nobles. They were already afraid that Chih overcame Chao
if
all

So

the greater, they disadvantage. they listened the envoys

be

be

and
at

to

would and would

a

232
 Translation

turned the water from going into the city into Chih Po's camp. Since this was unexpected Chih Po

it,
was unable to withstand and lost more than half his men and horses.

Yü Jang the thick action urged Chih Po saying: “Things have come desperate pass.'
in

to
of

I
go

will and hold the front and you escape into the hills, and quickly secure aid from other states.”

so
Hsiang Tzu expected Po would attempt through the rear;

he
to

to
Chao that Chih escape the hills

Po
was caught sure enough. Yū
of
wait for him. There Chih

to
stationed detachment soldiers there
a

Jang hearing that Chih Po had been taken, and realizing that possibility

no
all
was up, and there was

up
Po
recovery, away Shantung. Hsiang Tzu killed Chih and divided
to
of

ran Chao his estate and

belongings equally between the other two nobles and himself.

233
 ** fill 3, — # * hiſ ** #) 18

r:#

jºi'
ſº f; ſt H Wſ W!'
* * K * * — f * # #' ºf 35 17
BH

iſ:
ſ,
tº tº & F# 16

gig'
,
'º,r * * ſi * * \ * ſº HF ſº
; & {|| P. W 13 #1 15
ſi. # º * * * * * ºf ik* IF,

JJ'ſ
# Pºl
|| ſº.MS * 3 * * H.
i * ill flº, & º El 14

It'ſ
ſi MS
E. H H

*
# 3 W.

ſº.
* ºf tº *, k * ºf E H' ż 13
#!!
#!!
} & ſºj Jr. 3: º' * * IF ſe A # +* Å #| tº W. 12
ż,
|| Hi # ºf l is H MS
* * E – #l r * # # # #' 11

*HL
W.R.
PI H. 1% W 10
Section

2
U X ſº
# 3

3
* * A. B ºf is * - + E # I
ºf

žº'+L Af:
4 ºfrji J. 9
E,
LESSON LVIII

F: 3 ºf = H r *
& º. iſ – ºf* Ili — is, 3:
£1 A[H] ſil, R. # £ AE 8
#1

ſ, JH' fit K * * # ºf iſ H;*

Dialogues

4:..}
ſº € ſº r # p1 ºf 3: P. ſº # 7
º' H. ºf
ºf Hi

* ºf #
6
ºf

i'; H. 9. HL ºf Z # fie ºn & As

** *B 3 * # #
Jº flº
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

+R

r.R.

ſº Jº It R – 5 B – * iſ r 9 B. iſ * ſº F# #. 5
Hip
º ſº H ſº * & He ſº 4
jº,T. || = # * K. # *
Ty E. y ſu p }; * tº is # # H. 25 3
l

81'ſ
i
WHIP,

Kill
H. H. + E * #: a 3. * & 2

1
f.; ºf
N.H.
*:::

M.

jib'+ £º
H. Hº

Ryje.
B. HL
; s
ſh ge E:
ºf ºil.
* ºf A. wº J.
 Vocabulary

§§
(r.
k'ung" hole; Great; The sur

—
39)

—
chih (*)

liº
regulate restore
+L

to

to
a

;
-
of
name Confucius. order.
fu'-tzu (*)—a

as
sage.

of
Added title officer; official.
5&#.

an
kuan' (r. 40)

–
H.
a
respect great teachers.
ſef; (')

of
to

the names official;

be

to
to
kuan

—
tso" an
k'ung"fu'-tzu (*)—K’ung the Master.
+L5&#. Serve.
by

(Latinized the Jesuits into Confucius.) (r.

§§ pien” 149) change; mutiny.

to
—

a
Bº
*(;
Hg sheng" (r. 128)—divine; holy.
kai (*)-pien'—to change; alter.

to
Hg)\ sheng(*) jen”— sage; prophet.
a

rule;-

;
– )-
IEC regulate.

to

to
(r.

ch’iu" 1)—a mound; The personal ph. 127

Fr.
(*) government
IECH cheng affairs
of

name Confucius. shih”

;
# “style” ad
an
or

hao”—here:
–

name politics.
a

};
li"
(;
(r.
ditional fancy name. 77) calculate; pass through.

iß
to

to
—
-
4.

chung
;-

ſh 134

yu
*Y
(*)-li"—to travel.

-
order
in
–

the second
;

chiao"hsüeh(?)-to teach;

to

as
act

a
####
of

birth.
private tutor.
ſip JB

ni” (r. 44) stop.

to
—

× it

hsien” (r. 154)—virtuous; worthy.

chung" ni(*) “style” Con
JB

of
–

the
wen(*)-ming” civilization; culture.
5]]

fucius.
– –
vieh" (r. exceed; overstep:
go

to

to
156)
}]

(r. 30)—to round; complete.

to

chou" #}
more.
Jājā; chow (*) ch'ao”—the Chou dynasty (1122
yileh" fa(?) more; still more.
– –

225 B.C.). ####

§ lu” (r. 195)—stupid; dull. chin" pu(*) advance; make

to

to
###
{º}} lu(*) kuo"-name progress.
of

of

the native State

—AEffj
B.

all

which, from sheng(*)ti" one's life.

of

Confucius
–
i4

the annals
C.

B.C. 481, form

£JV
to

the subject jen(*)

of

722 man; be
be

to

as
to
–

tso" act
a

the Spring and Autumn,

##k now
Connes man.

§
a
of

chung
1

one the five Classics.

r.

6
1

—honest; loyal.
ph. 784
5&T,
)

t'ien (*) heia"—the world; the empire

of

forgive;
be

shu”—here: humane.
to

to

#R

§§
China. 4U-V
chung" (*) loyal humane:
–

(r. 66) change; shu and

y
to

to

kai" reform.
–

Bíº
-

kai"-liang(*)-to reform; improve. magnanimous (Confucianism conn

Bººk
to

jīf (r. deity; altar; pendiously put).

an

113) the local

—

she”
a

society. #º chin" (r. 108) exhaust; empty.

to

to
–

jīf (*)-hui"-society;
#º
£r

she community. chin' hain (')—with the whole heart.

235
#jj liſ')—to
#

all
chin" exert one's strength. ch’ow” (r. 61)—melancholy; sorry.
ouw

PElij; k’un” man(*)—difficulty. 3% wu (')ch'ou”—sad; sorrow; grieve.

to
##
- - tiu (*) l'ai"
...
(')-k'ai rid

to
—
iu
cast aside;
aside get

O
t-
i”3

g
Plºš
*
*

-
-
consider;
:

t
to

t
wei(*) think

to

to
–

;
of

,
esteen as.
(*)-li”—right principles; right; reason.
### tao

:
# lien”—here: even. - -
# chu" (r. 140)—to manifest; write;

to
make
tu" (r. 61)
yu" sorrow; sadness.
(r.

–—
I

61)
*
-

to compose,

Translation
Confucius

(1) Confucius was Chinese sage K'ung"; name Ch'iu', “style” Chung"-Ni". He was
of
the surname
a

a
the Chou dynasty and (2) Lu”. The Lu" was the present province Shantung.
of

of

of

of

of
man the State State

He was born (3) 2462 years before the (Chinese) Republic.

he
In

reform (4) society and

to
those times China was great confusion. Therefore restore
in

to
wanted

the country not over three months time, (5) greatly changed

he
an

order. After having been Lu for

of

cfficial
to

the customs within the country. The Lu (6) stronger. (lit. one day

as
also from day day became
of

to

State

compared another stronger). Lu were carry out

to
as

that,
of

of
After the ministers the State
to

not able
no

go
government affairs, Confucius had decided (lit. thought)
he

(7) resource work.

to
other States

to

to
and

Therefore, many (8) disciples and travelled around through different States. Unfortunately, each State
he

led

on
could not use him, and wrote books,
he

he
on

returned (9) home where (lit.

so

the one hand one face)

taught.
he

the other hand He taught more than 3000 disciples among (10) whom 72 were most virtuous

men. Therefore, Chinese culture after Confucius made still (11) more progress.

his life, (i.e. (lit.

all

Confucius, during was always loyal and never departed

as

man) humane
a

from two words- “loyal” and “humane”). The (12) word “Chung” (“loyal”), means that one, when

willing (to
it)

The
all

helping other people, always strength.

do

to

with the whole heart and exert his

is

“shu” (“humane”), (13)

do

word means that (everything) that one does not wish oneself one dºes not
to

wish force (lit. cause) other people do, (and everything) that one does not (14) wish suffer oneself,
to

to

to

willing force other people suffer.

to

to

one not
is

Moreover, (when) doing anything, difficulty. Things which (15)

he

any
of

was not afraid other

all

people considered impossible energy. When reading

he

do

(16)
or
as

carry out still would with

to

his

working forgot
he

he

(his) sorrows.
so

to

was elated that eat and cast aside

his

(you)
no

(17) This general life. (18)

to
of

more than outline wish understand the

If
is

principles has left, has composed, and you

he

he

read the books will know.

236
 ji* ¡¿ , II

* įį
Section Grammatical
Characters of various meaning

# (Continued)

#
o requite; to report to; to inform; to declare; a newspaper.
**

* #o shine on; look or after; to photograph; as; according

$¢##
to at

= #
** 7 £
# ## .
* №×# *
##* #
# Ē•ș##–
*
##

įſę
№

g *»
**H ×#±įs# — ğ § # # Ļ
**
×#+=# ſą Ģ @ e #
××#a## & Ģ # ę # Ņ
ķ
ļ
*××
* **
1&= *
* Ķ # ſą # ņ
*****
××== #
ſae
Ķ№##H
**× a ?& º Ķ * # * ſą:
×=== ± # 2 * # ± #;
*=× #***
**
****
×
*
* **+ $ § # # + ºs
ſa $ § # # # ſą
g

&×&
&× ****** # $ 4º- ÜR # $ {{
#= $ # § # + #
&×&
&×F
=—#
&ā5
i
*
*
*
*
*
a
*
*
-* *****
ēſa?
=#± € # -- ~ 8+ #
*
*
#− £ # № # K. #
× +#–*№#
× # = º ± ſº #
× # z £ ſą º £
z ſae = &× # # € Ę # º
*
=:
*
*º *
ſºk* * ×1 = # Ė Ē è
==` × ſă žē Ė Ēģ ſº
*$
 Vocabulary
H# jih” pao(*) – daily paper.
£HT3K ling(*) heia" lai”—to receive.

#fff; pao” kuan (*) - a newspaper office.

### hu” chao(*) passport.

–a
pi(*)—an editor. chao" haiang (*)—to photograph.
H:3# chu” H&ſº
%; tsung" (r. 40)-Ancestor; clan; a kind;honor,
}{{{#fff; chao" haiang" kuan"—a photo studio.

##. chiin (*)-tzu"—a gentleman; the superior

H&#; chiu(*)-as old;

as
of
chao" before.
man; the perfect man.
#! (r. 32)—to grasp; seize.

to
chih”
9)

hatred; animosity.
(r.

{ji.
—

ch’ow”
## chihº chao(*)—a passport; pass.

a
#ffl, (*) revenge.
to

pao" ch'ou
–

photo

—
che" chang' haiang(*) this
######
º,

en” 61
r.

favor. graph.
ph. 771 )-kindness;

##
(

hsin" wen” chih (*)—a newspaper.

#% pao"-ta (*) recompense; requite.
to

to
– –

"
jīf; hao” i(*) good will; kind intention.
#fff; hsin' wen(*)—news.

pao" ming (*) give name; Jälä feng" wen(*)-hearsay; rumour.

in
to
–

one's
#4. to register. {#ſſil
thang' feng (*)—to catch cold.

put

be
lai(*)—not

to
li(*) ti'—newly ch'u'
#f7ff)
wen”
Y
or

hsin" established

opened. able to smell.

hui”- # chin" (r. 113) forbid.

to
H&# —
chao(*) communication between
a

4\};
t

foreign kung" (*)—a public office.

so

native officers equal

of

and

rank.
#}}}/\}; chin' yen' kung" so(*) Anti

–
^3. kung" wen(*)
an

official document.
–

opium Bureau.

Translation
Have you newspaper here?
can go.
As

10.
as

soon receive the passport,

a

I
2.

This (lit. this kind) newspaper has been He opened photo studio.
1.
1

recently issued. Do
as

12. he said.

newspaper (lit. Light lantern and throw the light around.

of
3.

He the editor our 13.

is

newspaper office). 14. He still disobedient of

is

as
(2\}###)
superior man
4.

For revenge (even)

to

take
a

old.
ten years after not too late.
is

requite. 15. That place, without pass (one) cannot enter.

6. 5.

a
to

Parent's kindness hard

is

(I) request you

of

16. take much care him.

to

How shall requite his kind intention?

I

17. This photograph taken not badly.

is

(In) the newly opened school, students

7.

who
18. daily read newspapers.
(are) many.
I

have enrolled their names

19. there any news’
Is

telegram yesterday even

8.

received his
I

20. This affair only rumor; (I) fear not

is
it

ing.
is

true
9.

an

“Chao hui”
.

official communication.
is

238
21. I have heard the name, but have not seen 26. (About) this affair I do not know at all
(the face). 27. These two days I have no time at all.
22. I caught cold, (I) cannot distinguish odours. 28. He does not agree at all.
23. As soon as (you) smell this medicine. 29. The weather is quite hot.
(you) will sneeze. 30. All that he says is not true.

24. One house. (Of)

all
31. these things take none with me.

I
25. The Anti- opium Bureau. 32. Because was raining therefore he did not come.

it

239
 ș-së+*=~~=====

fęk-№ſſaeg? &&=&########-## șÈ+&#};&+=#ff

|
#ſ=&##1 #-#-<șëĘēršºſ-Häż################8F

ſigezº:- :-<&## ##}&# №ſį §§§####ĒLĒĖĘĚ

[&#№ķiggſ-ſe-ș######K#: șšēſe-șē&####M-Eē#
#

LESSON

1
***# ≤≤+*=#№łę+\s*=+ –###ē&&
LIX

-
față ***********************-*și
#

Section I Dialogues
Hi

&#############]###3 =###|E######+Ēē#
|;
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

=
<####{{№ëſ-<############
1 H.H™######$
+ jL #

1
1

HK$ż šķī£§§§ ſ&#ĘĘH-&#-##Hęs *&^-+#

1
Eė#### ##-#€$£§ ###Ęſijęſ=sk&##ēĚ

[+&tāIJłęšſē #######!-Ę#############
$3
$
-H

TIJ
ķ
Ķ
 Vocabulary and notes

:º
ºil

35
E.
£3

shih" wei" chih' chi’ che" sett”

dis

for
“A
scholar will one who truly knows him.”

#; Jij chieh”-chii”---conclusion; end; result.

47#||
haing” ta'u'-to assassinate.

§ (;
|É

tı,

;
(r.

To

sigh; moan;
-
t'an' 30) regret. jang" 30

r.
make clamor;
ph. )—to

a
369
##jL pao" ch'ou”—to avenge.
cry out; bawl.
pan"—to dress up, costume.
#}
§3E ch'u'ssu”- punish with death.

to
jº mº 75.
r.
§
"(

)—a model; pattern.

-

mo” ph. kuo' shih'-leading

of
scholar the state.
T453
453 Bi-Hº

-
#
mu°-yang'-manner, fashion; pattern.
#### ch'iº (r. 151) How (implies negative)

2
*-*.,4
**** t;’tt - 18 iše
#Iſfjää i*-kai'-erhº-lun'-g
i"-erhº-lun"—generally speful:
speal
Jill
-

thorn, sting;
to

ph. 500 )—a

(

ing; on the whole; the same class.

in
pierce. -
Translation
“A scholar will die for one who truly knows him.”

Yū Jang Chih Po, and sighing said,

an

Shantung unceasingly,
of

to
of

while heard this sort end

in

“A scholar will die for the one who truly knows him. Chih Po my true knower, possible for
is

is
it
So

as

avenge him?” changed his name, disguised himself labourer, and carrying sharp
he
to

me not
a

a
an

Chao Hsiang Tzu. opportunity

he

knife went work assas

in
to

to
of

the home There waited

sinate him.

day Hsiang Tzu was just about

he

had the intuition that there

to

One Chao enter his room when

go

hiding He hastily commanded and inspect.

in
to

It

was some one the room. servant was

in

Yi Jang sure, knife hand, waiting kill. Chao Hsiang Tzu asked him, “What your name?
be
to

to
in

is

Why Yü Jang Yü Jang,

do

kill
“I

you replied voice, the Minister

in
to

of

wish me?” loud am

a

Chih Po, and wish avenge Chih Po.” The attendants heard this, and out, “This will never
to

cried

do, dispatch him quickly.” Chao Hsiang Tzu said, “Stop! He knight, let him go.”
is
a

was caught beneath bridge. Chao Hsiang Tzu asked him, “At you
he

Later the time when were

a

241
 Translation
under Fan Shih why did you not wish to avenge him, but only wish to avenge Chih Po?” Yü Jang

replied, “Fan Shih treated me as an ordinary individual, so I in return treated him the same way.

Chih Po treated me as the lcading scholar of the state, so naturally I shall avenge him as befits this

esteem. How can one put them in the same class?" When he had finished speaking, he broke into

sobs. Chao Hsiang Tzu asked him, “Are you afraid to die?" Yü Jang, replied in rage, “I am not

afraid to die, but I am afraid that after I die there will be no one to avenge Chih Po.”

242
 # 3: £) ºf
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

LESSON LX # 7: + ##

º£ *** # # → 5 ā |##šī#£ ſº Ē $ IR
§ * * º șitº º # #
Section I Dialogues

$È
i ·
48 Kº 111

# § = 1 ###+$K ] § I Ē È
*EI *# š — # # 4< $ # $ Ē $ Ē
*
Ė ** € ſ # ##*&k - = § £ Ģ
#ë

*? *F † + ? $$±&* € È € ſă
* i
& # # = -$ +ä*šī £ È ± ſe
ſā"#

?
&&

*ſ- *
*# * # -4 1 E #**ā ¥ Ê k º
# = # # & =≈* #Ē $ # = E
ſ- *# $ # # & *≠###& ¢ # #
+

= E# $ # # = *± $## < £ 1 # #
$ſ -# $ @
#+

* − €# # # # ≡ # #
+ # < § # * × £# # # ? $ #
-1

& *1 * € * =≤
##-##

≥=##Ē # :$ $ *
į
#ā

& ±# # £ ± 1 #±–#–Ģ # ¢ $ ±
12-

șą +1 # ¥ + ≡ # − # Ģ £ ¢ #
# « ºg ºg #= 1№ ºg Ķ % € £ #
;≤≥###igºgſº§& gg@§ſ.gše-:=*ºgĶĻſąș # ©®#
+3 43
ſię
g ×#
gº

≡ ºg se E ģggſ;gș şi s
ºg
#ų

243
 Vocabulary

jã
IIIT (*) t'ou'

of
shan foot

–
hsia the
#
(r.

a
184)—a meal;

to
ts'an' eat.

written mountain.
(Also Y#)
(r. obedient; follow;
|É shun' 181)

to

to
–
yeh (*) is an’—a picnic.
###
suit.
()

month;

of
ch'u chien'—first decade
#J|H|

a
liu” 85

iñí

r.
flow; glide;

to

to
the beginning
of

month. - ph. )—to

a
771

(
(r.

shang' 30)—a merchant;

ń

to
consult. descend.

liang' (r. 166)—to estimate;

Hł measure.
to

# ch'ian” (r. 85) spring.

–a
Read liang"—a measure; capacity;

—
spring water;
a

shui (*)

d
ch'iyan”
#7):
limit.
a

spring.
shang()—liang" consult;
to

to

discuss.
—

Bååt 3E hua' (*) grass; vege

–
flower

#
ts'ao and

# (r. 154)—to praise.

to

tsan' assist;
tation.

#5. tsan (*)—ch'eng”—to approve; assist.

to

4;
# chih”

r.
120
)-line,
elegant.
(r.

Each; every; all.

–

ko" 30) ph. 883

(
(r.

147)—compasses; rule; custom.

## ching(*) chih'-view; scenery.
#

kuei
|;

'Eß. ting (°)—kuei'—to decide;

Ek
to

settle. vin(*) shang' lai”—to cloud;

to
become

# obscure.
(r.

min' 199)-flour.
shuang" (r. 89) lively; cheerful.
—

mien"pao(*)-bread.
#if) 3&
shuang (*)-k'uai'-brisk; cheerful; happy.
É; kuei (r. 77)—to belong to; return. 3&#k
to

up
(r.

arrange;
to

170) draw
to
—

chen"

in
kuei (")—cho"—to arrange; pack. Kii
to

###
classificr for gusts,
A

line; repeatedly.
(r.

22)—a small box.

|É

haia”

blasts, showers, etc.

chao' heiang' haia (*) tºw”-
###|É +.
a
-

—ſºft-ſiń
ti'

chen' chen(*)
i'
tº

photographic apparatus; camera.

a

every and then;

# (r. 72)—view; appear
ching” prospect; now gust after gust

ance (of wind).

.

sheng' (r. remain; the remainder.

5||

18)
to
—

feng (*)-ching”—view; scenery.

Jäät
244
 Translation
A P J C N I G

In the beginning of March, I was discussing with two schoolmates of mine an excursion
to the country
(#5).). I said, “But we don't need to eat in a temple. Just buy some eatables to

take with us and as convenient, when we reach there, find a place and we will have a picnic. Isn't that
good?”

They

all
plan, and at once

on
approved very much of my we Saturday o'clock

at
decided that

7
the morning we would start. Everybody would take with him some eatables and we all would go together.
in

On that Saturday half past six we all met (3;&#T All the things we bought-bread,
at

had

).
cakes, beef, dried and fresh fruit, etc., we packed up;

us

of
took with camera and bottle water and went

a
city. The scenery along the truly beautiful, and we were extremely happy.
of

out the road was When we

2
temple to take look. Then
(##)

to
of

reached the foot the mountain we first went into

nto we slowl
aa

we
lowly
strolled along
(Jiří) mountain road, and reached the top high mountain.

of
From the mountain
a

a
spring was flowing down, water striking against unusually
of

and the sound the rocks was melodious.

On grass.
of

both sides there was lot flowers and

a

We found piece level ground, spread had brought with

of

sat down and out the eatables we

a

us. Then looking scenery we all talked laughed while we ate felt extremely

in
at

the and and heart

delighted. Just height enjoyment, the sky gradually became obscure,

of

when we were our

at

the and

gust after gust cold wind came up.

of

up
Feeling little cold, also being afraid that would rain, we immediately packed the remnants
it
a

from our eating, descended the mountain and hastily came into the city.

Section II Grammatical
various meanings
of

Characters

(Continued)

an"- still; rest; peace; ease; easy; place; lay down.

at

to

to

to

make

tai"—a girdle; belt; zone; neighbourhood; take with one; bring.

to
to
a

on

ting”—a classifier sedan-chairs; top; topmost;

to

head;
of

hats and the wear the

º

extreme; very.

17. custom-house; shut; fasten; connect;

to

to

to

to

kuan' frontier gate; pass;

-
5.

implicate.

18. ho”—to shut; close; join; suit; add;

to

to

to

{* agree; harmonize.
to

to

to

(To
be

continued)

245
 §z º §È Ēē §§ *# ºși Ë Ëë { $$ $• -& -1 i
Examples of using the above cited characters

îi Ē Í = ! ? + &
± «E *è #:{

1
&&
ÊĢ E
CR ©
Ē = & Ê Ē ® # € Ē € ! £ & &-
+<
HK.
Ģ # {} + SÉ # # < -4 & # # ¥ & &
Ķ *= 3 $ # # E # & # * $ &+
Ķ & & § € = # ES # & # ± $ &
Ķ * & § £ {E ? E 1 = 58 • $ & H
\
º *& © #ā # ? + ≤ #| £ ? $ && £
3: * = ® tº 2 ? = ≥ H º 1 ~
*?& #=?<± ##$ £ =+
€ i
ſ- £ 3 = # È 1 ? − * # $ # # #
|
&&

-
+ &: = * # £ 1 # $8 $ # $
& E @ ? * 3 © ≡ ſT # – $ … %
-& º ? – * =
—# $ �^
?; ſą }< ºg ± # #- º $ � &
ſ. 26 J ® ≈ = # ſą:

& — £ ?; # £ § ≠ # ºg ſe $ & &

|
& ģ- 3 ģ # și § ≤ 2 2 tºk $ * &
eg % = g º 3 ≥ ≤ ſą © z & K
& – ºg } ș. ſº g ≡ ≥ tº ºg ſą & &

246
 vocabulary
contrary

or
Jää.

-
p'ing”-an(*)-peace; tranquility. ting” feng (*) head

a
ZRº:
jih
day; some wind; against the wind.
(*)
Bíº H
kai

–
another other
ting" yū(*)—
Jääriä the rain.

in
cho”
time.
ting” t-'u (*)

ti"
very

of
the inferior

–
ch'ing” anſ") inquire person's
Jä3Kłł'ſ
to
###: –

a
quality; the poorest.
health; salute;
to
visit.
to

# chihº (r. 122) place;

to
appoint. #5. hai" kuan (*)—the Maritime Customs.
- to

## tang employed offic

be
ch'ai (")—to
an(*)-chih”—to arrange.
###
ially.
# ching" (r. 174)—calm; quiet.
h3!” r. – 1– concern:
Mif
#) to.

to
relate
an(*)-ching"—quiet.

º
ph. 87
###

(
Hé. wi.
(r.

61) soothe; console.

Fºſſ, kuan(*)-hsi"—consequence;
- to

to

concern.
.

##
an

(*)-wei"—to soothe; kuan, hsin(*)—to interested;

be

be
to
console.
to

ÉJ.E.
3Kyk (*)-water concerned,

as
tzu"—lai”-shui works. friend.
H

a
—# i”-tai (*) part country; region. {*}#5t.
ho”
*600-ton-wºº, fitting.
of

the
–a

ti"-a (*) -wei"-savoury; tasty.

#} ºff, tai' ping (1) troop leader.
{*LIBR ho” k'ou

arrange
jà t'ung”—a contract;

an
ho(*)
wu" (r. 77)—military; strong. fºſſil
-

ment.
jätſä (*) kuan' military officers.
—

wu
haien"—a limit.
#3;&##: lien” law” tai ch'i (*)—there and |H
£º nien(*) years;

of
haien" limit
—
a

a
back.
term
lien” fang" tai' fan (*) -lodging
.

jäH###ji
and boarding. f_H. ho(*) shang'—to
close.

jäTáž!
li"

(r. 18) sharp; acute; profit.

—

lien” kung" tai' liao (*) if||

–

labour

jt.
it;

ch'i' (r. 12) he; that; they.

—

and materials.
ho” ch'iº chung()-(e)rh-medium;
5.

jäjä. shun' feng fair wind; with the wind.

{r}{H
–a

proper.
ºf
(r.

#ſ; chiao" 159)-Sedan chair

 Translation
1. Bon voyage 1 (lit. peaceful journey.) 19. He alone worth ten men.

is
20.

(Is
2. I will come to visit you.

or
Another day there) fair wind head wind?

a
3. Have you fully recovered from your illness? 21. To return home the rain.

in
4. I must arrange a job for him. 22. How much apiece for the best quality?
5. Really, my heart is not at rest. 23. Even the poorest take five dollars.
6. This place is very quiet. 24. He employed Maritime

in
the

is
7. You go and soothe him. Customs.
8. Waterworks have been installed here. 25. The closed.

is
door

9. It for a long 26. This

us
has not rained time in this matter concerns very much.

part of the country. 27.

on
quicker, city gates will

be
Go the
10. Troop leaders are military officers. closed.

11. Have you a watch with you ? 28. have caused you concern.

I
12. To go there and come back it takes ten 29. Close the door.
days. 30. Why did that bank close (i.e. became
13. How much (does it cust) a day for lodging bankrupt):
and board 31. This dress fits very well.
14.
(it

For labour and materials costs) one 32. This dish very savoury.

is
hundred taels. 33. term indicated the agreement
Is

in

2
a

15. You lead him upstairs. 34. How much

of
does one tael silver cost
16. One sedan-chair. 35. Close the book.
17. One hat. 36. You reckon what the profit is.

18. The roof. 37. Not much and not little, just the average.

248
 #########K###&#!

issaexe&#1 šºs ſąasſ=&egrākºſ

&+&##№|№]<æſk&############ēſēTRĶēëſ-K

|
șEąłgºgęł####~&&?#%ſ<###K###ęR&##!--
LESSON

**********šſētılae&#-##NºšſēĒ***
LXI

Section
# X

æſkæ&########{{=++?III??++=#:######!*** I

249
#
sºț¢āſąlil- *;&#&lt;ſ&#####ĒRºſſº
|
șºsaſs= 7; 79)
Dialogues

+
###~##ſ=ækāņºšężę ēſººlilº — ;
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

#
J###~###-#######ëſ-Kºśgſ- EH??!*@**** ſºrg ?!

&# ########++-Jēæ#3******# *+*=+

gæH#######&&#Eſikº-<;&### gaisā =#:###

+<

$
$
$
 Vocabulary and notes

ta” .4 mieh" ch'in'

To exterminate a family for the sake of righteousness

J. –a – # (#–)
dynasty 1134 hun" 72

r.
chou' 247 B. C. dusk, dull; confused.

É shang"—a dynasty 1783 -1135 B. C.

hun'-luan'-stupid; lacking principle.

in
###il
chow"
#f ( | 20
)—an infamous
king. # [fli piao'-mien"—exterior; surface.

|É
hui:1 Dark; invisible; secret

(r.

#
% an" 72)

|.
r. 6]
(

(;
)—to enlarge magnity.
#}{i= chun”

85

).
approve;

-
|% {j hui'-fu' – to

to

to
ph. allow.
revert to the type; revive. 54

i ;-)-
-

ſi
chun" pei"—to prepare, get ready.

#
3
t&nt
jñā ancestor; founder. p'"....

4
( am
3%
(+...+)-to
rebel; revolt.
jà ſº tsu" kno” – the fatherland.
fan”-p'an"—to rebel; revolt.
JX3%
J|| chi"—to raise; appoint; introduce.
fu'-hsing"— revive; recover prosperity.
**:T- - behavior; {{#
Jº
i;8- he havior.
Hijj

chii"-tung"*
conduct.
-

#
(;
yū? 61
stupid; be

to
|OS )—silly.
(-;
#

)–

chien' ph. 575

survey super
;

ph. 608 fool.

intend; jail.
#.

nung"—play with; make, handle; do.

tu"
(j-...-) 109 -
r.

{} superintend; ad
to

yi.”-nung"—to deceive, befool; dupe.

###
U.
monish; lead.
# ch'ih”—to grasp; control; hold.
#

chien'-tu'—superintend; supervise.
ºf

5x
F#

manage; direct.
to

chw" ch'ih”
–

*
HE}}
Mijj hsing”-tung" conduct; movements.

(j-...-)-
-

hsii)
Fă empty; unreal; un
(;
2

shu pm.
uncle; ZU
#2 ...-)—an father's
ph.
true; humble.
younger brother.
hsii' ming” empty name; spurious re
Hiſtº, ºil
–

sp

:#E thing'-º',
chrºng ing”-clever;
eſ; intelligent. mino'- empty name;
m

“-11.7 eil 13
9

#U} putation.
&I)

# (r. 119)-- Unmixed; fine; 52)-Young 4E; tender; immature.

(r.

ching" essence. vu"

Translation
family for the sake
To

righteousness
of

exterminate
a

I.ing Chou the Shang dynasty was lacking principle, killing and injuring the loyal good,
of

and
in

frivolity,
no

loving indulge having regard the suffering people;

to

so
of

wine and and for his

in

I.ing Wu the Chou dynasty raised troops fight troops King Chou had long
to
of

of

him. The been

25()
 Translation
disloyal to him, so they did not wait to join battle but dispersed. King Chou seeing that

all
was lost,
Thereupon King Wu became Emperor, and gave the son King Chou very large

of
committed suicide.

a
imperial concession; but for fear would not forget avenge his father,

he

to
and would make move

to a
revive the kingdom his fathers, also instructed his three brothers, trusted, super

he

he
to

of
whom

vise closely his every movement. These three were later called the three uncles. They did not realize
King Chou was very clever, and not lacking principle

as
On the
of

that the son his father had

in
been.
on

terms with the three uncles, but was preparing

he

he

to
surface was the best of overthrow

in
secret

the Chou dynasty, revive his own kingdom, and avenge his father.

the three uncles had heen commissioned by King Wu

on
Although keep watch him, yet they were

to

up
by
grip, and were easily duped Unluckily

an
all lacking others. important matter came about
in

this time that feel very uneasy. For King Wu died, and
to

caused these three men his son succeeded

the imperial throne, and was called King Ch'eng. He was young, however, and could not control
to

him
All matters his uncle Prince Chou. King Ch'eng
of

of
the situation. state were under the direction

had only the empty name Emperor, and that was all.
of

2
5
1
 # X #J };
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh
LESSON LXII --
# 7; + T. H.;

§ ***ſă #<E EE E *}€§

Section I Dialogues

¶ * **º £ *# # $ € s£§
*^

¡¿ *?*|**#1 €##**## ##$Ē ±− +=¥

$€ ###

1 $#
•

* ſº*# Ē**# * — 1 $=
£ ± ± # —±*# ± 1 = #1* #
$¢ {{

+ − # ā≠*Ē = # Ē.*
#1s

R ×+ Ʊ*Ē §§ & Ķ##

#|
#1 ##

× ×=º & *ē ¶ & E ķ##

#+ №ſ

≤ ×{{= F—*ģ ¡ & & ##№

−<

≥ × < × EĶ ¿ & § **Ēģ

≤»*# ā, E ¶ ±±Ķ
− ×# –+## ę & ¡ 1−=
į
±×
#ffff

ējſ,

× ×% ##| Ę + ¿ Ē×<
H:'='
& ×~ gė&&№ Ę & $¢ Ē±5}
& ×+ ą != ę -ſ £ Ē 1
? •
#fff ;

& ×#g g º # © ē#=

$ſt

& ×#= ſg și < Ģ#}

ºº
№ſſa
Ę

&& × # ę= ºg ſą gr. ģ#+

ȚĂ

!s ×@ Ė<și § ź. ĶgÈși
< «

252
 Vocabulary

# 72)—bright; quiet. Jā’ī;

(r.
yen' shen(*)-t'i"-the body.

#+. ven(*) tzu"—a proper name.

%

ai”
dwarf; low; short.

(r.
111)

-a
9)-to
(r.
send; use;

to

to
shih” cause.
{}i dog.

(r.
kou" 94)—the
Ží)
#
;-)
plain; distinct; sharp. Here;
(r.

ch'u" 75)
-
# jano" 149

r.
-
yield; courteous;

to
-
an ancient feudal State (740-300 BC.) ph.

# ch'i' even; level; equal.

(r.

210) polite;

to
–

allow.

#E. ch'i(*) kuo"-an ancient feudal State (1122

#
140)—no, not; do not.

(r.
mo"
B.

224 C.)

(r.
#: fei' not; wrong.

-
175)
Ig: ying' –an proper
(r.

38) infant. Here:

a
that;

be
mo'-fei()—isn't it?:
name.
#3E must

it
B&F t’ien(*) ts'ai(*)--a genius; man with surely

is.
a

it
superior qualities.

[H]
º:
reply;

to
hui”-ta(*)—to answer.
tao"-te(*)-morality; virtue.
Şāſā
b

chang(')-k'ai' open; spread.

to

to
###|
be

-
Hiſã ch'u' shih(*)-to sent on mission.

-
a

145)—a sleeve;
(r.
% feng" 167
#l haiw” cuff.
r.

a
point
of

the
a

ph.
(

148
#

weapon. wei” (r.50)—a curtain; tent.

a
li"

fl] sharp; acute; interest.

(r.

18)
}: mu" 50
r.

...
--- -
—a curtain; screen.

:
ph. 453

a
liº-sharp T453
(

)
(')
[]

#####| k'ou" she feng tongued;

ſº

curtain;
witty speech. #. wei(*)-mu"--a screen.
of

# a
123)—shame;
(r.

hsiu" blush.
to

64)—to wipe; scatter;

(r.

#i
to

to
hui" direct.
ju" 161)-to insult;
(r.

to

shame.
H%
chi'-jan(*)—since;
as

is.

ÉÉ#
it

hsiuſ')-ju"—to abuse; insult;

to

to

###
til
-

disgrace. ####, haien" te(?) virtuous.

#
(r.

chi' 111)- Rule: pattern.

253
 Translation
Yen-tzu goes as envoy to the Ch'u state.

There was in the State of Ch'i a high official of the Yen family named Ying. That man was
endowed with great abilities and excelled in virtue.

One day, the prince of Ch'i sent him as envoy to the State of Ch'u. The prince of Ch'u knew

that he was a very sharp tongued man and decided to affront him. Thereupon he devised with his
it.
As Yen-tzu was very small stature very gate was opened near

of
ministers a scheme for small

a
the palace gate, and when Yen-tzu arrived enter through that small gate.

he

to
was asked

Yen-tzu said, “If country enter through this gate.

to
were sent dog would dog But now

a
I

I
Ch'u, and not proper for me enter through this gate”.
to

to
of

come the State is

it
1

no

way for the men Ch'u and they enter through the big gate.

to
of
There was allowed him

saw the prince Ch'u, the prince asked him,

he

(When) “Has Ch’i

of

no men?”

“There are many people Ch'i,” replied Yen-tzu, “If they open their
in

to
of
the State (were)

be
sleeves, (big) curtain could they (were) wipe off their sweat,
be

like

to
of

made them. would

If

it
a

Why should one say that

no

rain. Ch'i has men?”

“If Ch'u, “why earth did they send you?”

on
there are men” said the price
of

“My sovereign", replied Yen-tzu, “has definite rule for sending (his) envoys other countries.

to
a
go

go
Virtuous ministers virtuous princes, and worthless princes. very bad
to

ones to worthless am

a
I
(fellow), therefore
go

the Ch'u State.”

to

had
I

254
 Section 11 Grammatical

Characters of various meanings

(Continued)
{J.

19. pao'-to enclose; contain; hold; wrap up; undertake; manage; contract;

to

to

to

to

to

to
keep.
to

§:
to;
go

20. chiu'-to to approach; take up; then; just now; immediately; according to.

to
[H]

go

21. hui”—to return; back; time; turn; chapter

in
to

novel.

a
a

a
22. # t’ī’—to pick up; lift; raise; mention; bring forward.
to

to

to

to
be

(To continued)

Examples using the above cited characters

of

º' tº
{ij

#.
#

ſil
In

K.
#

Hi

MS
(ſil'
10
# ºf
ii
-
.

É? §§'
2

[H]'
14
ſil

ºt
ſº
tº

H
%, jãº
s
H.

ME

†.
—

#5 [H]*
[H]
[H]
[H]

2k
º
1

26
4.

3.
ht:

Hiſ
15

3:
§
:
:
#:
 Vocabulary
-
# fu
2
(; ;-)- . 145
jä—- t’ou(?)

[H]
hui”—the first time.

i'
a square cloth.

jä hui (?)-t'on’—later on; afterwards.

[H] [H]
fºſk pao(*)-fu” - a bundle; a wrapper.

—# hui

(?)
sheng'—to report;

to
it
commu
Eff

185)- the
(r.
show” head; chief; first.
nicate.
fif

shih"
ph r,
184
-)-
-
paint.
adorn;
#fff; -“Old

to
lord”; sir; master.

to
363 lao(*)-yeh”

fifth who '...) shih()- women's head ornaments.

|Illſ; hui” hain(*)-a reply

to
letter.

a
{24}:{{j pao' chin(*)-ti'-gilt; gold plated.

(*)
t’i
##3% ch'iº lai”—to up: men

to
raise

fºlſ: pao" fan(*)—to contract food;

to
for tion.

4: tai" 145

r.
board with thc cook. bag;

)-
purse.

a
ph. 328

(
#}} lun' yueh(*)-by the month; monthly.
§4; the head.

-
mao(*)-tai"
pao' pu" sha(*)-impossible
{J2fºſł:
to

hold.

#### t'i(?)
prº-to

(;
remind.
##. chiang(')-chin"—to accommodate; put
to

#
2
pa
up with;

is
pull;
to

anything.

to
make the best
of

)—to raise.
[H]
[H]

hui (*)-hui” Mohammedans.

##
–

t’i
(?)-pa” raise;

to
promote.

to
—
[H]

hui (*)-hui' chiao"-the

|H|# Mohammedan

–
#2S H3K t'i" pu' ch'u' lai(*) impossible
religion.
to obtain.

Hiß
(*)

lai” hui coming and going back; there pu"-the

3kſH]
-

ts'ai cheng" Ministry

of
and back. Finance.
Å; ku" (r. 172)- To hire; borrow.
ſä
 Translation.
Open the bundle. 16. Whatever you ask him he cannot reply
These head ornaments are gold plated. at all.
Wrap up in paper. I on your
:
17. Announce that have come to call
We have a contract for our food (at a fixed master.
price), and we pay monthly. 18. He has not yet returned.
It is impossible to hold fire in paper. 19. Do you want an answer or not?
There is only one. 20. I beg to announce to you. sir, that a vis
Only this is good. itor has come.
He will come in a moment. 21. The story (lit. words) is too long to ment
:: Even if he does not care, it is not im tion it (or to tell).
portant.
22. Just to mention him gives me a headache.
10. Live and make the best of it.
Do you wish to take up that business or
23. If I forget remind me.
not? 24. If there should be an opportunity I will
support you.
12. He is of the Mohammedan religion.
Do not mention that matter.
13. Hire a cart for going and coming back.

He is going abroad for the first time. It is impossible to obtain such an amount
15. I will come later on. of money from the Ministry of Finance.

25
 «~

Ķ
ģ
JĘŽĘTRĢ#|#{=}}">{Ęēț¢ ĶĒĶIII żšķā
!`---º .••2••« «.*-2′

È
'#'<<}}<ț¢&=&ī£§§ Rºș||| ? \ſ*$ ſēșKĘTROEHE

ș#№|№.58€##€$£§!—;#######€$£;&=&&#####1

## ########3 &#######=&####-D# &#####J

LESSON

Isaeg? ? ſaet;$ EĘșËĒĖĘ###>{&&

# 3

=?$=}|£]w+---JOE=&####-fhºsfhºsſzaeſez

258
LXIII

=#E-şºğ ! = Đ#\:\ſ* ?:'+$ R******№]

iſ

Section I Dialogues

ºſſ?? !&#}&&&|-șē#####&gtºſ=# äitiſkāèſººſ

# 7; +
ºf

E
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

|
|EŅĢĒĒĒĒĒĒĒ&& |-șĒĶĒĢ#########šī£<;&###K#
##

HºïRºi-Eſg=$####-&ārſ-TJĘ |1|<#E###ēſēĘ<ſėžią

ſą|1||??--RĘ&&##K#ēĘĘ#*|===#&###ĘKºmiſëēĘ
#$
+<

$
$
 Vocabulary and notes

ta" " mieh" ch'in!

To exterminate a family for the sake of righteousness

ch'iian'
#- )—to

É.
# 75) –Weight; power; authority,
encircle, circle.

i.
(r.

ch’ian”

(
# t’ao'(r. wrapper; suit;

to
37)—Envelope,

C.
include: harness;

of
3; tu” 94
books.
(H.

single;
# snare; trap.

É
ph. 788
)—solitary ; ch'uan"-t'ao"—a

only; alone.

H.
40)—To proclaim; publish.

(r.
tzu"-tsai"—comfortable; hsian"

ſº (;
HŽE ease; rest.
at

at

ºf hsian”-pu" -to proclaim.

an

ſti
tui"—to act enemy; oppose.
as

tso"

źjºf
*

;-
kan" 51 tu” li"—independent.
;
#*

manage; business;
ph. )—to
ability; trunk iš,
of

tree. vao” rumour; invented

i-
(
nengº-kan"—ability; power.
##}. -

(; ;-
tale.
-
#
*4
º
t; (i.
huai.” 61 -

r.
t

dis carry

•
deliberate; m; in
)—to 368 )—boso

#
cuss; criticise. bosom; cherish.
i'-lun" debate; discuss.
to
-

annul;
(r.

feis
to

to
53) set aside.
—

}#

# (r. 85) Overflowing;

Jº-f. t'ien'-tzu"—emperor.
to

chi"
–

rouse.

§
will.
ill

kan"
o'

#H#
{j

chi'-tung"-to stir up; rouse; excite.

(; ;-
łł
t?

103
r.

}ºf doubt; suspect.

## ph. 479 )—to
(

mou’ plot;
to

)—seeme,
huai'i' cherish suspicions.
-

plan.

yin' motº-plot.
|###
§. ching" (r. 66) To revere; sedate, respectful
-

# Not (past); not yet; p.m.

(r.

wei'
to

75)
3
-

259
 Translation
To exterminate a family for the sake of righteousness

These three seeing Prince Chou in sole enjoyment of great

authority, and they left outside with nothing to do, were not at rest in their mind. The three together

made a plan to oppose Prince Chou. The son of King Chou was a man of ability. He had early seen into
their mind, and so on the one hand he deliberately talked of the defects of Prince Chou, on the other he

stirred up difficulties between them and Prince Chon. The three uncles did not know of his secret plot
ting, and so joined hands with him, and completely forgot their earlier commission, but even allowed
him to enlist soldiers and revolt.

The son of King Chou had already made preparations for a number of years to restore his kingdom,

(and was) distressed only that he had no opportunity. On seeing that the three uncles had already

in
let

So
fallen into his trap, how opportunity slip? immediately proclaimed

he
could be this his
dependence the Dynasty Chou, and declared himself king. also spread rumors on every hand
of

of

He
harbouring good the little emperor. The idea was that
no

that Prince Chou was intentions towards

King Ch'eng
do

Prince Chou would away with and himself become Emperor. Although the people
will, still

no

on
throughout the country held Prince Chou high esteem, and hearing this

ill
bore him
in

rumor, they could help somewhat suspicious time they

be

kind

at
of

of
not but him. When the same

the King Chou along with the three was raising troops revolt,

to
of

of

also heard that the son uncles

all

they were mind, and began Prince Chou really this

to
of

sudden disturbed consider that had

in
a

idea. Otherwise why should his own brothers also oppose him?

26()
 X [#

Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

**, •

LESSON LXIV # # + II #

-
Section I Dialogues
*…

# ## # # È {{ £ # # = # šË # * *+R
* # Ē # È #€ # # # != RR Ē 5 *ER *
± # * # $ Ë *£ #$ # Ē && ŘŘ 1 *1 #
Rłē

-*
+ # # * 1 IR ±© 1 # K ! ſą $ *HK # ț¢
_■ſae

# # ± È # +® § # Ķ ## ſæ ſº # *± # £

#ff
# # + # # &° # # * # & # $ — 1 #
*
*…

# # k # # E# # #+ + # § # $ †HK №
•

*
•

# # = # # Ę# 1 ºg E; != § # $ EĶ <
*
* № # k # # ę# & = † 1 @ # # # 1
# # + # # Ę# * × # # # #
* # * '? # # Ė# # & * * # $ # #Ę tº
№

ſ-'ę
§§
* ## ±≠ sº##~ Ė# * # & # #• # #Ģ
+=

§
= š«
# Ę# & # = # # # #Ķ È
*§ §
i –
ſą ≠ se # # Ę # & # #ę ## != 1
?
¡¿§ ¡ §
tº ≠ # # Ę# ¶ #-- & # Ę = ſg= – º
& ≤ E# ! g- & S Ę Ģ #ſ; ſº
&≥ # =# g = # Ę Ķ #; ſi}
*
z
*

& ± $¢ ¶ # |F < × ¶ % Ę Ķ =;S

¡
§ :
ſ-ºg

¡ – §
& − £ • += ≤ ~
§ ¿× € ſº 1 a ≥ șģ + Ķ ~;;; =
;">;

? ķ }; #| ?
Ę" ;

261
 Vocabulary
#

(r.
72) hot weather; sun heat.

—
shu" k'ung(')-ch'i'—-air; atmosphere.
Žišš.
# §

go
# pi* shu(*)—to heat;

to
avoid the 85)—pure;

(r.
chieh" clean.
away from the town for summer.
ch'ing(')-chieh"—pure; clean.
###
% kuang' (r. 10)—light; plain; naked.
# fou? 85

r.
float; swim.

to
% ph. 408 )-to
|#

kuang'-yin
(*)
bright and shady; time.

(
–

–
fou” shuiſ”) (read: fu"
#7k

(*)

to
shui
% huang" (r. 85)—to shine;

)
to
dazzle.
swim.
—#5. huang(*)-(e)th–a flash; moment.
i"

yen’-salt.

iſ
iii.
—Jº Hº-jº t'ien' pi" i'-t'ien (*)-daily;
i"

fil

(r.
115)—to rent;

to
tsu' hire.
from day day.
to

(i-;
#T####j

tº
liang” taſ')-(e)th ti'—a coolie.
(r.

15) cool; cold.

–

Öğ*

ºff
chieh?
-----
liang(*)-k'uai'—cool;
ianoſ”)-k'uai"— - joint; period;
fresh -

a
)—a

º
a

-
U}{{k ph. 364
festival.
ºl
|º]

61

men'
r.

melancholy; sad.
-

Hi}

fi
ph. 635 ww.” vieh" chieh(?)-the festival
(

on
)

#jtí huang'-dull; sad; ennui.

ti'
|º]

men (*)
day 5th moon;

of
the 5th the the

(r. Companion; partner; attend on Dragon-boat

9)

Pan" festival.

}
{}: fº
(r.
74)—clothes; wear; put on;

to

to
Şāī yiian *-i(*)-to wish;
to

desire.
to serve.
chi’
3ć;
75
r.

#ff; utmost; ex i(?)-fu?-clothes.

(-

ph. 24 )—the
l

treme. feng(*)-ching"-view; scenery.

}{\{#
la'
—

exceedingly good;
T

hao" chi(*)
### ##t.
yw” chi(*)-travelling notes; travelling
very well.
diary.
pei" 21)-north;
(r.

oppose.
to

de 105)-to ascend; advance;

to
(r.
to
teng"

jºinſ pei" twº ho(*)-Peitaiho, northern place on paper.

a

summer resort.
Treaty
Kłłł chao() liao'—to superintend
;
to
look
#

ch'in' huang” tao(*)—-a Port

#

2R =E lis] after.
,

- - -- -
the Gulf Peichili,
of
in

between the kai" t'ien' tsai" chien(*)- I’ll see

Bººk
H.
H.

Shan-hai
of

mouth the Peiho and

Kuan. you again shortly.

Translation
Going from the town for summer

Time flies very fast indeed.

In

moment the summer has conſe again. Here getting hotter

1.

is
it
a

go

from day day, and am thinking finding place avoid the heat, and when (the
to

if to
to

toof

a
I

returning
of

cool the school for studies.

go

weather) becoines But away alone, really will

it
I

Do you wish, Mr Chang,

go

very wearisone. We might go

be

to

out
of

the town for summer?

is do

together. What vou think about it?

exceedingly good! just could not find companion. These two years have been zo
2.

That
a
I

That place really good. On the northern side (of there are high mountains, oil
to

it)

ing Peitaiho.
is

262
the southern side, the wide sea. That place is only a few tens of “li” from Ch'inhuangtao and
Shanhaikuan. Not only the scenery there is very picturesque, but the air is also very clean. Living
there we might in the morning read and write, and in the afternoon go to the sea for bathing and
swimming. The sea-water contains salt which is very beneficial to health.
3. Oh, yes. I have there two friends to whom I can write asking them to hire for us a few
Tooras. We will take with us a cook and a coolie. What do you think (about it)?
4. Let it be so. We will start together after the Dragon-boat festival. I am afraid (lit.
think) that in the morning and in the evening there it will be still very cool, and we must take more
clothes with us. We also must take a camera. If we find good scenery we surely will take a few
photos. When I come back. I intend to publish my notes on this trip in a paper.
5. Good. When you go, send (your) luggage to my place, so that you will not be
obliged to look after
it.

Thank you very much. I'll see you again shortly.

6.

Section Dialogues

II
meanings

of
Characters various
(Continued)

piao"-external; outer; show; manifest; meter; table;

to

23. list.
to

a
fang"—to set free; dis
4.

loosen; release; put; set; banish; emit;

to

to

to

to

to

to

to
2

charge; fire.
to

kuang' light; glory; illumine; bare; naked.

to
-
:

swan"-to reckon; calculate; estimate; regard as.

to

to

to
be

(To continued)

Examples using the above cited characters

of

j%
#

×
{k

ſº

BH'
5

3.

4
l
3

:
:

º
JS
ſ
i

3.

|H
l
4

1
4

:
i| i
y

Rij
2
y
y

Ye
3
2]

4.
2
4

º
#
4.

3
2

3
2

l
I
|

;
?

g
i
i

1.
º
4

w
&

14
7
l

263
 Vocabulary
#: ## han” shu” piao(*)-a thermometer. cheng"

(##– j—a kite.

-

r.
3# 118

\
Å. Fjää
####!
feng' yū” piao(*)

ku" piao”
-
ch'in(*)— paternal
a barometer.

rela
§§ feng(*)-cheng'—a

fang'-ting(*)-to
kite.

jñ&# betroth.
tives.
%+

(*)

-
kuang -ching scenery;
## piao" tiſ")--a male first cousin of an circum

*
stances; probably.
other surname.
chien"

#
##–%

r.
118
wan(*) wu' i' shih' — absolutely )—an arrow

-
ph. 620

(
safe; to fail in no single point. kuang' chiao(*)-naked feet.
%}}]

§
To frighten; terrify.
(r. (r.

hsia” 30)
–

up
#3% k'ai'kuang(')-to light

an
the eyes

of
ch'iang' 167) —a gun; rifle.
a

by
fang" ch'iang(')—to idol, pointing the pupils, when final
jñ&# fire gun.
a

ly
ready worship; inauguration

of
for
jñ&# fang" —
to

haileh(*) close school for

a
temple.

a
jśāj holiday in
time; school. chieh' kuang(')--"to light",—a
to

have
#3% borrow
a
a

fang' chang(*) ti'—a money lender; conventional phrase used for, “allow
“by

",
pass”, your

to
an usurer. me leave

[äjºk fang" - “please”, etc.

(*)

chih ch'uan.” direct

a

an
ming" 30)—fate; life;
(r.
fºr order.

#II
steamer.

kua" k'ou(*)-to ports. §§§ stian" ming(*) ti"-a fortune-teller.

at

call
p'an(*) suan'-
#%.
to
Jiſ
calculate.
fang" kung(*)-to
be

quit work;
to

free
I.

holiday, etc.) Eği shang'suan(‘) ti'-profitable.

of

of

work (because
a

ſ!
(r.

**'
if,

9)- Like; similar; seem.

as

(r.

149)-Ought; owe; include; the said

to

## kai'

Translation.
thermomether.
1.

A A

11.

All shops are closed to-day.

barometer.
2.

All children like fly kites.

to

12.
We are maternal relatives.
3.

13. To-morrow the

is

his
of
betrothal
my maternal cousin.
5. 4.

He
is

daughter.
Make your mind easy; absolutely
is
it

14. How are his affairs?

safe.
an

15. Time (flies) like arrow.

do
6

have put
all it.

not know where

I

How that you are bareheaded, without

is

16.
it
As

shot the gun, they ran away

as
7.

soon
I

hat?
a

from fright.
of

barefooted man not afraid those who

we

is

holiday. 17.
To-morrow have school
a

He usurer. wear shoes.

is
a

This direct steamer; not call

is

10. does 18. To-morrow the

it

is

inauguration
of

that
a

ports.
at

temple.
i
-

264
19. May I trouble you? 24. I intend to go to-morrow.

20. Probably, he said this. 25. Still good.

21. Reckon how much I owe you.
profitable
26. This is an affair for both
22. Look for a fortune-teller.
sides.
23. Think over how it might be better ar
ranged. 27. That does not mean anything.

265
 14&####1 ##ēņ*Łukęſ

1
**********-E&F&ºgae&&#ffss&ggae ºº

ļ
șșEąłae ņģēș #######ĒĢºſº-Kºżſs=S=<!șiķ

ÈæHÊRºżi&###ēEsſ-sæſ==\ſ*?&&ęłgłą
LESSON

Fēkºſiº-Eſzſzºść#EF###RĘŁą=####&ę

E######gkºłęgae ****è######8!
LXV

266
########ĒĒĖĖĘĚ3;&#-###K#ęşºgăț¢
# 3: £)

Section I Dialogues

=&#š#x&########șºkºgėſiºsº-kºłęșš &#
# 7; +
#

Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

Rºſsae&#kg:Eņģșteșę ##############
Hi Hº

==
&=#№#$%$&#āæEºšī£§#F-IIae?

{{#Ē<ſēžſieſ##''''Rººts&šāĚK+$£§#ĘŁĘșigirişșig
#$

$
+<

$
 Vocabulary and notes

X# # 3.
ta' i'mieh' ch'in'

To exterminate a family for the sake of righteousness

ãº, –)—to
- º
# t"an 4. *** ch'iº

ph r,
( search out; in Nº.
151
(implies ne
732 -)-low

(
vestigate; spy; try; test, visit. gative).
chil

32
chih'-to
#}ll t' an” ascertain.

r.
begin
ph. )—foundation.

(
102
ku"-tung"—to rouse; excite; motive. ning; possession.

J.
###!)

*
#
chi'-yeh"—possession, estate; her

or
Jº'

#: -
)—to
attack; invade;
itage.
cut down.

(r.
85)-To decide, decidedly, differing
#fff;
=3; on, punish;take
łż
to

(r.
t’ao" fa" make war
p

93) for sacrifice.

–

hsi" victims

—
sheng'

41 93
the field against.
#: sacrificial

r.
animals.
ph.

(
j\{{: fung' jen"—to run wild; dis
to

allow
hsi"-sheng'—to sacrifice; give up.
###
(; ;-)-heart.
regard.
-
#, (; Ž chung'
mind; sin
2

yuo - move; shake;

)-to
,

cerity.
shaking; agitated.

#jj yao'-tung"—to shake, move; disturbed.

## k'u" chung'—bitterness; hardship.

Å; chih" aim;
|-)-will resolution,
i
ph.
Hi

ch'ung' again; anew.

(

Oo
-

jč To fill;
(r.

ch'ung' 10) act as; satiate.

–

ch'ing”
r.

ſtá
Th.T867 -to overturn; pour
jč}} ch'ung'-tsu” enough; sufficient.
–

out; incline.
išš hsiao'-mieh'-disappear; vanish; quelled.

ch'ing”-hsiung'-tendency.
ż li' shihºchia"—an historian.
Jáš

ſtāſī]
º

hsiang" -T. 30 - towards; - 30)—history.

(r.

-- shih”
W.
ſI1

favor
in
|

ph. 579
(

of; hitherto. Translation.

To

family for the sake righteousness

of

exterminate
a

By this time Prince Chou knew that the son King Chou dis
of

had revolted but was not much

discovered that his three brothers were prime instigators this,

he

he
in

turbed. When however became

greatly Only later when among the people
he

he

to

incensed. heard the rumors current did come

king
he

his brothers' motives. Then difficult straits.

in

of

of

understand was The son the Chou had

*
4
 Translation
revolted, to take the field against him was no problem. There was however,the opposition of his brothers.

he could neither disregard them nor could he fight them. King Ch'eng was young and could not make

the decision. The mind of the whole country was disturbed, and there was a tendency to turn back to
the previous dynasty. If things continued in this way, wouldn't the family heritage become imperil
ed? At last he made up his mind. For the sake of the Empire of Chou he would have to sacrifice his
three brothers. There was no other alternative than to tell King Ch'eng his bitterness. At once he
marshalled his troops and led them to fight(the three brothers),

The son of the King of Chou, although he had the ambition to avenge his father and had made pre

all
parations for a number of years, still his resources were after not sufficient. Although the three
rights powers, them had any ability. Once Prince Chou's
of

of
uncles made much and not one

troops took the field they were all caught and this revolt was quelled. Prince this

in
Since Chou could

the public good,

so
way forget his private interests this
for the sake of later historians have called
military action his “the extinguishing family for the sake righteousness”.
of

of

of
a

268
 # X #J #

Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

LESSON LXVI # 7; + 7; #

Section I Dialogues

$ £ #I śg Kº & § £ $ š # 1 £ *
№. R ſº &# § € & #*
:
H.
$ € $
# #
$ £ #- $ $ $ § tº # – E № Ră ț¢ & # $ Ķ
? # ºg $ ¢ $ # $1 # ȘI & £ & 1 € Ķ
-
№ſē
# $ £ $ # # # # HK € # # £ Ķ
# # $ îil $ * ! # № Ķ # E # * € ĶI
11]

F ÜR € E} $ ± # # № Ķ # & # ± #
= § £ K $ + # # & Ķ # & Ek + #
§ = # Ē. # 18 # III Ķ # & & #
##,

§E įT # Ķ # @ ſe Ķ # H, & =
E’#Ę
= Ș N * Ķ # 48 § # Ķ # º # Ę {}
## +<

{ ș ≠ ± Ķ # € # Ķ # įg = Ę &&
{ și ≤ + Ķ # și – Ķ # H, 1 Ę $
"-<"&

#E Eğ ≥ g Ķ $ # K 1 Ķ № & # ŁĄ $
& # ≡ * Ķ € # & # Ķ Ķ mº 1 Ę €
1 1 + # Ķ £ # rº * Ķ Ķ ſº § Ģ £
+ K. # # ē € # și ± Ķ Ķ # @ Ķ €
§: Ī †
# F. # = Ģ # și + ſą Ķ ₪ Ķ ¥
$ # ſ$ # & ſs '< # ķ → ķ $
às’K

§
% ğ $ Ēģ și № # & și < ȘI £ #1 §
269
 Vocabulary

ſä t’ing”
(
r. 53
)- a house; a hall. iſitºr sheſ") hui"—society; community.

-
ph.
ſºft#.
70

*If chia'-t'ing (°)—a fainily. tso" fu' mu(?) ti"—parents.

(r.
18)—here; rule; pattern.

Hl
ken(*)-pen”-root; source; basis. tse”

a
#2|K
JPIJºſefill

to

as
serve

i”
shen' tso" tse(?)

–
#

a
pan" (r. 137)-kind; class.
pattern.
—# i° pan(*)—all; the whole of.
##jj chii"-tung(*)-conduct; behaviour.

Jºſif liang’-hao(*) - good; excellent.

§ sink; addicted to; fond of.

(r.
ni"

to
85)

–
(*)

#}} chieh kuo"—result.

to;
#3% ni' ai(*)-blindly attached doting
(r. 134)-to lift;
to

chii” raise.

-
J#! upon.

—#!—jj tung(*) the whole

&#
i"

chu”
iº

hsieh (*)-yeh'-learning; education.

£ hsi"
deportment.
f. § huang' (r. 140)-wild; barren; drought.
9

to; concern.
)—related

(r.
ph. annul;
}# fei"

to
(

887 53) set aside.

to
§§
-
– affect;
to

kuan(*) hsi" concern;

to

|#|{# fei"-to
-

huang(*) set aside;

to
neglect.
relation.
chi;** 111

r.
#E Square; rule.
Jääjj kan(*)-tung"-to move;

a
ph. )—a
to

affect.
(
641

iš
fr. kueiſ")-chū‘-custom;
4
x

T.
#}{i usage.
6

ºn

#i
)—

1-.
91 |

think; con
to

to
:

ph.
(

sider. ſºft li(*)-chieh” – etiquette.

#Eß #Iſſjä2 tsung” erhº yen(*)-chih'—in

a
chi(‘)-i"—to recollect preserve
in
to

-
;

word; sum up.

to

memory.
fang
##; yii'-moral
3

Mſ.
(i. ...-)-to Copy; te(*) education.
to

imitate.

chih (*) yú" intellectual education.

#|ſ.
-

####
—

moſ’)-fang" copy pattern

to
;
a

a
,

-
imitate. t'i(*) vii' physical culture.
or

### education
kuan"
ift T. 61
to.
#

liu

careful; pay
TN

be
(

to

to

hsin(*)

*
ph. 861 )-accustomed
hsi

practise; repeat; attention.

(r.

to

124)—to
Custom. 121)-deficiency; want;
(r.

#k ch'iteh"
a
a

*iſt hai(*)-kuan'-accustomed to; custom.

vacancy.

#k—R Hſſ,
not

i'm
-
jif

ti'

hao" haiang(*) just like. ch'ich' ko()

-

ſºft
dispensed with.
be

one can
jan’
§§ dye;
(r.

to

to

75) stain.
£—
-

(') pan"—the greater half; for

to

i”
He

jen(*)-to
E.JN ch'eng become man.
a

the most part.

**
2
()
4
 Translation

Home Education

School education is very important, but home education is the foundation of school education.

Without a good home education children (lit. all the children) by no means can obtain good results.

The whole deportment of parents has close relation to children because children's brains are
very susceptible (###|&#j)); not only are they able to keep (things) in memory but

to imitate (them) as well. If there are bad habits in the home, the children, whose ears

and eyes every day get the same impressions, acquire the bad habits, just as white cloth
is dyed i with black. (When) afterwards (they) enter into school, even if school education is very
good, it will not be easy for them to get rid (lit. alter) of bad habits acquired by them.

When they grow up and become men, how will they be able to be useful (lit. to help) to
society?

Then what is to be done (lit. in which way) so that children can get a good education?

Firstly, parents must serve as patterns (for their children), and by no means behave themselves
badly; secondly, they must not spoil (their children); thirdly they must not neglect their instruction and
also must teach them the rules (of conduct) and etiquette.

To sum up, parents must pay attention to moral, intellectual and physical education of (their)

children none of which three can be dispensed with. Intellectual and physical education can be
acquired (lit. completed) at school, but moral education for the most part depends on home
education.

Section li Grammatical

Gharacters of various meanings

(Continued)

27. k'uai"—cheerful; in good health; quick; fast; sharp; keen.

{k

28. Il k'ou'.- the mouth; a port; a pass; a classifier of bags, boxes, swords, people, etc.

29.
# tui"—to be opposite; to correspond with; to make a pair; to compare.

30. chien"-to see; to apprehend; an auxiliary verb.

Jä.

271
 Examples of using the above cited characters

ŽE {i,
#'

it

4
T
#.

MS

T
53.

4; is
º
# #.

19
3
0

8
--

ff
#

4
3

4
j
E.

3
l
T'
1

fº
ſ"]

:
# 3k.

:
1

2
:
: 4

18
i
:

ii
75, #
Hº
24

20

£
#.
i

:
;
2

0
#"
i
:
i: 2

4
:
:
º
ºf

E.

27 7k”
23

17

2
Vocabulary
fei? (r. 130)—fat; rich.
ſº ch'u(1)
H;

HE k'ontº huo'-export goods.

Il
Il

—- k'ou"—a mouthful.
i"

beyond
Il

k'ow” wai(*) the pass; Mon

Wi-
Il #

bank;
(r.

an" 46) shore.

-a

golia.
#

k'ou(*) arº—a port,

*H, meng(*) ku"—Mongolia.
jää t'ung' shang(')-trade; commerce.
the year.
4ETF
of

nien(*) haia"—the end

(especially foreign).
#jjīſ river (by frost).
## Iljä
Sº Tº feng' ho(*)-to close
a

t'ung' shang(') k'ou” an” —

a

an

treaty port. k'wai(*) ch'e' express train.

{R}}i
-

# ſº chin(*) huo'- import goods.

Tjh
[1

k'ou” hsia(*) chan" the next station.

-

272
§ \ mo” r. -
—# tui(*)—a pair.

i’
112
rub; to grind.
T (Th. 494 j—to

§ (; ;-)-strongſ tui" men(*)-opposite doors.

*(
yen 4. #!")
as a decoction),

# 140

r.
+++)

-
Cymbal; bracelet +, + |. farm-house; plants
cho” (r. 167)— |

##. tui(*) shou" –a match for; one's equal. growing.

£; chia" 115

r.
pu' shang'
3}^S H_ETF33 fen” ch'u' sow; plant.

)-
to

to
ph.T286

(
lai”-impossible
(*)

fix
to
who

is
haia
chuang (*)-chia" crops general.

in
###

-
superior and who inferior.

Translation
How many people has You speak rightly.
he

his house?
in

16.
1.

the door-way Verify the watch.

or
at
4. 3. 2.

there cart not? 17.

Is

The strong; add little boiled

of

cannot eat even mouthful fat meat. too

is
18. tea
a

a
I

treaty port port opened for foreign water.

(a
A

trade). 19. Really was impolite towards you.

I
Import goods. They are equals; impossible
9. 8. 7. 6. 5.

to
20.

is
it
Export goods. distinguish who superior and who

is

is
Beyond the pass there Mongolia. inferior.
is

He will come soon. pair

of

21. flower vases.

A

the year will pair

be
of

The end soon.

of

22. bracelets.
A

closed soon by frost.

be

10. The river will 23. He lives opposite our door.

This an express train; stop
at

11. does not Have you seen such thing?

is

24.
it

the next station. 25. cannot see.

I

12. Arrange little quicker. He comes here every day.

it

26.
a

sharp The illness becoming better.

be

13. This knife not must 27.

is
is

it
;

sharpened. 28. The crops have grown visibly.

joyful. 29. Fortunately met him.
14. am extremely
I
It I

very cool here. Did you hear

or

30. not?
is

15.

273
 £§:SÈ]

Ķğ#########K# {{{#sśikā £{Eſ}&#$${#JĘSKĘēķēſ

-{{SłR#№|№kėžę-ŠĶºņ#3}+4^ſ-\s*$%$&#}-???

§§2+############}&{#¡EſēEĚşRśſ-s&#JĘĢĒĢ##
l_HSSON

[
<rſºţkā?;$2&#JĘ###### HķēšĚŘEHë!?!$$#
Section

№zī£&##ņā §ËËĚĚĒĒĖĖĘĚĖș&ſ=############J
I
LXVII

27.4
E
№ſsae;șšēķēšķEHËT HEË =șºśſ-$1${#JĘSKĘ
Dialogues

rzą;&######## №g-<$## lºkā. KºšķEHŘſºłgłºſił

# 7: + +
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

1
ÈJ

==ī£{R{########s= №={r}+{###-KĘ &#JĒ#$1 H+.

№

1
șžâșRģ| №šķiº:Eſºłęſa-<$Ęī£&#JĘEĘ ##

fº&#JĘ $ '######RĘĚĖ=ſº&#ņēſāķ######-##
LE
?
E

$
$
 Vocabulary and notes

#
F#
Hiſ
Fr.
#|

ti'
lü*-ch'iu' hail -wangº

Lü
The hope

of
Ch'iu

lit?
##
169
§

r.

gate; village. “ww' duty; obligation; voluntary

-
ph, 749 )—village
(

Service.
lii’-ch'iu'—double surname.
|#|Fr.

;
*—”--)-to rely

ſk

on:
# Rare; seldom; rely on; trust to;
(r. (r.

hope; very.

-
to

*
hsi' 50)
— —

o
)
:
#ſ #

lieh" 94) hunting.

-
according to.
#
tº

lich'—to hunt.
before; usual, old;
{{#;
º

as

as
of
chiu"—as

i'
hsin!
—H-)-bitter;
51
r.

#: bitter: sad;- suffer

—

ph. 157 formerly.

as
1ng.

to
t’an”-t'an.” talk.

–
###
## hsin'-k'u"—toilsome; suffering;

(;
trouble.

;
§§

tsu'-land jung"

fº
HF -
t’ien” tax.
pn.
-glory; honor; pros

mien” ch’u’—to remit; dismiss. -

(; ;-)-
7ive perous, gay -
y

hsiang"
If]

towards; favor
&# jung” hsing"—honor.
in

of; hitherto.
# 180
r.

Asiano' -) —noise;
- sound; an
ph. 365
(

}-)-to dislike; :
r.

##
- hierº hate. -- ~
•

ph. 671 echo; noisy.

(

Translation
Lü

The hope
of

Ch'iu

King Hsüan
on

the Kingdom Ch'i was hunting Mount She. All the elders
to
of

of

of

Mount She came

welcome him. King Hsüan said, “Elders, thank you for all your trouble.”
he

was speaking, commanded,

he

As “Remit all land

to

turned his attendants and taxes for the

this district”. On hearing this the elders together him. Only

of

elders bowed and thanked Mr. Lü

a

remained standing upright without making the slightest movement. King Hsüan said, “Elder,
do

Ch'iu
you regard gift? Then turned them, “Remit milit
to

this too small his attendants and ordered the

a

ary conscription this district”.

of

The elders again bowed and thanked King Hsüan. Mr. Lü Ch'iu stood formerly without moving.
as

King Hsuan said, “Those who have bowed and thanked me may now leave, those who have not, please
come forward and talk with me.”

275
 Translation
Mr. Lü Ch'iu went and stood before the King. Hsüan said to him, “On coming here today I
have received the welcome of the elders and it has made me feel honored. So I thought of remitting

the land taxes of the elders. All the elders bowed and thanked me with the exception of you, sir, who
neither moved nor made a sound. I thought you regarded this gift as being too small so again I remitted
the military conscription. The elders all bowed and thanked me the second time. You, sir, again nei
ther moved nor spoke. Have I in any way acted wrongly?

276
 Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh
LESSON LXVIII # # + J\ #

§=* £ È ś£ È £ #Ē £ £1 <§ #
Section I Dialogues

E {{
#H< $ € №@
T K # ? Í F § 5 ſą # <
-#* №tº # Ē $$ +E#* # ſątº*±
#4 #8 #4 ##
șR < $2

i
HK
$
(}}]

= != $3 :*:
№ #

- *
#= <! $= #ff
H # tº 1 # $ & ± # iſ + #
§
:* º
!=
№ # $ ≠ ## = <ſ #
Ģī£

'#'
<- № # # # € ¶ ± ## # ſ$ aſ #
¡¿
$jš.

#№ < # Ē # £ # # $ $ £ $
ſº ſą # Ģ # # # € $± 1 %
*
H # № # # £? $ − ſº ſą
și:
$1#

#, ſię
º
& & ± E # <! -º # # ER $ × №. #
§ & ſiſ 5 & # ſă # # №. $ # #
¶ ºg # 1 № ț¢ # < ! $ # #
į
#ff=

ſ-º #& £# 1 ! $ # #
№rĘ

Ę #& ©# # ¢1 #
Eşiş
Rºś

k Ę E # ER # # ® < £= #
#g"#E

§
≠ ę & # și # # # # © N #
≤ Ę && *§
## 1 ®# 1 º
șī£

≥ # != & §–
№ ## # # €
?§§
ſą # 1 ! # № # £
;&#

±#
-'ę

și și || € 1 ºg #. ſi ;º #8 ģ # @ #3
277
 Vocabulary
+. *2.4
; :-)-to i.º.º.
ſº
----> - - - -

-
chien ping" state; petition.

(r.
É:

to

to
-
113)
remonstrate ; to
(
Jºž ping" pao(*)--to superior;

to

to
state

a
admonish; to dissuade.
report.
196)—a bird.
(r.

Fº miao"

ta” miao(*)-to hunt birds.

3E;# asu” tsui (*)-death sentence.
#ſ
|..}

#3Ejà

to

to
chih'ssu” tsui (*) sentence

-
ai(') — delight
to

to
take

in
hsi"
#3%

;
death.
-
pleasure in.

ti"
wu” chih(*) ignorant.
{{}}|{{j

-
}; 86
(i.

chn”
.

..s)—a Here,
—Hi–H-#;

(?)
candle. til—the whole

i"
wu" "shih

i
proper name.

in
the case;

of
state detail.

# ch'u?
(; 172 - # sha" (r. 79)—to kill.
r.

;-)-the
:

young birds.
of

}#
ts'eng” 44

r.
-
ph. 832T —layers; step;

-
#

a
a
Here, proper name.

)
a

degree.

|
chu” ch'u(*)—a proper name

(j-i}
ti"
iſ") the first
#—### ts'eng” tsui'

-
IV: wei" feed animals. crime.
ph. 352 )—to

Hiß

-
chung" k'an respect;

(*)

to

to
esteem
ſº

Also written
(

highly.
183)—to fly;
(r.

jſk fei'
to

##
flee. ch'ing, despise;

(*)

to

to
k'an look down

-
}} liao" (r. 119)—to measure;
to

calculate. upon.

2K}} pu” liao(‘)-unexpectedly.

TA- hsia" ling(*)—to issue an order.
.# un
Tië
no

nai(*)-there way;

it;
other
$.

wu" la' no more about pa"

is

suam(*)
-
www.e.
ve

fortunately. that will do.

Žiš

alternative; what, how

(r.

nai" 37)—Remedy;
Translation
Yen-Ying dissuades Duke Ching Ch'i from killing Chu-Ch'u
of

Duke Ching the Ch'i State was very fond hunting birds. One day country
he

to
of

of

went the

and caught beautiful bird alive. Duke Ch'ing liked (that bird) immensely and ordered man, Chu
a
a

Ch'u by name, look after (lit. guard carefully and not let
to

to

to

to

feed) and directed him

it

it

it

fly away.

One day Chu-Ch'u was careless, and unexpectedly the bird flew away. Chu-Ch'u was very much
afraid but having no other alternative presented himself before Duke and reported
he

({{Z})
JR, the
2
-*
*
*

immediately became very angry

he

Duke heard
to

him about that affair. When the and wished

to
it

sentence him to death.

 (of
Yen-tzu (who happened) at that time to him, “Chu-ch'u surely

to
be at the side the Duke) said
guilty.

be
an
ignorant man explain crime, and

he
But

to

to
as
would well him detail his

in
is

is

it
then kill him”.
“All right”, said the Duke.
brought before the Duke him, “You

be
Yen-tzu then ordered Chu-Ch'u

to

to
and said looked

after the Duke's bird and let fly away, this your first crime. You will cause our Duke be

is
it
bird, kill man; your second crime. You will the kings States,
to
of

of
cause this other

is
cause
a

a
when they hear about this affair, think that our sovereign holds high esteem

in
to
birds and looks down
upon men; this your third crime. As you have committed (lit. have) three crimes,
is

is
these

it
impossible kill you”.
to

not

Duke Ching, “Now that have clearly explained his crimes,

he

And then
to

to
said him beg

I
-
Your Grace
to
of

order his execution”.

“No more about it,” exclaimed the Duke, “Don't kill him, let him go!”

Section

II
Common Pulite Expressions
Ä

#
º!

3.
ÉÉ' #.

:
t

º
:*

10
9
2

§- §

?
:
3.
7

:
#:
: ?

n
:
3.

4.

4
4
4

23
;
4
4
3
2

§§
:
2

19
:
:
i
º
n

12
#f
2
9
7
 4

!
: º
2

; :: :
s
42
*
4
£||

i
3 --- 2

i
4

:
ZUN

i
4
##! 2

: &Utiv

: : :
3
{# ſº BH

i: 1

:i
*

:
4

:
4

:
49 Ye 46
Z!

fr’
: i
4
4l 2

ill
.: :: d: £|
Ösº

J) H' }#, Hi 2Fº

Vocabulary |

}ſº ying(*) ch'ou" - to entertain; social in-

5¢ ch'eng” (r. 4)-to ascend ? to avail one

tercourse. self of.

ling" chiao(*)—I yet how'ch'eng (*)—I'll wait while you mount;

#####
wei" have not {#53
must see you off.
I

been instructed,—as to what your

hao" shuo(*)Tthank you for the com
name may be. A polite phrase used ####
by a person who has just pliment;
it.

told his own don't mention

name.
kung" 61
-
it 4;
.

courte ous espec

t
r
;

kuei'sheng(*)—your province. To which ph.

)

ful.

it;
province do you belong?

(*)-your ## kung' hai(*) status your position?

–

place. What is your Eº

:

kuei' ch'u
(polite)

jº.
place?

p'ai(*)-a ta(*) havieh”—the university.

F]}} men' door plate; the house

number.
\ Wijº. govern
li"
E;

kuo' th' haileh(?) the

–

*... ..8 12
#
[H]

ch'ing" huiſ")—please return.

ment university.

28
()
 -

### tang" yüan(*) - to an ask you trouble yourself; thank

to
chiao" be

you.
instructor.

## pao” hao(*)-what is the name of your

#ſº lao” nin” chia(*)—may trouble you;

I
firm? thank you for your trouble.

ſlºt ſ hol tsu[*) la'- I have drunk enough.

º)
6]

r.
kind;
ind; tender; bene
ph.T880

*(
na(?)-(e)rh ti hua"—what sort of
#35t. #Jää volence.

#
talk? nothing of the kind.
=ſt, sheng" (*)-
-
g" she (*)—extensive
-
menu; a lavish
- Žáš chia" ta'u'(*)—my mother.

sheng(') jih'—birthday.

H. H
AE
array (of dishes).

—
tsao(?)-(e)th—very early.

5d.
i"
Pł
(r.

k’un” 72)—an elder brother.

ling" t'ang(*)—your
Aº-º: mother.
an
(')

#;
—

k'un' chung elder and second

Hºſºft
pai' shou(*)-

on
visit person

to
his

a
brother; brothers.
tiº

(r. 57)—a younger brother. birthday; present birthday con

to
}}}

} ti(•)-hsiung'-brothers. gratulations.
5.

ling" lang(*)—-your son.

hang" chi(*)—which brothers (are you)? Airãº
47#
hsi" shih(*)—a joyful event; wedding.

a
hang? erh(?)-the second brother. ####
#TT. ting'jih (*)-tzu"—to fix
|; †:

date.
+.
H

a
ling' heiung(')-your
A-5. elder brother.
label;
t'ieh" (r. 50)—a card.
##
a
she tiſ")—my younger brother.

*ś t"e" iſ")-intentionally. āśī;

Aº
ch'ing” t'ieh(*)—invitation

ling" ai(*)-your daughter.

card.

#—#
sung(*)-i”-sung'—to see off.
erh(?)-my son.
/I-5t. hsiao"
ill.

pu" shu(*) fu”—uncomfortable,

2K### nit(*)—my daughter.
Zjºir hsiao”
to;

carry
on
(r.

be

64)—to
to

tºol beholden
#:
chung() haileh"-a middle school.
the palm. Hi}},
to

fu(?)—I much obliged; thank

#Eß am
jill chieh" (r. 38)—an elder sister.

you.
trouble. Arjill ling' chieh(?)-your elder sister.
# 19)—to toil;
(r.

labor;
to

to

lao?

ãfill chial chieh(*)—my

to,

elder sister.
#ſº
lao; chia(*)—to give trouble may
I

Translation.
To

do

which province you belong?

4.

What your
1.

is

name?
belong Shanhsi.
the province
to

of
I

pleasure
Li.
2,

My name have not the

is

what you native place?

is
of

(lit, instructed)
have not been
I

My native place Nanking.

is

knowing yours.
your residence?
:

where
is

My name Wang.
3.

is

281
 I am living in the 2nd lane, in the 32. Which brother are you?
house No. 5. 33. I am the second (brother).
10. \Vhat is your country? 34. Is this gentlemen your elder brother?
ll. My country is the United States of 35. No, this is my younger brother.

America. 36. To-morrow I go to Shanghai, and to day

12. When will your school be opened? I came especially to bid you adieu.

13. Our school will be opened next Monday. 37. To morrow I surely will come to the
14. Please return. railway station to see you off.
15. I will see you off. 38. Is your illness better?
16. May I ask you, where are the Eastern 39. Thank you, much better.
Four Memorial Arches? 40. May I trouble you to take (lit. to send) this

From here directly to the North; (at a dis letter to the post office tor me?
“‘li”. 41. Yes, I will

it.
tance) less than one do

18. Thank you very much. 42. will my mother's birthday.

be
The 15th

Don't mention it. my early

to
Please come house little

a
20. What is your position? cup of) wine.

to

(a
take

21. I am an instructor in the Government uni 43. Thank you come early present

to
shall

I
versity. my birthday congratulations your

to
-
22. What is the name of your firm? mother.

23. The of my firm “Tung Hsing 44. When will wedding your son

of
name is the

Lou”. be
2

24. Please eat some more. 45. The day not yet fixed. When the
is

25. Thank you. I am already satiated. time comes, surely will send you an
I

26. Drink some more wine. invitation.

I
do

27. have drunk enough. I cannot drink any more. 46. Where your son and your daughter

28. To-day I have not prepared any (good) study?

I am sorry indeed. 47. My daughter study middle

in
dishes; son and the

29. Oh, what are you talking about? It is school.

truly a lavish array (of food). 48. When will yourelder sister
be

graduated?

49. My
be

30. How many brothers are you? elder sister will graduated next
31. We are four brothers. sul innier.

282
 £{{{FÈ.

§R&##1&äſſ&#$=< ?!?!<=$#ēęĖJĘ##řſī£§§ę

1
#
ſ&#######şRśſ-ĶĒĶĒĶĒģ -ęĒĖĘĘſtě KH™ºš

1
$
*{&#&##################ęĘŁſ==<;:4ā###~##
l_ESSON

&#####<!-}<!--####<H R=k&###~#####€$£§ ?!?!?

#

žáſsº-ſ*#########€$£§§§===#ā###-######
LXIX

283
[?&]*?&##ēķēšęgęšEKĘKH###REȘ: Ētäłºś###
Section I Dialogues

]
HŘ#*ſ*=+{{{ſae|->{{#žęſkąśſ==<&####$
|;

# 7, -i- jL
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh

F#################ŘE######~######Èæ
#g

###$$$$$$$ĘĘ######~###ĘĚĖĒģ№żęłįį

|
1
£ =-<găț¢ ##f ##4<HĘŁĘ#ffffËā#####ā##

fffff;&#KHĘſą###########ştıršņāſ Ētijſ&##Ę
LH
E
£;
£

ſ ;
 Vocabulary and notes

| F. Éj ż ż

ti"
lü” -ch'iu' hai' -wang'

Lü
The hope Ch'iu

of
#fa' (r. 40)—

Hi
Wealthy; rich; abundant.

liº
officer; secre
0.)—an
Jji
(r.

k'u' 73)—a tary offices.

in
storehouse; treasury; granary.
|Biji kuo' k'u'-country's treasury. chang"

r.
|# 170
barricade: dike; de

—
ph.

92
#ff

(
ch'ung'-shih”-abundant; fill.

)
to

fense.
5: j]] ift

To

to;
(r.

tseng' 32)—

*
add increase. pao" chang"—a defence; protection.
{#ſº
(;

;
to;
(r.

chia' 19)—To add confer on; inflict.

till, culti
#
plow,

to
-
-)
ph. 415
tsai'-hwany"-famine.
ź

Wate.
}º k'uang'
15

??
#)
- -
r.

moreover;in addition.
ph.
(

64
3ao”

r.
ijº k'uang'-ch'ieh'-besides; trouble; annoy;
H.

moreover.

4)-Interrogative
( ph. 412 )—to
(r.

disturb.
p.

hu' adverb; exclamation.

*ś pei'-chien"-mean. ## 3ao" hai"

to disturb; distress and harass.

ſº
-

--
#
SU: hsian
(i. '#–)—to -to
3

select; choose, tsun'-ching" respect; venerate.

#6;
#.

t’iao'-hsüan”—to select; choose. hsiang" (r. 8) To enjoy; receive.

–

2: k'ung'-hsü'—empty.
ift
if,

may; or,
Bº huo'(r. 62) Perchance;
–

Translation.
Lü

The hope
of

Ch'iu

heard that the great king was coming here pleasure trip and
“I

on

Mr. Lü Ch'iu said, hastily

a

My aim was the hope obtaining from the great king my life, wealth,
to

welcome you.
of

came out and

honor.

King Hsüan said, “a man's life have no power

to

it.

determined. increase How can

is

cause
I
I

you obtain longevity?

to

on

Although the country's treasury well filled, reserved for drawing

at

of

times famines and

is

is
it

military operations. How can

no

make you wealthy, sir? Moreover just vacancy

at

this time there

is
I

284
 Translation
among the important offices, and a small office would not be dignified for you. How can I cause you
to be honored?”

Mr. Lü Ch'iu replied, “None of these are what I expected. My hope is that the great king select
a few men of virtue, to come and be our officials. In that way my appointed age of life will be sure

to receive some protection. If during the time of plowing the fields they do not distress or harass the
people, we will naturally increase gradually in wealth. Lastly, I also wish that the great king would

issue a command to the effect that the youth should respect their elders. In that way we would be

able to enjoy (some) honor. The great king just now remitted our taxes, and the country's treasury will
certainly become empty. The remission of the militay conscription will leave whom to guard our
country? So neither of these is what I had hoped for."

King Hsüan said, “Good, please be my teacher”.

285
 HÉ X f] i
Hua Wen Ch'u Chieh
LESSON LXX

Hig
#

-t:

+-
º È # ** – § 1 # # łII +
-
Section Dialogues

I
# ER in
ER
*= $ Ê # # ! < § # * ºg *
# ± + È $ $ Ê # #* & § # @ R *
***
## ER

# +: £ $ $ € + 1 #* § # # # S *
# € $ $ £ E * #* ¶ ¡ # #* F &
i

Ē.
# ſê £ € $¢ # & # #* $ ¿ * # ± # *
$
#ff &&

ĶĒ
Eſſ § £ £ EF = # #* € † ± # # # ±
K. = ¶ © € III & # =* £ # ã # # +
F. š ¡ Ę & ** -4 $ +* # * § # #
§ ž ¿ Ę * *# 11 * #± §№
i
Ę & # # = ≤| – = k 1 #
£

+
#+
+ ## ºg

*£€ Ę † # # #
š $¢
≥# 1 ț¢ K ºs E + *
−< ſãº

# Ę ?? ! # # ≡# = £ × = & ±
s £ Ę = ! # 1 ≈# F € ≤
ºſ # ę
&+
as
&# Eğ
# ſa # #
ſ$ ## ≠ £ ≥ # $ſ & &
E# Ę + # # # ±# $ ș ±, # + & II
-- … =

ſą ę # # # # ≠# 1 ± ± # £ S ſą
ºg ! ſt g # # # ≤# & ≠ ± # 1 ft &
$k # ſº *
# # ≥= ≤ 1 # k &
*: și = #. & ≡}} & ≥ și № # &
* *
±

286
 Vocabulary

El # # chil #H#-) -
kuo' yū(*)—the national language. T. 32 -
foundation

a
;
a
X# wen(*) yan”—the literary language.
basis.

H# pai(*) hua" - the spoken language.

# ch'u' (r. 112)—the the pedestal. base;

# chao'(r. 139)—to compare.

## chi(*)-ch'u"—a foundation; basis.

a
JEłł pi(*)-chiuo'—to compare.

jill
chia(*) shang"—to add; mix,

to
E.
dialect; patois.
# t”
t’u(*)-hua"—local
-Eää (r. 162)—a road; way.

a
Jjià fung(*)-yen’-local dialect. hing" -
1&
(i+)—a
cning
footpath; direct;
ji. yu" 43)—remarkable; odd;
(r.

excessive.
the diameter.
jtji. yu ch'i'—still more; even more so.
(*)

#ſº t’u(*)-ching"—a way; road.

a
wen (?)—tzu"—-characters; writing.
3r:#: j};ä hté shih(")—a proper name.
kuo' tu(?)-the capital.
Bºlā;
jº po” (r. 24)-extensive; profound.

# piao'
(–; #-) mark; signal;
-

j}-H.
a

- poſ") shih"-a doctor; learned scholar.

a
p

flag; display; exhibit. p'ing” min(*)

to

to

common people.
ZFR:
-:-) -
(;

*(
#

#
tu°

chun” read aloud, study.

(r.

-to approve; allow; 149)— To

to

pn.
H
ſH

r.

)—
guide;

to

to
grant. lead.
to

ph. 803

# #ſh
#

piao(*)-chun"—standard. t'i(*) ch'ang"— initiate; promote.

to

to
(;

pai” hua"wen(*) composed

fen."
#3x literature
H
9

{}} portion; share.

a

ph. 390 )—a

the colloquial style.
in

pu(*)-fen"—a part;
ſt
portion.
#5% -a
a

an

tai" generation age; for;

r.
9

;
(

j{{# ch'iº-yū(*)—the remainder; the rest,

instead.
hsiang' (r. 163)—a village; country.
{t}} tai' t'i(‘)—on behalf of; place of.
in

#!,
a

#— t’ung” iſ") unify.

jit (r. 162)-to
to

narrate;
-

relate.
to

shu"

yü” t'ung” hui (*)-Com jīāft discuss;

to

to

state.
Elä###— frkuo'
it

shu" shuo(*)
-

mission for the unification of the

# shen" 85
r.

deep:
deep; very.
-

language. ph. 487

national
jà 162) —to go; reach; happen; Jºl ao" (r. 37)-mysterious; obscure.
(r.

to

to

shih"
shen'-ao(*)-deep; profound; hard com
to

to suit. }}}}
jäJH shih(‘) yung"—to serve the purpose; suit prehend.

able.
## fei" shih (*)-difficult; troublesome.

287
 Jj{{ Jang(')-pien'—convenient. 60)-statutes; laws.

(r.
#t lii"

k'uang'(r. 15)—further; moreover; besides.

## fa"
WE

lik
(*) same.

-
jº
-
Wº

k'uang'-ch'ieh(*)—same.
H.

chi'(r. 29)—to arrive; and.

J%.

of
li(?)-chiao" rules
—
society; politeness;

chi(*) together with; and also.

i”

–
ceremonies. J21.2%

#
(j-...-)wise
che"
I. sagacious -
9. shih” (r. 30)—hist
1story.

-
ph. 210

,
H;
li'
9.

shih (*)—same. cheſ") haiieh”—metaphysics; philosophy.

####

IPK?f; cheng(') chih' administration; polity.

$$. tengº-teng(*)-and such and such; etc.
-

Translation

The national language

The Chinese language divided into two kinds; the literary language and the spoken language. The
is

literary language much more difficult than the spoken language.

is

The spoken language into the national language and

20
In
divided local dialects. more than
is

provinces places are not alike, and the difference between the Northern
of

of

China local dialects different

and Southern dialects still greater. But the characters are the same.
is

During the time the Manchu dynasty Peking was the capital, and Peking dialect con
of

the was
sidered standard dialect throughout the whole country.
a

However only very small portion the population (lit. men) was able speak dialect;
to
of

this the
a

rest still spoke their own local dialects.

After the establishment the republic, the Ministry

of

of

Education founded Commission for the

a

the national language. The said Commission, having spent time,

of

unification considerable created

a

(very) suitable dialect (for which) the Northern basis with the addition
as

of

dialect was taken some

a

Southern expresssions, and thus the national language.

of

became real means for the unification

it

Dr. Hu Shih having taken into consideration literary language

on

Later (the fact) that the

is

too

difficult, that the common people usually spent little time for learning and therefore knew only very
a

few characters, initiated (so called) “colloquial literature”.

What “the colloquial literature”? kind composed the spoken language (with
It

of

literature
in
is

is
a

the purpose) place the literary style.

of

use
in
to

it

288
 Although this device is good, still to use it for discussing some profound abstract matters would be
very troublesome and the literary style is much more convenient (for this purpose).

all
polity,

on
Moreover books (Chinese) ceremonies, morality, history, laws, philosophy etc. are

written the literary style.

in

Therefore the spoken language and the literary language are both equally important,

of
and neither
dispensed with.
be

them can

289
 SECTION II

|
Common Polite Expressions
# ŽĒ

£ + iſ ºl
# ſą: ER Ēģ Ķ ſg
§
ER

-<
•ș
€#£
įEą
ſą $ Ķ 3 < Ķ: # Ķ # - #

ł
#gę
§
§3%

–
k & tų $ Ę Ķ $ H ā, # ! <

șą
ſą și k ž ķ šį $ × ę K #
șºš,

#2:

----
*

284
$¢
ºr + < £ < & 5 $ #g ≤ # Ę ę #
§§

##-##
#
și # £ # © # $ №. ≥ # Ģ № # #
#
šįº?

&. ſº + # ® 4º- # 1 ģ §
#≠ # ##
*
# EE @ 1
& # # Ķ ș; # H
2×

&#
&- # { } # Ķ
#
# @ & K. Ę ₪
șxº
#2ę

###

* -†
ſº #- #
Ę ſą {{ № Ę = # # # # ķ # TR <-
º
Ģ # Ę ## # #$#

--------=~
&=#
##-##

& ģ # #+ Ė # EE # # $ 2
= # *
# #3
Hºšā

#
*
Łºżae
#
& $
€
#
# & # §§ = Kę #
* ##-##
44
=ę

-
& º # #$ & H # 1 # #
#s=

#
###

£
Haņ

# # HK # # §
##TE

# # < ! # !-- # &#

# # ## # # # # *
+
# *
# Ķ# §
șeș

# # ≈t ? # # # E Ē = @ # §
#šº

ĶĒ # HK
&##

Ē # -- șº # R $# Ē # #Ķ §
###

și &
Ē # H- ț¢ £ # ſe- # Ļ
~=----

Ē Ē
-
§=#ff

\R #å

Ē#& N är: Ē #4 ĒJ < 4º-

£ E #¡ # §
$3?

#
- §§ º
$3

& ¿
##-##

TIJ #
#;
- IR 1 Ģ HK # # # #
K. º- # 1 ä Ģ 1 1 # $¢ # #
$24r

NË #
§
T-R % #5 ER Ķ + ſa $ £ #| #3
&#3

&##3

№ #| ſë
29()
 4
y
*
º
{{{{

:; º
:i
1

:
4

2
2
É

y º: : iii : ii|;;
Vocabulary.
ãº
4
y
4.

/A chiu'(r. 4)-along time. HIEffj}}.

(; – ;
p'eng’ yu"—an

ti'
chih' chi(*)

# wetr?

)—to
oppose; to delay.
intimate friend.

jã
ñā; hsi" 13

(##–)
-
Ašš chiu" wei(*)-long
r.
1
separated; I have not happy; blissful.

seen you for a long time.

pi* tz'u piº te'u(*)--the same #fiš hsin hsi(*)-Happy New Year!
(*)

to

{{IHE&H.
|Iijñā t’ung” hsi(*)-same you (reply

to

to
the
you; the same with me (reply com
to
a

pliment). new year's congratulation).

#5 fang" To search out; visit. #

(r.

lo"

149)
- –

122)-a arrange.
(r.

net; to

##5 pai(*)-fang" pay visit; make call.

##
to

chang(') lo”—to help; guest;

to
a

attend

a
5&R; shih'p'ei(*)—a polite phrase meaning:
to

trouble oneself.

†† 41)-honourable; noble
(r.

tsun'
“I

lose your company;” “excuse my

leaving you.” ling" (")—your father.
A-ſº: tsun

-
by

ch'ºung” liu (*)—to detain force.

###! enquire
to

wen" hao(*) about one's

p

£3]] shih' ving(*)—to fail meeting; sorry

in

health; give compliments

to

to.
have missed you; am sorry that
##
to

mei'i(*)-kind attention; friendship.

I
I

was out when you called.

####
ch'ing" chiao(*)—to ask for information; Airlf, ling" cheng(*)-your wife.

(; ;)J-an
please tell me. nei(*) jen”—my wife.
WJN
## ch'i' kan(*)-how am very
I?

dare.
I

|}|

-
*

ph-712
-

much flattered. upper room;

a

ling' chiao(*) -to instruction; council chamber.

-
receive
####
hsia(*)-sir; you.
thanks for your instruction. H|TF ko”

Złº
$7, lu' p'ing” an(*)—bon voyage!
§§ ehiu' chihſ')—to take up one's office.
it

9
|
£ 76)-to owe;

W.
r 3. - deficient.
chiang ch'ien'(r.
to praise.
( i-º-)-commend
ch'ien' an(*)—unwell; sick.

/K
#
#% kuo'chiang(*) - excessive praise (self
ch'eng” wen(*)—thank you for inquiries.
depreciatory). #|#)
# ch'ien'
# r. 149 :-1-1; --> - begin; armour;

H
; yielding ; chia"(r. 102) —to scales.
( ph. #–)-humble
the diagrams.

of
H+. chia(*) tºu(*)--one

-
modest.

jºiášT t'ai ch'ien(*) la' you are too

#H+. kuei' chia(*):zu"- how old are you

modest.
(to middle-aged)?

ń jkao' shou(*)--"lofty age”,-when inquiring

of
shang" tso(*)—to take seat honour.

a
E43.
about a venerable person's age.

.
64
#j

r.
chii! seize; lay hold

to
30)-severe; grave; dignified.
§:
(r.

ven”
ph. )—to

(
227
chia" yen (*)—my of.
ãºft father.

pu' chi(*)—no matter which

or
4; family; near re 25:#)
what.
.

chian' ...—)
a

ph. 466
(

erh" (r. 126)-and; but.

Iſſ
lations.
chaan(*)-your family; your wife. all; nothing
#

pao” iſ")—and that and

is
††

Iſſie. erh”

ºf; owan-º-w

(; ;
family. else.

move; change.
# the face; reputation.
to
(r.

to

lien"(r.
–

115) 130)
i”

#:
††

to
i(*)—to alter; condescend;
to

favour.
Jää. keng remove. shang” lien(*)-to

formal;
#jñº

be

to
64 adhere

to
chii" liſ”)—to
*
# #

shift;
to

remove.
ph. 569 )—to
ceremony. -

ſłż
exhaust one's mind;
to

fei' hain(')-to
E.

guest.
tso" k'o(*)—to be
a
give trouble; thanks.

Translation.

in.
ask your information (lit.
to

(want)
9.

have not seen you for long time.

I
1.

a
I

you. To-day came especially struction) about some affair.

Nor have
I
l

10. am very much flattered. Please tell (what

pay you visit.
to

I
a

the matter).
is

getting late; excuse my leaving you.

It
is

please my
to

hurry about? Stay When you have time come

What are you
1
in

|
a
4.

house to have talk.

little longer.
a

very important 12. Yes, when have time certainly will come
sorry. But have
I
5.

am
I
I
I

get your instructions.

to

business, must go.

I

insist. hope see you 13. When are you going?

to

Then do not
6.

I
I

am going to-morrow morning.

again shortly. 14.
I

so

off.
to

you my You came from far see me

to

day (when) 15.

I

The other came

am sorry am very thankful indeed.

to
at

house was not home.

I
I

We intimate friends. Why should you

have missed you. 16. are
Bon voyage!
no

was passing your residence and had be (so) conventional?

8.
I

important business. 17. Happy New Year!

292
18. Same to you! 38. moved (here) many days (ago).

I
19. Please eat some refreshment. 39 am afraid you came early, have

I
I
20. kept you waiting.
Don't trouble yourself about me.
40. also have just come.
21. Please give my compliments to your

I
father
You have taken

in
41. so much trouble for me
and mother.
connection with this affair, feel my
I

I
22. (Thank you). will.
self truly embarrassed.
23. Please accept this trifling thing. 42. That nothing all.

at
is
24. Thank you for your kind attention. 43. Are you (lit. your illness) better?
25. Where does your wife intend to go for 44. Thank you, am already better.

I
the summer? 45. How old are you?
26. My wife intends to go to the Western Hills 46. am (this year) twenty eight years old.

I
for the summer. 47. Please take the seat of honour.
27. When are you going to take up (your) 48. (place); sit down

us
No matter which let
office? without ceremonies.
28. I will take my office on the lst day of the came to-day especially you

to
49. ask about

I
next month. some matter.
29 I admire your learning very much. 50. you have anything charge me mith

to
I If
30. You praise me too much, I don't deserve

do
will certainly my best (lit. help).
(it) at all. You speak Chinese very well, you can
I
it;

have drawn (it) very bad. speak about everything.

is

You are too modest. (It) drawn ex You praise too much. speak
is

me can

I
ceedingly well. only few words, and that all.

is
a

How old your father? Why

do

you not favour me with your visit?

is

He 65 years old. pre

no
is

am very busy time

to
As have
I

your family Peiping?

in
Is

sent (you) my compliments.

My family not here; (lit. all)
in

you please,
do
stick
it

55.
as
is

is

Please sit down not

Shanghai. to ceremonies.
When did you move here? 56. Am guest your
at

here house?
a
I

29
3
 APPENDIX
400 CHARACTERS FOR WRITING
From Analysis of Chinese Characters by Wilder and Ingram.
Rearranged in order of appearance in Lesson Sheets

-)
A.)

(9
(1+4 $ ) () (/62 A-) (64%)

#3;
* $6,61,
#

(**)

A (,
&* })
("**)
h)

(1+1+)

*ſ:
(1+6

;
4.
|

*
/

º,
Wº%2.
Y,

g)

143 - (1+13) (1474)

(163
ſº

#4;
Jºg
(

4-H
º
#

Z.

(º) (“ (nº)
(a
”)

2-)
(7

4
°

|-
*

(1+
1|2|
(q ^-)
/?. (q. A
*]
A
)

(73
)

Bº-)
(2

a
o
o

295
 # ##

34.
tº
|

(3) [3)
(1} +) (1+1

ż,
(3.5 Åk)
()

}
=
o
3

(??-)
-)

(3
a)
(7

(2° 33’) (1

ºf
4
+
-

)
#,
4%
A
ºr

s)
4*) C/º
º

(38
-

(12 (1%+ (61

+
9
)
3
*:
k)

(37 (3
y
o
a

th.
* f.
(1 o 64) 73 z + ) (*
t.d.;
CO (72. a 9
HH
( 72, Q )

2X-
2.

A
Lyl
Nº.

7ſ

2)
–
()
/$

Ju)
^

)
()

3-3-)
11)

q
o

)
(

g|#
4&
2,

#|
# #)

(*!
y)

(1443.)
%)

ſ36 (13 (3.6

x
)
# #
(, , § 5) ( /48 H)
F#3%
j (3 2 a (?? 3) (2 ++)

() } + 3 ) () & 7)

3. * ***.4%
# #### 3
(37 k) (6 o 4 )
( / 6 &# ) (6 or $ ) () o z ∈ X

298
 *
( 15 3.) ( 18) ſā )

(*3 Å, ) (3 x + ) (ºr r ) (1% º (39 °)

igy Ask:
*).

# *,
| 2.

(º)
*,
7
/

*)

(19**)
(3

°F)
+

(148
z
3
(

299
 a/JV,
+6

}!
(154 fl )
/A3. 13,
#
afº
Žiž-
4
º i

#4 #ºr,
(153*) VAX
(72 g ) (4 + #)

54,
T
- Jº 3.
Ivá

#|
4%
N.
%
%

|
674-)

(/
b,
(1234) (3**) (74

ºf
y

3
b

[3
7

3-
(7
1. (,,

(***)
(2
,
+

+
,
3
x

*,
(

)
)

Qu
£3-
*

3.6
ſ

2.

-
ſº
/

TZ
Jºf
H%
I'
77

L
|

(70\,)
/2,

(#3 (72, (74

g
$
r

)
F
a

)
(
)

)
#

*W*
4,

ºf

-
3

(6.4 #) (2/*
+
J
&

D
(

300
( o) ( k) (1 +.) (, ZT

*
3 o
( 75 5- / ) l +3

#4, #
)

#,
ſº, (6', pº
4.5

3)

(7°74) (/14: (164

)

#3E
ºf
#

(),
5.)

(2
2,

(117 (# #)
P.

(133
X

×
/

)
o

)
#

44%
#

(/5 #.) #j) 4-) A-) s??])

()

(16
&

(1++
1

7
(

301
 T
(16 ż) (32

(3

+
o

)
J
&
ń
ś
##!
(F7 (14, ż)

5)
(/70

o
#
)

6.
2.

(48.1.)

** **
(10%
É))

–
#6,

#3
2.

()+9 : ) 9)
(/

a."
q

(30
o

302
({ />) (1 +o ºf )

A$43

(// 647)
303
Ti ſã ž ºf 4.
*
*) (). (* gº)

(),
(* * 2.)

#2
(18 H )

iſs *~
ä.
***

r:
### Jä,
j#

7", 'º) (+3 jº) (£3 zł)

()

6%
ºf
4

iſ
(

#
o
)

2.
5.
}
*
J

2q

(,

ż,

/34. £5) (/2

5-

(75
o
)

+
3
/

3
+
(

)
(
)

)
)
4;

>}.
#
h
×

(172.É) (6)
&

(#3
2
)

//
 (6+ + ) (16.2 Å.

(1674) (1***) (19**)

º; #T #.
(142. A

(6 H #) (36 y) (75 )
(/03 tº ) ZR-

#
M
º: ft
/£
2.

#
6

(**)
(q
in)

(1974)
^

(113
),
*
k)

(/16
ºf
($

($ (747
)

l.
S

)
k
6
6

6
||
(

305
 #| |
() + 1 }, ) (3 + 4-)
/
*
( 15 y) .

(/40 ºf ) ( /5 y

'N Z ~.
As
.

V. |

(33.3%)

A ſlº
(£4 4: ) (13 +

Aºk
š, )

*
jº-g
#
r

#7. Hºº
3.

ſa]
(*
1,
C.)

Bºy (1473)
ºr

(13 (176
a
/
e

5
)

-
<
1

/3
}

º
*

*R
ſº
º

(/+0
}
 (34 + ) (6+ + ) (/ 7 x})

#3
#8.
(gg

(7

3)
(1+) &)

&
)

&
-

10

ve
/

2.

s
& S
4.

Jº

* jaſ
.
4.

-
7

(66 k) (66 3-) (162 8.) (£5

a

zł
(104

J
9

*
via

ż
*

3.
º AEl 3
ºf
g;

(****.) (3-, 't') (##

tº
;
;

P
)
)

-
(

(
3

)
ºr

(/***)
º
*)

(167.3%) (),3 (144

=
(
*
*

307
 :

( 1 + or )

308
#### É Ā:
wº

+
( /zo $ ) (/62 A.) 38

(
(1)

)
Pº)

4
o

)
(
o

5;}.
:
f

ºft.
‘ā #|
ºf #

i.
;

ºr,
*)
£)

P-)
(/69 p1) (77 (3* (72

X
a
!

3%.
#

E.
(3 (75 3-) JU) (77 E)
()

(3.a
p

a
D
o

a
\
|
f*

J- %
las-4

£ft $1.ż)
3|

āś, #4%
(/2 L) (7+
3-

(177. 44) #9 (12

13
)

o
.

(.
jī
is

2.
*

>
J
4
6

q
(
|

)
2.
#*f { }
(4 6

3.5
(116 × ) (66 (7°4)

3- K-
^e -*.
U.
*

ºf
2.

#3.
i
à-7:# 3% ºğ g)
(3

(#3 (Jo zº)

(3
(137
3:
a

3
o

T
)

)
)

#}}
}
(nº
:
p.)
5-7
(,

E)
**)
14
&

)
o
(
)
1
•

o
)
(

(
*#

Miš.
3
#

(73 (/g)
A-)
E)

(q. (13.63%.)
)

)
&
3"
C
*
#

*
*
sº

(1***) 3)
2)

(12.8 (74; (+1

H
+
4

)
(

310
 List of Radicals.
1 Stroke.

Aſ

86.
42. Hsiao’. Small,
— Kºw Huo". Fire.
In". One. 43.
JCJLº.
...

Wang". Lame.
87.Jſ

nº
chao" claws.
Kun'. Downstroke. 44.
Jº Shih". corpse.

A A
88.3:
|

Fuº. Father.
Chu".
A dot. 45.

J.
Y

Ch'é*. sprout.
89.3: Tao". Intertwine,
P'ichi". Left stroke.

(& III
J Z. J

46. Shan". Hill. 90

}
Ch'iang?, Franje, bed.
I*. One, bent.

J||
47. KCh'uan".Astream. 91 slip, strip.
}+ Pieu".

A
T.
:

Chuch". Hooked down 48. Kung'. Work.

[stroko. 92.5F ra”. Tooth.

Itſ U,
49. chº, self.
Strokes. 93.2}. Niuº. Ox.
I.
2

50.
chie. Napkin. 94.5F3; Ch'uan". Dog.
Erh". Two.
51. *T* Kanº. Shield.
—-
M
T'ou'. Above, cover.
Strokes.

r- 3.
52. Little.

5
Yao'.
Jén". Man.
53. Yen". cover, shelter, 95.3: Hsüan". Dark, deep.

A
10. JL £
:

Jéu”. Man. Gem, jade.

54. Yin". Move on. 96.353E Yü”.
11. 7\ Ju”. Enter.
97.Jſ. Kua". Melon,
H.

55. Kung'. Folded hands.

12. /V Pal". Eight. 98.jà
—t I*.
56. Dart. Was. Tile.
T]

13. Chiung”. Borders. Krun". Sweet.

99-H.
H

57. Kung”. bow.

A
14. p-a Mia". To cover.
58. E. H.E. Chiº. Pig's snout. 100.4: Shëng". Beget.
15. Ping”. Ice. 101 H
7

Yung". Use.
3.

59. Shan". Feathery, streaky.

JL Chi'.

H
16. stand, table.
A

60. Ch'ih". Step (left). 102 T'ien'. Field,

*

I7. K'an". Receptacle.

103 AE P'i". “piece”
Strokes.

of
cloth.

A
|
]

4
jjJJ
18.

A *},

Tao'. Knife. 61. AN't 104.9" Nº.

J

Hsin". Heart. sick.

19. Li". Strength.
3: Ko". 105. 7& Poº". Back

to
62. spear. back.
20.

U. D. £, Aſ

H
white,
63.

wrap, enfold. 106. Pai”,

F

Pao',
He'. Door, family.
21. Pi". Spoon, ladle. 64. ++ Shou?. Hand. 107.
Bº Pi' skin.
22. Fang". Basket. 65.
3. Chi'. Branch. 108. III Min". Dish.
5.

III.
H

23. 66. Muº. Eye.

×

Hsi". Box. P"u". Tap, rap. 109.

24, + Shih”. Ten. 67. 3& Wéu". Literature. 110.j Mao'. Lance.
25. Pu". To divine. 11.5:
>}.

68.
R.

Tou". peck. Shihº. Arrow.

A

!
26.

E.Chiek".Aseal.stamp 69. JT Chin". 112.É. shih”. Stone.

j;
Axe.
J.

27. J- FIanº. cliff. 113.jſt-ſºf

A

70. Fang’. Square. skin'. Indiet.

J.

ſil

728. Ssiſ". Private. 114. Jou".”.”. track, step,

A

71. 55%: Wuº. Not.

X.

29. Yu°. Also; hand. 72. 115.5& Ho” Growing-grain.

a

Jih". Sun, day.

Jä E; H

116.7° JIsieh". cave, hole.

A

Strokes. 73.
To

Yieh". say.
3

To

74.
117.T. Li". stand.
Yieh". Moon.
TI

30. Kºcu'. Mouth.

75. 7k Mu".
[]

31. Hui". Enclosure. Wood.

Strokes.
6

32. +. Tºttº. Earth. 76.

^: Ch'ien'. Owe, exhaia
118.47 chº". Bamboo.
3. A H.

IE

To

33. Shih'. Scholar, officer 77. stop.

Aſ

chihº. Rice.
º.

119.3%
78.
34. chihº. Step forward. 37.2% Tai'. Bad. 120.3%; Miº Silk.
35. Sui', walk slowly. 79. 3. Shu'. Pole-ax, kill. 1214ff Fou". Parthen ware.
y

#
jū

36. Hsi". Evening. 80. Wu". Do not. Wung". net.

A

122 KAIIII
37.
Jº Taº, Great. 81. Jºk Pi’. Compare.
123.3% Yang". Sheep.
38. +. 2Wü'. Female. 82. #
Mao”. Hair. 124% Yi*. Plume, wing.
89.

H. Twº. Child, son. 125%3.

H. Hº

83. Shihº. Family, clan. Lao od.

40. --> Mien". Roof. Iſſ,
84.

And, yet.
air.

Breath, 126. £rk".

Chºi'.
+

41. Ts'un". Ilich. Lei". plough.

A

1275&
2K

Shui”. Water.
85.7%)
3.11
 High.
128 H. Erº. Ear. 160.3%
Hsin". Pungent. 1893; Kao”.

190 Piao'. Hair, locks.

Hº:
Yi;4°. Pencil. Ch’émº. Time.

2
T20. 161.

º, Fºl
130.3 j: Jou". Flosh. 162 #3– Cho?". To advance 191.
Tou". Strife.

Ch'in". Statesman. 163.5, 1. City, district. 192. Ch'ang". Aromatic herbs.

ſ:
131.Hi.

i4.
Fº
Yu", Ncw wine, ripe. Caldron.

J.
132.É Twº'. Self, from. 164.gif 193.
separate. Kuei’. Spirit, demon.
133 33 Chih". Reach. N35.3% Pien". To 194.5%

H.
A Li". mile.

A
Chittº. mortar.
134.H 166.
11 Strokes.
135.75 Shéº". Tongue.
Strokes. Yi;2. Fish.

8
195%
136 ºf Ch'uan". Contradict.
167.42 Chinº. Metal, gold. 196.; Niao’. bird.

A
137. Åh Chou'. Boat.

H.
Ch'anſ". Long.
168% 197.p. Lu'. Rock salt.
138.R. Kénº. A limit, perverse.
Méliº. Door.
169.F] Luº". Deer.
198.Jä
ft.

139 Saº. Colour.

H.
Fou". mound.

A
|,
[herbs. 170 1993; Afaiº. Wheat.
140. }}#}; Ts'ao”. Grass,
171.3;

to.
Tai'. Reach Ma”. Hemp.
Hu". Tiger.
2005.
141.Jú
172.É chuº. Birds.
142 H Ch'ung”. Insect.
Yiga. Rain. 12 Strokes.
Hj §§
173.
ſil.

143. Hsieh”. Blood. Yellow,

Ch'ing". Green, asure, Huang".
Hsing". Go, do.
174. 201:#
144.4T 2023; Shu”. Glutinous millot,
175.3}: Fein. Wrong, not.
±
1.

145.3% Clothes.

Hº
Strokes. 203 Hea. Black.
Illiſi Hsi".
9

West.
146 204;
Tāj

Chih". Embroider.
176. alien". Face
Strokes.
7

177.1% Kor. Hideº.

13 Strokes.
Ji',

Leather, thong.
147.J., 178.jä
i.

Chien". See.
a

in". Frog.
H f;

Aſ
148. Chio”. Horn, angle. Chiu”. Leeks. 205.ilä,
179.3E
Yenº. Words. 180.; Yin". Sound. 206.J., Ting'. Tripod.
149.
page. 207.; Ru". Drum.
150%: Ku”. Gully. Yek”.
H

181.

#
151. Ei Tou". Bean, platter. 182.Él. Fin'. Wind. 208 shi". Rat.

183.jë Fein. To fly.

152% Shihº. Swine.
14–17 Strokes.
f.

153.3 choi'. Reptile. Shill”. To eat.

184
209; Pa. Noto.
Hi

Show". Head.
154.H Pei. Valuable. 185. Uniform, all.
155.7; Hsiany”. Scent. 210.5% Chº?.
Ch'ih”. Red, bure. 1864;
211.7% Ch'ih". Front teeth.
-
156. toº, walk.
Hi H. H. E

flá #

10 Strokes. Lung". Dragon.

212
157. Twº. Foot, “sh. Kºtei". Tortoise.
Maº. Horse. 213
158. Shea'. Body. 187.5
Ch'é". Cart. 188+ Kid”. Bone. 214.f. Yo". Flute.
159.

312
Fl
 NUMERICAL LIST OF RADICALS
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210

- il
(3)

* : * *** * ****
-

Ju', n
"x &H + +
1

3
h ºf
+ it
H E
Hº ; ; ; ; ; ; a riº
* * ***
• KL E
II E E
J -+&
ºr
M

P
& x
F.
-F
H K E
A
if
H + + H film fi

**r**
E + m
(a
: * :

ſi u
+ š iſ nº m
ºf a sº a
* Z.
1
=
Ju II
| r
tº
&
k & H x
9
II tº
Jr 3. As

+ M,
ºf 2 × 3 ×
9.5
K
H
W
K iſ ºf
H = }}
5 #
it
}. H.
******
&
Wii, º,
K S is ºf
** 7. A k I. H + 3 x 5 m r iſ is ſº q is # ***
9
n
19
x
29
+
39
E * r
49 59 69
**
79 89
if H
99 100
>
119
t
12)
e
139
ii
149
ºr
159 169
+
179
3
189
+ A
199 209

66 H l; 5 A A 30 º
190 ºf
3%##

+}:

Hºl

# #!

*
(13.
11)

};
{
*
ºf

14)
3
-
- ---
-
-